Aircraft Maintenance Manual

ATP
INDEX
COPYRIGHT
2006
COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK

PREPARED BY A UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS
PART OF THAT PERSONS OFFICIAL DUTIES OR BY ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY
OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS PART OF THAT PERSONS DUTIES.
"ATP" is a registered trademark of Aircraft Technical Publishers. All original
authorship of ATP is protected under U.S. and foreign copyrights and is subject
to written license agreements between ATP and its Subscribers.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE
REPRODUCED, STORED IN A RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED IN ANY
FORM BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING,
RECORDING OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE
PUBLISHER.
rp~
NOTE
Please be
aware
that the material in this manual does not
follow the ATA code
standards, ATP has
strictly
format. In order to catalog them according to ATA
recoded them. Please see the example(s) below.
EXAM PLE
Man ufactu rers
ATP
Coding
Topic
Coding
20-95-00
20-95-00
00
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
AND APPROVED SUPPLIERS
20-95-11
20-95.00
11
GREASE AND LUBRICANTS
20-95-101
20.95.00
101
FLUIDS AND OILS
Customer Service
Aircraft Technical Publishers
6AM-5PM PST M-F
101 South Hill Drive
(800)227-4610
Brisbane, CA 94005
ATP Grid Index to Manufacturers Publications:
Raytheon Aircraft
Co.
125 Series 1-1000, Hawker 800,1000,800XP

Standard Practices Manual
Section
General
Topic
Information
Title Page
List of
Chapters (Table
of Contents)
Manufacturers Introduction
Record of Revisions
Record of
Temporary
Revisions
List of Effective
(Highlights of Changes)
Pages
Existing/Previous
ATA Numbers
Letter of Transmittal
Airframe
20.00.00
Systems
Airframe
Standard Practices
20.09.00
20
Torque Loading
Maintenance Practices
20.09.00
21
Retention of W
S Retaining Rings-Maint Practices
20.09.00
23
20.09.00
41
20.09.00
91
Self-Locking Nuts-Maintenance Practices

Component Locking
Maint Practices
Flaring of Stainless Steel Tubes
20.09.00
141
Countersunk Head Bolts-Maintenance Practices
20.10.00
08
Application
20.10.00
31
Epoxide Primer
Control Cables (Examination
Rejection Criteria)
20.10.00
32
Control Cables (Corrosion Protection)
20.10.00
33
Stripping
20.10.00
34
Chemical Removal of
20.10.00
40
20.10.00
50
Vacu-Blasting with Dry Alumina Grit

Wiring Procedures and Repair
Temporary Revision No. 20-3
Application of Sodium Alginate Release Agent
Application of Urethane Finish to External Surface
20.10.00
20.10.00
75
20.10.00
228
06/22/2006
Reuse of
of Alorcom 1200
of Pain
Copyright
Polysulphide (PRC)
Sealants

BS
0900
ZP
Page
1 of
Section
Topic
20.10.00
354
Leak Testing Fluid
20.10.00
447
20.10.00
481
20.10.00
482
20.10.00
499
20.10.00
560
Flexible Seal Applications

Sealing Compound
Electrically Conducting Jointing Compounds
Application of Acid Resisting Paint
Pnls
Sealing of Perspex, Laminated Glass Windows
Renovation of Furnishing Materials
20.10.00
811
Polish Aircraft Skins (External)
20.10.00
1001
20.10.00
1002
20.10.00
1009
20.10.00
3003
20.10.00
3005
20.10.00
3008
20.10.00
3527
20.10.00
3528
20.10.00
3534
20.10.00
3537
20.10.00
4005
20.10.00
4007
20.10.00
4011
20.10.00
4012
20.10.00
4014
20.10.00
4016
Sealing Intgrl Fuel Tnks with Polysulfide Cmpnds

Areas Outside Intgrl Fuel Tnks
Sealing Prsr Cbns
Form-in-Place Seals for Weatherproofing
Aerodynamic Smoothing Sealant
High Temperature Sealants (Silcoset and Silastic)
Metal Filled Epoxies for Gap Filling
Ext Srfcs
Appl of Cold Curing Epxy Primer to Int
Application Flexible/Permeable Finish Intrnl Srfcs
App of Polyurthne Fin Enml for Overcoating Sealnts
Applctn of Antistatic Paint to Composite Materials
Bonding Silicone Rubbers
Bonding Rubber and P.T.F.E. to Perspex or Metal
Bonding w/Epoxy Adhesives for Non Structural Parts
Rubber Bonding Adhesive
Bonding with Contact Adhesive
Bonding with Scotch-Seal Metal Sealant 2084
20.10.00
4501
Shrink Fitting of Bolts. Bushes,
20.10.00
4507
20.10;.00
4553
20.10.00
5016
20.10.00
9053
20.101.00
9070
20.11..00
1040
20.11..00
1041
20.95.00
00
Locking of Threads with Anaerobic Adhesive

Retention of Bushes
Bearings by Liquid Sealant
Electrical Bonding
Degreasing of Metallic Materials
Preparation of Rubber Surfaces for Bonding
Very High Temperature Sealants
Precipitation Static (P-Static) Test
Consumable Materials-Approved Suppliers
20.95.00
11
Consumable Materials-Grease and Lubricants
20.95.00
101
Consumable Materials-Fluids and Oils
20.95.00
201
20.95.00
301
20.95.00
401
Release Agents
Cleaning Agents, Paint Strippers
Adhesives, Jointing and Sealing Compounds
Enamels, Lacquers, Paint, Primers and Varnishes
20.95.00
501
Chemical and Electro-Chemical Surface Finishes
20.95.00
601
Consumable Materials-Miscell
06/22/2006
Copyright
Pins, etc.
aneous
Materials

BS
0900
ZP
Page
2 of
Secti on
Topi c
End of Index
06/22/2006
Copyright

BS
0900
ZP
Page
3 of
NI FG.
INTRO
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
111)1,
25 Series
000,
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
850XP
Aircraft Maintenance Manual

20
Standard Practices Airframe
Chapter
Copyright
PIN: AMM 125/H-20
Issued:
April 1999
O 2006
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company. All rights
reserved.
Rev: 7
Dated: March 2006
Published
by
RAYTH EON AIRCRAFT COMPANY
P.O. Box 85
Wichita, Kansas
67201 -0085 USA
commodities, technology or software are subject to the US Export

Regulations. Diversion contrary to US law is prohibited. For guidance on export
control requirements, contact the Commerce Departments Bureau of Export Administration at 202482-4811 or visit the VS Department of Commerce website.
The
export
of these
Administration
RlyWKon
Aircraft Company
~mhr.tWUL
GAMA
General Aviation
Manufacturers Assoclatlon
RECORD OF REVISIONS
MFG REV
NO
DESCRIPTION
See
Highlights
See
Highlights
See
Highlights
See
ISSUEDATE
1211/99
ATPREVDA~
INSERTED BY
5/11100
ATP/MG
6/7/01
ATP/IB
6/02
10/24/02
ATP/MB
Highlights
6/03
8114/03
ATPIJB
See
Highlights
6/04
8/4104
ATP/JSF
See
Highlights
6/05
7/15/05
ATP/JSF
See
Highlights
3/06
4/26/06
ATP/RCL
Rayrheon Aircraft
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
RECORD OP REVISIONS (NORMAL)

Revisions embodied in this manual, which have been issued by an approval authorization other than
Raytheon Aircraft Company must be recorded on separate record sheets.
Revision No.
RevisionDate
Inserted
\nsertionDate
ATP/MG
12/99
01/01/01
06/07/01
ATP/IB
10/24/02
ATP
6/03
8/14/03
6/04
8/4/04
ATP/JSF
6/05
7/15/05
I~rPIJSF
3/06
5-11-00
4/26/06
By
ATP/JB
ATP/RCL
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Record of Revisions
Page
Apr.
99
Ray~heon Aircraft
Revision No
Revision Date
Insertion Date
AIRFRAME
Inserted
By
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Record of Revisions
Page
Apr.
99
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
ATP REV
INSERT
DATE
REV
REMOVE
ISSUE DATE
DATE
BY
REMOVED
INCOR
BY
3/1100
5/11/00
ATP/MG
6/7/01
ATPIIB
4/26/06
ATP/RCL
TEMP
REV NO
DESCRIPTION
20-1
20-95-301:10 &16
20-2
20-95-00.15, 20-95-11:7
5105
7/1 5/05
ATP/JSF
20-3
20-1 0-50:201
5106
7/5106
ATP/VP
Rayrheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
RECORD OF TEMPOAARYREVISIONS
Revisions embodied in this manual, which have been issued by an approved authorization other than
Raytheon Aircraft Company, must be recorded on separate record sheets.
LOT No.
TR No.
Part
Page
Inserted
Date
20.95.301
10
to-2
zo-~
20-10-50
201
16
ATP/MG
Cancelled
Date
by
by
20-1
Removed
Inserted
Affecting
5-11-00
Z~TP/JTjF
7/! 5/1)5
ATP/VP
7/5/0h
Record of
ATP/IR
6/07/01
ATP/RCT
4-/2(j/06
Temporary Revisions
Page
Apr.
99
Ralrheon Aircraft
LOT No.
TR No.
Page
Removed
Inserted
Affecting
Part
AIRFRAME
Inserted
Date
Cancelled
Date
by
by
Record of
Temporary Revisions
Page
Apr.
99
RBYtheOn
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
(P/N: AMM 125/H-20)
TEMPORARY REVISION TR 20-3

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL No.03
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
RO. Box 85
Wichita
Kansas 67201
U.S.A
1.
Reasonfor issue
Lugs
2.
on
UAM100 fuses
Instructions
(1)
(2)
Insert
are
breaking
due to incorrect installation.
Holders of Printed Manuals
Temporary Revision
Record the
incorporation
as
detailed below.
of this
Temporary
Revision
on
the RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
sheet at the front of the manual.
(3) Retain
this Letter of Transmittal and file
immediately following
RECORD OF TEMPORARY
REVISIONS sheet.
3.
Position
20-3
Facing Chapter 20-10-50,
Instructions
page block 201
INSERT
Action
In
4.
TR No.
place
of 20-10-50 page block 201 read this TR.
List Of Current
NOTE:
Temporary
Revisions
Temporary Revisions
given
in
are
only
(Manual
at Revision
7).
to be removed from the manual when
Letter of Transmittal issued with
NORMAL
TR No.
Position
20-3
Facing Chapter 20-10-50, page block 201
or
specific instructions
are
TEMPORARY Revision.
Issued with Transmittal No.

03
Page
1 of 1
May. 05
RBytheOn
Airrraft Company
AIRFRAME
Raytheon Aircraft Company

P.O. Box 85
Wichita
Kansas 67201
USA
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 800XP, 850XP
1000
P/N: AMM 125/H-20
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
1.
REVISION 7
HOLDERS OF PRINTED MANUALS

that Revision 6 has been
(1)
Make
(2)
Remove and
sure
destroy Temporary
incorporated.
Revisions detailed for removal at
cancel any entries for these temporary revisions
on
Paragraph
4 of this transmittal and
sheet at the front of this manual.
(3)
(4)
Insert the revision pages in numerical sequence, removing and destroying the
replaced by the revised pages as instructed in Paragraph 3 of this transmittal.
Record the
incorporation of this revision
on
the RECORD OF REVISION
existing
(NORMAL)
pages
sheet at the
front of this manual.
(5)
2.
Retain this Letter of Transmittal and file at the front of this manual.
HIGHLIGHTS
NOTE:
All
topics
Ch-Se-Su
TITLE PAGE
included in this revision have been re-issued and dated Mar.OG
Description of change
Model 850XP added to Series header. Date and Revision No. revised.
Area code revised to add -0085.
Export
statement revised.
Dates revised.
INTRO-LOEP
Page
INTRODUCTION
Reissued. New format and content added.
20-LOEP
Reformatted and revised.
Page 1 of
Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Ch-Se-Su
Description of change
CHAPTERS:
20-10-5016
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
InSormation
Chapter 24,
20-95-00
(was General).
Topic
reformatted.
Paragraph
1. revised to read
NOTE added reference 20-10-50, 201 and AMM
Electrical Power.
APPROVED SUPPLIERS
Paragraph
1.
Information revised, reference to website for Manufacturers and Federal Codes
added.
Page 16,
NA.117 and NA.118,
new
suppliers
20-95-11
20-95-301
new
material introduced
(TR
NA.9
20-2
(transferred
GREASES AND LUBRICANTS
new
(TR
added
added.
incorporated).
supplier
Page 18, UK.12, format revised, "Obsolete" replaced by
Suppliers column).
NA.119
20-2
Page 7,
from
Item 092,
incorporated).
ADHESIVES, JOINTING AND SEALING
Paragraph 1. Information heading added

Topic
subsequent headings re-numbered.
Page 9, Item 361, alternative sealants introduced.
Page 10, Item 367, suppliers code revised to UK.10 (was NA.10), Item 369,
suppliers code revised to UK.106 (was UK.25) and Item 371(a), specification
reformatted.
COMPOUNDS
and
MIL
spec. revised.
Page 16, Item 330A, specification MIL spec. revised. Item 331A, specification
MIL spec. revised and alternative introduced.
Page 18, Item 350A, Item 351A and Item 352A, new materials introduced.
20-95-401
VARNISHES
ENAMELS, LACQUERS, PAINTS, PRIMERS AND
Topic reformatted. Paragraph
1. Information
heading
added and
subsequent headings re-numbered.
Page 3,
Page 4,
20-95-601
Item 440, material and
specification revised,
statement added to remarks.
Item 466, NOTE revised.
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS, MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Page 4,
Page 8,
Item 643,
specification
revised.
Item 606A and Item 607A,
new
material introduced.
Page
2 of 3
Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft
tompany

3.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INCORPORATING THIS REVISION
Ch-Se-Su
Title
Remove
Insert
Remove
Page(s)
Page(s)
TR
1/2
1/2
Intro- LOEP
Introduction
1 thru 4
1 thru 5
LOEP
1 thru 4
1/2
20-1 0-5016
201 thru
201 thru
231
229
20-95-00
1 thru 29
1 thru 30
20-2
20-95-11
1 thru 7
1 thru 7
20-2
20-95-301
1 thru 19
1 thru 18
20-95-401
1 thru 8
1 thru 8
20-95-601
1 thru 8
1 thru 8
4.
AIRFRAME
Page
TEMPORARY REVISIONDATA
TR 20-2
incorporated
at this revision.
Page 3 of 3
Mar.OG
RgJaPleOn
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

P.O. Box 85
Wichita
Kansas 67201
USA
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker800,1000,800XP
P/N: AMM 125/H-20
LETTER OF TRANSNIITTAL
1.
REVISION 6
HOLDERSOFPRINTED MANUALS
(1)
(2)
Make
sure
that Revision 5 has been
Remove and
destroy Temporary
incorporated.
Revisions detailed for removal at
cancel any entries for these temporary revisions

sheet at the front of this manual.
NOTE:
Do not
remove
TR 20-2
tissued May 05)
on
Paragraph
4 of this transmittal and
at this time. TR 20-2 will be
incorporated at
Permanent Revision No. 7
(3)
(4)
Insert the revision pages in numerical sequence, removing and destroying the
replaced by the revised pages as instructed in Paragraph 3 of this transmittal.
Record the
incorporation
of this revision
on
the RECORD OF REVISION
existing
pages
(NORMAL) sheet
at the
front of this manual.
(5)
2.
Retain this Letter of Transmittal and file at the front of this manual.
HIGHLIGHTS
NOTE:
All
topics included in this
revision have been re-issued and dated Jun.D5.
of
change
Ch-Se-Su
Description
TITLE PAGE
Revision No. and Date revised.
INTRO-LOEP
Page
INTRODUCTION
Paragraph
LOEP
Page
CONTENTS
New
dates revised.
1.A and 1.C. website addresses revised.
dates revised.
topics 20-09-41 (Component locking)

(P-Static)) added.
and 20-11-1041
(Precipitation Static
Page
1 of 3
Jun.05
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
125lHAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES

of
change
Ch-Se-Su
Description
Existing/previous
New
topics
20-09-41
New
topic
20-10-50
20-09-41 and 20-11-1041 added.
ATA numbers
CHAPTERS
Paragraph
topic
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES.
introduced
Paragraph 1.title revised to INFORMATION.

(2) (a) (requirement to check splices after a set period) deleted.
2.B.
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES.
introduced
20-11-1041
New
20-95-00
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS, APPROVED SUPPLIERS
suppliers NA.114,
20-95-11
List revised. New
NA.115 and NA.116 added.
Item 054, MIL SPEC. revised.
Items 089 and 090, material
(was
Rust
Item 091
20-95-101
name
revised to Corrosion Preventive
Compound
inhibitor).
(Petrolatum, Lubricant) introduced.
Item 101, TKS Fluid.
FLUIDS AND OILS
Specifications
revised and
new
suppliers
code NA. 114
added.
Item 139,
Fluid, refrigerant, mixing details added.
Item 140, Oil,
refrigerant, supplier
Item 147, Fuel,

AMM
Chapter 12,
Item 148, Fuel,

AMM
engine.
Chapter
Item 151, Oil,
Material
name
FUEL SYSTEM
engine.
Material
Item 152, Fuel,
purpose
engine
and
mixing details added.
specification
revised. Reference to
SERVICING added to remarks column.
name
12, FUEL SYSTEM
general
details revised and
and
specification
revised. Reference to
SERVICING added to remarks column.
light lubricating.
New oil added.
Jet A introduced.
Page
2 of 3
Jun.05
Raytheon
Aircraft Company

3.
AIRFRAME
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INCORPORATING THIS REVISION
Ch-Se-Su
Remove
Insert
Remove
Page(s)
Page(s)
TR
1/2
1/2
Intro-LOEP
Introduction
1 thru 4
1 thru 4
LOEP
1 thru 4
1 thru 4
CONTENTS
1 thru 4
1 thru 4
20 ATA-REF
1 thru 3
1 thru 4
Title
Page
201 thru
20-09-41
204
20-1 0-50
201 thru
201 thru
204
204
201 thru
20-11-1041
204
20-95-00
NOTE:
20-95-11
NOTE:
25-95-101
4.
1 thru 29
1 thru 29
Do notremove TR20-2,
1 thru 7
i.
1 thru 7
Donotremove TR20-~
1 thru 5
Page
PageP.
1 thru 5
TEMPORARY REVISION DATA

TR 20-2
tissued May 05).
NOTE:
Donotremove TR20-2atthistime
Page
3 of 3
Jun.05
Ilaylheon
Aircraft Company
I25/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
(P/N: AMM 125/H-20)
TEMPORARY REVISION TR 20-2

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL No.02

P.O. Box 85,
Wichita
Kansas 67201
U.S.A
1.
Reasonfor issue
TR 20-2 introduces two
new US suppliers (NA.117 and NA.118)

(Item 092) to Chapter 20-95-11.
Preventative Lubricant
2.
Instructions
(1)
(2)
Insert
Chapter
to
20-95-00 and
a new
Corrosion
Holders of Printed Manuals
Temporary
Record the
Revision
incorporation
as
detailed below.
of this
Temporary
Revision
on
sheet at the front of the manual.
(3)
Retain this Letter of Transmittal and file
immediately following
RECORD OF TEMPORARY
REVISIONS sheet.
3.
TR No.
Position
20-2
TR page 1,
TR page 2,
facing Chapter 20-95-00,

facing Chapter 20-95-11,
page 15.
INSERT
page 7.
INSERT
Action
In addition to page 15
In
4.
Instructions
place of page
List Of Current
NOTE:
(20-95-00)
(20-95-11)
read page 2 of this TR.
Temporary Revisions (Manual
Temporary Revisions
given
read page 1 of this TR.
in
are
only to
at Revision
be removed from the manual when
Letter of Transmittal issued with
TR No.
Position
20-2
TR page 1,
TR page 2,
5).
NORMAL
or
specific instructions
are
TEMPORARY Revision.
Issued with Transmittal No.
facing Chapter 20-95-00, page

facing Chapter 20-95-11, page
15.
02
7.
Page 1 of 1
May 05
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
CH-SE-SU
PAGE
DATE
CH-SE-SU
PAGE
DATE
CONTENTS
1 thru 4
Jun.05
20-10-560
201 thru 209
Jun.03
20 ATA-REF.
1 thru 4
Jun.05
20-10-811
201/202
Jun.04
20-00-00
Jun.02
20-10-1001
201 thru 211
Jun.03
20-09-20
201 thru 207
Jun.04
20-10-1002
201 thru 211
Jun.03
20-09-21
201 thru 211
Jan.2001
20-10-1009
201 thru 206
Jun.04
20-09-23
201/202
Jan.2001
20-10-3003
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-09-41
201 thru 204
Jun.OS
20-10-3005
201 thru 204
Jun.03
20-09-91
201 thru 204
Dec.99
20-10-3008
201 thru 203
Jun.02
20-09-141
201/202
Dec.99
20-10-3527
201 thru 209
Jun.03
20-10-08
201 thru 203
Jun.03
20-10-3528
201 thru 206
Jun.02
20-10-31
201 thru 207
Jun.04
20-10-3534
201 thru 203
Jun.03
20-10-32
201/202
Jan.2001
20-10-3537
201 thru 207
Jun.02
20-10-33
201 thru 204
Jun.OS
20-10-4005
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-10-34
201/202
Jan.2001
20-10-4007
201 thru 203
Jun.02
20-10-40
201 thru 204
Jun.03
20-10-4011
201 thru 204
Jun.02
1 thru 8
Jun.02
20-10-4012
201 thru 204
Jun.02
201 thru 204
Jun.05
20-10-4014
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-10-4016
201 thru 203
Jun.OS
20-10-4501
201/202
Jan.2001
203 thru 205
Dec.99
20-10-50
20-1 0-75
201/202
Jan.2001
201 thru 206
Jun.OLt
20-10-354
201 thru 203
Jun.04
20-10-447
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-10-4507
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-1 0-481
201 thru 203
Jun.02
20-10-4553
201 thru 203
Jan.2001
20-10-482
201 thru 203
Jun.02
20-10-5016
201 thru 229
Mar.OG
20-10-499
201 thru 204
Jun.02
20-10-9053
201 thru 203
Jun.04
20-10-228
20iLOEP
Page
1 of 2
Mar.OG
RaYtaeOn
Aircraft
Company
1251HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES

CH-SE-SU
PAGE
DATE
20-10-9070
201 thru 204
Jun.04
20-11-1040
201 thru 203
Jun.02
20-11-1041
201 thru 204
Jun.0S
20-95-00
1 thru 30
Mar.OG
20-95-11
1 thru 7
Mar.OG
20-95-101
1 thru 5
Jun.05
20-95-201
1 thru 7
Jun.04
20-95-301
1 thru 18
Mar.OG
20-95-401
1 thru 8
Mar.OG
20-95-501
1/2
Jun.04
20-95-601
1 thru 8
Mar.0G
AIRFRAME
20-LOEP
Page
2 of 2
Mar.0G
RCIYHI(WDII
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTE:
To locate
previous
topics
that previously existed in
ATA numbers table"
an
AM~I and may still be referred to, refer to the
Ch-Se-Su
Subject
STANDARD PRACTICES
Page
AIRFRAME
20-00-00
GENERAL
Description
20-09-20
TORQUE LOADING
201
RETENTION OF BEARINGS BY W AND S RETAINING RINGS
20-09-21
201
20-09-23
REUSE OF SELF-LOCKING NUTS
201
20-09-41
COMPONENT LOCKING
201
20-09-91
FLARING OF STAINLESS STEEL TUBES
201
20-09-141
COUNTERSUNK HEAD BOLTS
201
APPLICATION OF ALOCROM 1200
20-10-08
(ALODINE 1200)
201
CONTROL CABLES
(EXAMINATION
AND REJECTION
CRITERIA)
20-10-31
201
CONTROL CABLE
(CORROSION PROTECTION)
20-10-32
201
20-10-33
STRIPPING OF PAINT
201
CHEMICAL REMOVAL OF POLYSULPHIDE
(Pr-tC) SEALANTS
20-10-34
201
VACU-BLASTING WITH DRY ALUMINA GRIT
20-10-40
201
WIRING PROCEDURES AND REPAIR
Description
%xisting/
immediately following this TOC.
and
Operation
20-10-50
1
201
20-CONTENTS
Page
Jun.05
Raytheon
Asrcralt Company
AIRFRAME
Ch-Se-Su
Subject
STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME continued
APPLICATION OF SODIUM ALGINATE RELEASE AGENT
20-10-75
201
APPLICATION OF URETHANE FINISH TO EXTERNAL SURFACES
20-10-228
201
LEAK TESTING FLUID
20-10-354
201
LEAK TESTING FLUID
Topic
Deleted
(SHERLOCK)
(Data transferred to Topic
SEALING COMPOUND
Page
20-10-355
20-10-354
FLEXIBLE SEAL APPLICATIONS
20-10-447
201
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING JOINTING COMPOUNDS
20-10-481
201
20-10-482
APPLICATION OF ACID RESISTING PAINT
201
SEALING OF PERSPEX, LAMINATED GLASS WINDOWS AND PANELS 20-10-499

201
RENOVATION OF FURNISHING MATERIALS
20-10-560
201
POLISH AIRCRAFT SKINS
20-10-811
(EXTERNAL)
201
SEALING OF INTEGRAL FUEL TANKS WITH

20-10-1001
POLYSULFIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS
201
SEALING OF PRESSURE CABINS AND AREAS OUTSIDE INTEGRAL
FUEL TANKS WITH POLYSULFIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS
20-10-1002
201
FORM-IN-PLACE SEALS FOR WEATHERPROOF!NG
20-10-1009
201
AERODYNAMIC SMOOTHING SEALANT
20-10-3003
201
HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANTS
(SILCOSET
AND
SILASTIC)
20-10-3005
201
METAL FILLED EPOXIES FOR GAP FILLING
20-10-3008
201
20-CONTENTS
Page
Jun.05
RayNteon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Ch-Se-Su
Subject
STANDARD PRACTICES
Page
AIRFRAME continued
APPLICATION OF COLD CURING EPOXY PRIMER

20-10-3527
TO INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL SURFACES
201
APPLICATION OF FLEXIBLE AND PERMEABLE FINISH

20-10-3528
TO AIRPLANE INTERNAL SURFACES
201
APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE FINISHING ENAMEL FOR THE

20-10-3534
OVERCOATING OF SEALANTS
201
Maintenance Practice
APPLICATION OF ANTISTATIC PAINT TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS

OTHER THAN CARBON FIBER
20-10-3537
201
BONDING SILICONE RUBBERS
20-10-4005
201
BONDING RUBBER AND P.T.F.E. TO PERSPEX OR METAL
20-10-4007
201
BONDING WITH EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR NON STRUCTURAL PARTS 20-10-4011

201
RUBBER BONDING ADHESIVE
20-10-4012
201
BONDING WITH CONTACT ADHESIVE
20-10-4014
201
BONDING WITH SCOTCH-SEAL METAL SEALANT 2084
20-10-4016
201
SHRINK FITTING OF BOLTS, BUSHES, PINS, ETC.
20-10-4501
201
LOCKING OF THREADS WITH ANAEROBIC ADHESIVE
20-10-4507
201
RETENTION OF BUSHES AND BEARINGS BY LIQUID SEALANT
20-10-4553
201
ELECTRICAL BONDING
20-10-5016
201
DEGREASING OF METALLIC MATERIALS

20-10-9053
201
20-CONTENTS
Page
Jun.05
Rayfheoll
Aircraff Company
AIRFRAME
Ch-Se-Su
Subject
STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME continued
PREPERATION OF RUBBER SURFACES FOR BONDING
20-10-9070
201
20-11-1040
VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANTS
201
PRECIPITATION STATIC
Page
(P-STATIC)
20-11-1041
TEST
201
STORES DATA
NOTE:
For information
concerning servicing, storage, shelf life, transportation
etc. of vendor
components, refer to the relevant vendor publication.
20-95-00
Approved Suppliers
20-95-11
Greases and Lubricants

20-95-101
Fluids and Oils

20-95-201
Cleaning Agents,
Paint
Strippers
and Release
Agents
20-95-301
1
Adhesives, Jointing and Sealing Compounds

20-95-401
1
Enamels, Lacquers, Paints, Primers and Varnishes

20-95-501
1
Chemical and Electro/Chemical Surface Finishes
Miscellaneous Materials
20-95-601
1
20-CONTENTS
Page
Jun.OS
Rayiheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES INTRODUCTION
CH-SE-SU
PAGE
DATE
Introduction
1 thru 5
Mar.OG
INTRODUCTION-LOEP
Page
1 of 1
Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
INTRODUCTION
i. INFORMATION
NOTE:
Throughout
this Standard Practices Manual where Hawker 800XP is referenced, the
Hawker 850XP
publications are listed on the web at http:llpubs.raytheonaircraft.com.

these publications, contact the Technical Manual Distribution Center (TMDC)
676-8238, fax (316) 671-2540, or E-mail TMDC@rac.ray.com
For
All commercial
Neither reissues
or
to obtain reissues
revisions
or
designation of
equally applies.
automatically provided to the holder

applicable to this manual, refer to the
are
revisions
Company Service Bulletin No. 00-2001

Subscription Services Information.
or
visit
our
web site at
more
information
at 1-800-796-2665
or
of this manual. For information

latest revision of the
on
(316)
on
how
Raytheon Aircraft
then select
http:llpubs.raytheonaircraft.com.,
publications are listed in the current Electronic Directory of Catalogs and Services (EDOCS)
(P/N 994-32808). For Information on these publications contact the Technical Manual Distribution
Center (TMDC) at 1-800-796-2665 or (316) 676-8238, fax (316) 671-2540, E-mail TMDC@rac.ray.com or
visit our web site at http://pubs.raytheonaircraft.com.,
then select Searchable Publications Status and Price
Additional
CD-ROM
List.
publications are listed in the current Publications Price List (P/N 118556). Contact your
Raytheon Aircraft Service Center for information on these publications or visit the Publications price
site at http://pubs.raytheonaircraft.com.
Additional
The
Raytheon
Electronic Publication
manual, along with others, is available

are
available for
nearest
list web
System (REPS) contains selected Manuals in a digital format. This

on CD-ROM. Optional paper copies of the manuals on the CD-ROM
purchase.
A. General
prepared in accordance with the

2200 with respect to the
America)
Specification
requirements
arrangements and content of the Chapter/System with the designated numbering system. The manual
has one volume and covers all series 1251Hawker airplanes.
The 125/Hawker All Series

of ATA
Chapter
20 Standard Practices manual is
(Airline Transport Association
of
physical and chemical processes which require the use of chemicals,

other
solvents, paints, and
commercially available materials. The user of this manual should obtain the
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) from the manufacturers or suppliers of the materials to be used.
This manual describes the
user must be completely familiar

procedures, recommendations, warnings
disposal of the materials.
The
Updated specification
by
the
Raytheon
with the
manufacturer/supplier
information
and cautions set forth for the safe use,
numbers and material
equivalents
Aircraft Process and Environmental
and obey
handling, storage
acceptable alternatives
Laboratory (Dept. 037,
or
have been
the
and
approved
section)
nonmetallic
Wichita, Kansas, USA.
Manufacturers, where known,
are
listed in the
20-95-00 where current manufacturer

It shall be the
responsibility of
referenced in this manual
are
the
names
Suppliers
and addresses
Code column and correspond to section

are
provided.
to ensure that the latest revision of the publications

during operation, servicing and maintenance of the airplane.
owner/operator
utilized
INTRODUCTION
PMaaSreg~
Rayfheon
Aircraft
Company
1~MHAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Raytheon Aircraft Company expressly reserves the right to supersede, cancel and/or declare obsolete
notice.
any parts, part numbers, kits or publications that may be referenced in this manual without prior
WARNING: Use
only parts
obtained from
with
connection
sources
maintenance
the
approved by Raytheon Aircraft Company, in

repair of Raytheon Aircraft Company
and
airplanes.
produced and inspected under

suitability for use in Raytheon
rigorous procedures
Aircraft Company airplane applications. Parts purchased from sources other than
those approved by Raytheon Aircraft Company, even though outwardly identical in
appearance, may not have the required tests and inspections performed, may be
different in fabrication techniques and materials, and may be dangerous when
Genuine
WARNING:
Raytheon Aircraft Company parts
are
to insure airworthiness and
installed in
WARNING:
an
airplane.
Salvaged airplane parts, reworked parts obtained from sources not approved by
Raytheon Aircraft Company or parts, components or structural assemblies,
the
the
may have been
authenticated,
service history of which is unknown or
subjected to unacceptable stresses or temperatures or have other hidden
cannot be
damage,
through routine visual or usual nondestructive testing techniques.
This may render the part, component or structural assembly, even though originally
manufactured by the Raytheon Aircraft Company, unsuitable and unsafe for airplane
not discernible
use.
WARNING:
B.
Raytheon Aircraft Company expressly disclaims any responsibility for malfunctions,

failures, damage or injury caused by use of parts not approved by the Raytheon
Aircraft Company.
Correspondence
concerning the care of your airplane, it is important to include the airplane
serial number in any correspondence. The serial number appears on the model designation placard.
Refer to Chapter 11 of the Illustrated Parts Catalog for Placard location.
If
question
should arise
C. Publications
Change Request (PCR)
irregularity or missing information is noted, the user of this manual may access a PCR form at http:/
select Forms and Reports and then select Publication Change
/www.pubs.raytheonaircraft.com.,
Request. This form and the information that was entered will be electronically forwarded to Raytheon
Aircraft Customer Support. The change request will be researched for any necessary updates to the
publication. Assistance is available, at any time, by contacting Raytheon Aircraft Technical Support at
If
an
800-429-5372
or
316-676-3140.
D. Normal Revisions
Normal Revisions to this manual
i.
Paper
That
are
issued to
provide changes
to standard
practices
information.
Revision
portion
denoted by
of text which has been revised
by
the addition
of,
or a
change in,
information is
a solid revision bar adjacent to the text. Each revised page will ONLY show
revision bars for text changed by the revision. There will not be a revision bar if text was
deleted from the page.

Revised illustrations will be identified
by
Mar.OGINTRODUCTION
revision bar
printed
on
the side of the page.
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
2. CD-ROM Revision
Normal revised text
on
the CD-ROM will be
text. For each revision of this
The
manual,
highlighted yellow
a new
across
the revised passage of
CD-ROM will be issued.
CD-ROM may contain revised illustrations.
Revisions to the illustrations
are
not
identified
E.
Temporary Revisions
Revisions to this manual
Temporary
between normal revisions. Each

followed
by
sequential
are
issued to
provide
standard
temporary
number in the order of
practices
information in the interim
number to which it
applies,
by
chapter
publication (Temporary Revisions 20-1, 20-2, etc.). If
revision is issued
the
relevant, the information in the temporary revision should be included in the
next normal revision of the
manual.
i.
Paper Temporary Revisions

Revisions
Temporary
are
printed
on
yellow paper
manual in accordance with the instructions
section, and subject

2. CD-ROM
A
new
and
provided
are
to be inserted in the maintenance
and
adjacent
to
applicable chapter,
matter in the manual.
Temporary Revisions
CD-ROM will be issued for each Temporary Revision to this manual. This information
conjunction with
is listed in
the
applicable chapter, section, subject
on
the CD-ROM.
F. Revised Text
by the addition of, or a change in, punctuation and/or

information is denoted by a
adjacent to the textual column in the margin of this
bars. That date printed on the bottom of each page
revision
have
not
paragraph. Each page may or may
that
information
indicates when the
on
page was changed. Each page will ONLY show revision bars for
punctuation and/or text changed by the current revision. Revised text in REPS will be denoted by yellow
That
portion
of text which has been revised
solid revision bar
highlighting.
G. Revised Illustrations
H.
illustration is modified
When
an
along
the outside
Warnings,
or a new
illustration is added, it will be noted
by
solid line
(revision bar)
margin of the illustration.
Cautions and Notes
WARNING
Brings
attention to
an
operating procedure, inspection or maintenance practice,

personal injury or loss of life.
which if not correctly followed, could result in
CAUTION
Brings
attention to an
operating procedure, inspection, repair
condition, which if not strictly observed, could result in damage

NOTE
Brings
attention to
condition, which is essential to
or
or
destruction of
operating procedure, inspection, repair

highlight.
an
INTRODUCTION
or
maintenance
equipment.
maintenance
Raylheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
2. MANUAL LAYOUT
A. Title
Page
A Title page is located at the beginning of the manual and provides the part number of the manual, and
lists all aircraft models pertaining to this manual. Information throughout this manual is applicable to all
models listed
on
the title page
B. Record of Revisions
The
(Normal) Page
manual will have
printed
except where specifically stated.
Record of Revisions page. The Record of Revisions is
provided following
the Title page. When a revision is inserted, the revision number, the date the revision is inserted into the
manual, and the initials of the person(s) inserting the revision should be recorded on this page.
C. Record of
The
Temporary Revisions Page

of Temporary Revisions page. The Record of Temporary
Record of Revisions page. When a temporary revision is
the appropriate information should be recorded on this page.
printed manual will have a Record

Page is located following the
Revisions
inserted
or
removed from this manual,
D. Introduction- LOEP
The introduction has
separate List of Effective Pages and lists the issue date of each page.
E. Introduction
The introduction follows the Introduction LOEP
F.
LOEP
Chapter 20
The
printed
manual has
Chapter 20 List of Effective Pages.
The List of Effective
Introduction and lists the issue date of each page that is effective for that
G.
Chapter
The
Table of Contents
20
printed manual has a Chapter 20 Table

Chapter 20 List of Effective Pages
Existinglprevious
This table
gives
be found
by
cross
chapter.
of Contents
Pages. The Chapter Table of Contents Pages

chapter.
and lists the contents of the data for that
ATA numbers table
topic, which previously existed in an AMM may still be

topics
replaced by more up to date procedures the latest procedure can
old
the
AMM
reference against the new reference in this manual.
checking
a cross
referred to. Where
reference where
have been
3. HOW TO USE THE MANUAL

A. ATA
Subject
Matter
Assignment
The contents of this manual
(1)
Level~-
follows the
Pages
follow the
H.
Pages
are
organized
into three levels. The three levels
ChapterlSystem
INTRODUCTION
are:
Aircraft tompany
AIRFRAME
procedures are broken down into two major groups, Standard Practices and
They are assigned a number, which becomes the first element of the
standardized numbering system. Thus the element "20" of the number 20-95-11 refers to the
Chapter "STANDARD PRACTICES".
The various
Consumable Materials.
(2)
Level
The
2-Subsystem/Section
chapterlsystem
of
procedure is broken
down into
subsystems/sections.
These
subsystems
identified by the second element of the standard numbering system. The element "95" of the
number 20-95-11 concerns itself with Consumable Materials.
are
(3)
Level
3-Unit/Subject
subsystemlsection may be identified by the third element of the
a subject designator. This element is assigned at
manufacturer and may or may not be used. In this example, the subject is
The individual units within
standard numbering system. The element "11" is

the
of the
option
"Greases and Lubricants".
(4) Additional
Data
Page
The data may be
Block
additionally
(a) Page
Block 0
Page 1 thru 99 System Description
(b) Page
Block 2
Page 201
B, References to Procedures,
A
has been
system
thru 299 Maintenance Practices
Figures, Equipment
and Materials
provide a method of allowing the user to quickly locate data referred

system provides information for both the printed manual as well as
developed
in the other manuals. This
to
to
a
in electronic manuals.
hyperlink
Here
broken down into page blocks.
are a
When the
few
examples:
user
FASTENERS
is directed to information in another manual, the text will be
IDENTIFrCATrON
(Ref. 800-SRM, 51-41-00, 001).

Repair Manual.
as
follows: Refer to
The information is found in
Chapter
51-41-00 within page block 001 of the Structure

When the
example
user
an
is in
procedure
information is found in
Chapter
a tool or piece of equipment, for

(Ref. 1TEM-125-111000, 07-10-26). The Axle Jack
Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual.
and is directed to information about
Axle Jack, the text will be
as
follows:
07-10-26 of the
INTRODUCTION
PMaaSreg~
~G:
=I
~DX(T)
Existing/previous
This table
oq I
more
gives
up to date
a cross
reference where
procedures
the latest
ATA numbers
topic, which previously existed in an AMM may still be referred to. Where topics have been replaced by
procedure can be found by cross checking the old AMM reference against the new reference in this manual.
a
88
SERIES
oo
0"
125/H-20
Chapter title
125/H-20
SERIES
800, 800XP
SERIES
800XP
1-700
1000
PRO LINE 21
GENERAL
20-00-00
N/A
N/A
N/A
TORQUE LOADING
20-09-20
20-09-20
20-09-20
20-09-01
20-09-21
20-09-21
20-09-21
20-09-21
20-09-23
20-09-23
20-09-23
20-09-23
COMPONENT LOCKING
20-09-41
N/A
N/A
N/A
FLARING OF STAINLESS STEEL TUBES
20-09-91
20-09-91
20-09-91
20-09-91
20-09-141
20-09-141
20-09-141
20-10-08
20-10-04
20-09-04z
20-1 0-08
20-10-11
20-10-31
20-10-31
20-10-31
20-10-31
20-10-32
20-10-32
20-10-32
20-10-32
20-10-33
20-10-33
20-10-33
20-10-10
1
n

CONTROL CABLES
CONTROL CABLE
(EXAMINATION
(ALODINE 1200)
AND REJECTION
CRITERIA)
STRIPPING OF PAINT
Pr
-1
v,
h)
O
~L
cln
SEALANTS
20-1 0-34
N/A
N/A
N/A
20-1 0-40
N/A
20-1 0-40
20-1 0-40
20-10-50
N/A
N/A
NIA
20-10-75
20-10-75
20-10-75
20-10-21
20-1 0-228
N/A
N/A
N/A
LEAK TESTING FLUID
(NEODOL 91-6)
20-1 0-354
20-1 0-354
20-1 0-354
20-10-22
LEAK TESTING FLUID
(SHERLOCK)
20-10-355
Topic deleted
20-10-447
20-10-447
20-10-447
20-10-23
20-10-481
20-10-481
N/A
N/A
SEALING COMPOUND
(PRC)
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING JOINTING COMPOUNDS
~13
~n
20-1 0-822
231
CP
now
covered
by
20-10-354.
n
-n
j
1P3
Pr
CC~
=I
125/H-20
-1
Chapter
title
I
125/H-20
I
SERIES
SERIES
800, 800XP
~n
SERIES
800XP
1-700
1000
PRO LINE 21
8 8
THE APPLICATION OF ACID RESISTING PAINT
20-10-482
20-10-482
20-10-482
20-10-24
SEALING OF PERSPEX AND LAMINATED GLASS WINDOWS AND
20-10-499
20-10-499
N/A
N/A
20-10-560
20-10-560
20-10-560
20-10-25
POLISH AIRCRAFT SKINS
20-10-811
20-10-811
N/A
N/A
20-10-1001
20-10-1001
20-10-1001
20-10-03
oo
PANELS
(EXTERNAL)
SEALING OF INTEGRAL FUEL TANKS WITH POLYSULFIDE TYPE

COMPOUNDS
i
x
n
SEALING OF PRESSURE CABINS AND AREAS OUTSIDE INTE-
20-1 0-1 002
20-1 0-1 002
20-1 0-1 002
20-10-04
GRAL FUEL TANKS WITH POLYSULFIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS

20-10-1009
N/A
N/A
N/A
20-10-3003
20-10-3003
N/A
NIA
o,
20-10-3005
20-10-3005
N/A
NIA
20-10-3008
20-10-3008
20-10-3008
N/A
APPLICATION OF COLD CURING EPOXY PRIMER TO INTERNAL
20-10-3527
20-10-453
N/A
N/A
~D
PI
SILCOSET AND SILASTIC
AND EXTERNAL SU RFACES
20-10-500
20-23-0
APPLICATION OF FLEXIBLE AND PERMEABLE FINISH TO
20-10-3528
20-1 0-500
20-1 0-42
20-1 0-12
20-10-3504
20-10-3504
20-10-29
20-21-0
20-21-0
20-1 0-30
20-22-0
20-22-0
20-10-3534
NIA
NIA
NIA
20-10-3537
20-11-1019
20-11-1019
20-10-09
20-10-4005
20-10-4005
20-10-4005
20-10-27
BONDING RUBBER AND PTFE. TO PERSPEX OR METAL
20-10-4007
20-10-4007
20-10-4007
20-10-28
AIRPLANE INTERNAL SURFACES
APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE FINISHING ENAMEL FOR THE

OVERCOATING OF SEALANTS.
rn
20-1 0-3512
FORM-IN-PLACE SEALS FOR WEATHERPROOFING
HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANTS
hi
g
n
o
3
Y
=I
125/H-20
Chapter
SERIES
125/H-20
title
SERIES
SERIES
800, 800XP
800XP
1-700
v,
1000
PRO LINE 21
BONDING WITH EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR NON STRUCTURAL
20-1 0-4011
N/A
20-1 0-4011
20-1 0-17
20-10-4012
20-10-4012
20-10-4012
N/A
PARTS
o
BONDING WITH CONTACT ADHESIVE

20-10-4014
20-10-312
1 20-10-4016
20-10-4501
SHRINK FITTING OF BOLTS, BUSHES, PINS, ETC.
20-10-31~
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20-10-4501
20-10-4501
20-10-4501
20-10-4507
20-10-4507
N/A
N/A
RETENTION OF BUSHES AND BEARINGS BY LIQUID SEALANT
20-10-4553
N/A
N/A
N/A
ELECTRICAL BONDING
20-10-5016
20-10-5016
20-1 0-5016
20-10-01
20-10-9053
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREPARATION OF RUBBER SURFACES FOR BONDING
20-10-9070
N/A
N/A
N/A
VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANTS
20-11-1040
20-11-1040
20-11-1040
20-10-08
20-11-1041
N/A
N/A
N/A
20-95-00
20-95-00
20-95-00
20-95-00
(P-STATIC)
TEST
APPROVED SUPPLIERS
Grease and lubricants
Fluidsand oils
Cleaning agents, paint strippers
I
20-95-201
Chemical and electro/chemical surface finishes
I
20-95-201
ii;
~i
i4
n
O
X
3
CC:
20-95-301
20-95-301
20-95-301
20-95-301
20-95-401
20-95-401
20-95-401
20-95-401
20-95-501
20-95-501
20-95-501
20-95-501
Enamels, lacquers, paints, primers and varnishes
sm
CP
sealing compounds
r
n
20-95-101
20-95-101
I
20-95-201
F;
ZU
and release agents
and
I
20-95-201
I
20-95-101
20-95-101
Adhesives, jointing
20-95-11
20-95-11
20-95-11
20-95-11
9 2:
1
=I
125/H-20
Chapter title
I
125/H-20
SERIES
SERIES
800, 800XP 8
SERIES
1-700
800XP
1000
PRO LINE 21
8 8
oo
20-95-601
20-95-601
20-95-601
20-95-601
Miscellaneous
8
B
C)
v,
i3
h>
O
;I
U1,
TI
Ip
B n,
CHAPTER
STANDARD
PRACTICES
(AIRFRAME)
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
GENERAL- DESCRIPTION
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE ANY OF THE MATERIALS LISTED IN THIS MANUAL, OBEY ALL
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS FOR USE, HANDLING, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL AS
RECOMMENDED ON THE MANUFACTURERS OR SUPPLIERS DATA SHEETS.
CAUTION:
IDENTIFY WITH A CODE, FLIGHT CONTROL CABLES, PIPES, ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS

OR WIRES DISCONNECTED DURING MAINTENANCE. THIS WILL HELP YOU INSTALL
THEM CORRECTLY AGAIN. AFTER CONNECTION REMOVE ALL IDENTIFICATION CODES.
MAK~ SURE THE SYSTEM WORKED ON AND THE ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS FUNCTION
CORRECTLY BEFORE YOU RETURN THE AIRPLANE TO SERVICE.
1.
General
This manual describes
materials.
physical and
Descriptions,
These processes
are
been reviewed and
maintenance
for
use
procedures
practices
based upon current and
approved
International material
chemical
by
the
and
which
require
the
use
of
commercially
inspections for Hawker Airplanes
accepted specifications.
Raytheon
are
included.
The consumable materials have
Aircraft Process and Environmental
equivalents and/or alternate products
are
available
included where
Laboratory.
possible. Helpful
information has been added to the remarks column.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-00-00
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
STANDARD PRACTICES -AIRFRAME
TORQUE LOADING
INFORMATION
EquipmentlMaterials
Partlltem No.
Grease
034
(Chapter 20-95-11)
Mineral oil
126
(C hapter
137
(Chapter 20-95-101)
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Methylated spirits
227
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Paint, black
440
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Wire, corrosion resistant
651
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Brush
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Torque Equipment
Local
Engine
oil
20-95-1 01
supply
are torque loaded use locking devices which are incorporated in either the nuts or the necessary
Torque loading is applied to nuts and bolts (including setscrews) to prevent critical overstressing
with the possibility of subsequent failure of the part. The torque figure quoted for each application also gives
maximum security and even tightening.
Nuts which
washers.
Engine oil (Item 137) or light mineral

prelubricated nuts are used.
oil
(i2em 128)
is used
as a
lubricant
on
threads of nuts and bolts,
except
where
non-mandatory torque loadings are specified in the maintenance instructions. Do not exceed
the maximum torque limit to align a lock pin or tab washer. If a locking position can not be aligned within the
specified torque limits, either change the nut, loosen the nut and tighten to 90% of the specified minimum
torque, or add a washer.
Mandatory
and
2. USE OF EXTENSION SPANNERS
reading, the handle of the torque wrench must be held with one hand only, the thumb
lying along it. The extension spanner should be in line with the center of the torque
gripping
wrench. VVhen a horizontal extension spanner or extension piece is used in with a torque wrench, the actual
load applied when torque tightening will be of a greater value than that set on the torque wrench. To calculate
the torque setting for a required torque loading use the following formula:
To obtain the correct
the handle, not
Required torque setting

W
actual torque
setting
W+E
distance between center of torque head and center of wrench handle.

of extension spanner between centers.
length
20-09-20
RBIYCheOn
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
A.
Example, Ibf in.

To find the
12 inch
torque setting
long
wrench
(10
for
specified
load of 75 Ibf in. when
inches between
centers): 75
using
10
x
10+3
3 inch extension spanner and
581bf in.
being used does not incorporate a scale or dial, e.g. the breaking type,
interposed between the wrench and the setting rig during the setting procedure.
If the torque wrench

extension must be
B.
the
Example,Nm
To find the
torque setting for
wrench with
an
effective
length
specified
of 300
load of 8.0 Nm when
mm:
300
x
300
75
using
75
mm
extension and
NOTE: A
torque
6.4Nm
being used does not incorporate a scale or dial, e.g, the breaking type,
interposed between the wrench and the setting rig during the setting procedure.
If the torque wrench

extension must be
setting rig must be
used to set
break back,
or
other
torque wrench without
scale
M1605 O
Figure 201
Holding a Torque Wrench
Correct Method of
20-09-20
or
EXTENSION SPANNER
TORQUE WRENCH
Jun.04~of"
the
dial.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
3. PIPE CONNECTORS
A. AN
Pipe Connectors
NOTE: The
and
following information on AN Connectors applies only

to series 1000 airplanes.
AN pipe couplings to between the

(Ref. Table 202) as appropriate. AN adapters
limits (Ref. Table 203).
with
airplanes
Honeywell engines
minimum and maximum
(1) Torque tighten

or
to
in manifolds
are
to be
torque (Ref. Table 201)

tightened to between the
tightening torques in (Table 201) if both parts of the connection

includes the assembly of steel end fittings on flexible pipes to steel connectors.
(2) Only
(3)
If
one or
or
the
use
parts of a connection is of light alloy, use (~Table 202). This applies

fittings assembled to steel connectors.
both
hose end
(4) Tightening
To make
pipe
or
sure
B. AGS
value in (Table 201), (Table 202) or (Table 203) gives adequate

prevent the connection being loosened by vibration.
that the
pipe flare and
union take up set when
to
torque 10% higher
than the value
Paint
Pipe
to the
line
specified
connection with
a new
specified.
across
the
joint using
brush
(Item 676)
and black
paint (Item 440).
Connectors
(2) Torque tighten
(3) Torque tighten
pipe
to
component
fittings.
connectors in accordance with
light alloy to light alloy pipe to pipe and pipe to component connectors
(Table 202). This includes all flexible hoses with aluminum end fittings.
all steel
To minimize the risk of
(a) Tighten
and
with steel end
all
accordance with
(b)
value.
(1) Torque tighten all steel to steel pipe to pipe

(Table 201). This includes all flexible hoses
(4)
assembling
Loosen the nut two turns.
(c) Tighten
(d)
light alloy pipe
union:
(a) Tighten
(b)
steel. This
appropriate
to the
mechanical resistance to
(5)
to
are
the nut to
or
light alloy adapters
leakage
a
at
joints
do
as
into manifold blocks in accordance with
follows:
torque approximately 10% higher
than the value
specified.
Loosen the nut two turns.
(c) Torque tighten
the nut to the
specified
(d) Lockwire(ltem 65l)the coupling
as
value.
required.
20-09-20
in
(Table 203).
RayMheon
Aircraft Company
125/HAVVKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Torque Tightening
of Steel AN and AGS
Torque Ibf
Pipe Couplings
in.
Torque
Nm
AN connection
AGSconnection
size
size
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
-3
3116
95
105
10.73
11.29
-4
1/4
135
150
15.25
16.29
-5
5/16
170
200
19.21
22.60
-6
3/8
270
300
30.51
33.89
-8
1/2
450
500
50.84
56.49
-10
518
650
700
73.44
79.09
-12
3/4
900
1000
101.68
112.98
Table 202
Torque Tightening
of
Light Alloy AN and AGS Pipe Couplings

Torque Ibf in.
Torque
Nm
AN connection
AGSconnection
size
sire
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
-3
3/16
25
35
2.82
3.95
-4
1/4
50
65
5.65
7.34
-5
5/16
70
90
7.91
10.17
-6
3/8
110
130
12.43
14.69
-8
112
230
260
25.99
29.38
-10
5/8
330
360
37.28
40.67
-12
3/4
460
500
51.97
56.49
Table 203
Torque Tightening of Steel and Light Alloy
AN and AGS
Torque
Adapters into Manifold Blocks
Ibf in.
Torque Nm
AN connection
AGSconnection
size
size
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
-3
3/16
65
75
7.34
8.47
-4
1/4
95
105
10.73
11.86
-5
5/16
120
130
13.56
14.69
-6
3/8
155
165
17.51
18.64
-8
1/2
280
305
31.64
34.46
-10
5/8
380
405
42.93
45.76
-12
3/4
550
600
62.14
67.79
20-09-20
RBylheon
Aircraft Company
IDENTIFICATION
4. MANDATORY TORQUE LOADING
bolts and nuts which must be
Normally removable
Bolt heads and nuts
high is
Holes
in.
(3
painted,
of bolts
1/8 to 3/16 in.

All
black
assembly
on
and
painted (Item 440) ring
nuts
or
(3
are
contained within
mm) high
to 4
to be
torque loaded
Bolt-heads and nuts
ring
as
follows:
black letterT 1/8 to 3116 in.
which contains
one
black
(3
to 4
mm)
black letterT 1/8 to 3116
painted (Item 440) ring, with
were
painted
was
on
black letterT
normal vision.
procedure of identifying normally

assembly was as follows:
NOTE: Before mid-1977 the manufacturers
A red
identified
marked close to the center of the group.
readily Visible with
must be
markings
require
are
mm) high.
to 4
Groups
painted black (Item 440)

adjacent structure.
marked with
are
torque loaded
are
the
on
AIRFRAME
painted
red after final
around the bolt hole
on
assembly
removable nuts and bolts which
in the structure.
the structure
together
with
red letterT.
5. NON-MANDATORY TORQUE LOADINGS

For nut and/or
values
are
bolts, which
not detailed
are
as
being subject
to
mandatory torque loading,
the
following
given for guidance:

Table 204
Guidelines for Non-mandatory Torque Loadings
Torque Loading Ibf
75 Ton
70
60
114 in.
115
5/16 in.
3/8 in.
195
7/16 in.
290
335
1/2 in.
425
490
9/16 in.
600
690
760
5/8 in.
specifications
For 64 KSI bolts
55 Ton
use
use
7.91)
890
(22.03
(32.77
(48.02
(67.80
(85.88
use
the
the
torque
torque
2240 =123,200 Ibs
20-25(2.26-2.82)
45
14.12)
85
50
90
(5.08
5.65)
(9.60 -10.17)
25.99)
145
170
(16.38
19.21)
37.85)
215
250
(24.29
55.37)
315
365
77.97)
450
515
100.56)
570
665
and materials refer to the Structural
168 KSI bolts
For 123 KSI bolts
(6.78
-125(12.99
230
For 160
168,000 Ibs
2240
30-35(3.39-3.95)
3/16in./No.10
For bolt
Normal Steel
High Strength Steel
Thread Size
(Nm)
in.
values in column 1
values in column 2
the torque values in column 3
Light Alloy
I I
10-15(1.13-1.69)
25-30(2.82
3.39)
45
(5.08
5.65)
(8.47
10.17)
75
50
90
28.25)
115
130
(12.99 -14.69)
(35.59
41.24)
170
195
(19.21
22.03)
(50.85
58.19)
240
275
(24.12
31.07)
(64.41
75.14)
300
355
(33.90
40.11)
Repair Manual (SRM)
51-41-00.
(High Strength Steel).
(Normal Steel).
(Light Alloy).
20-09-20
RB~heOn
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
6. ~-CLAMPS
To make
that friction
sure
faces of the
clamp
mating
(Item 034).
slight misalignment does not prevent V-clamps from being properly tightened, the
coupling flanges are to be lubricated. Unless otherwise stated, use grease
or
and the
7. TORQUE TIGHTENING OF TENSION FASTENERS IN JOINTS WITH POLYSULFIDE
INTERFAY
joints contained by fasteners during the curing period of the sealant,

unacceptable in the case of tension fasteners which are torqued to a
pre-tension.
causing a
To
this
loss of pre-tension it is necessary to tighten tension fasteners
level.
overcome
pre-determined
of
initial
the
assembly before final locking. Methods 1 and 2 are given to cover
curing
progressively during
without
and
with grease. Where no method is specified by the manufacturer
assembled
and
nuts
fasteners
Polysulfide
sealant
exude from
can
This is
loss of
Method 1 is to be used.
A.
Assembly Without Grease (Method

(1)
(i.e. structure face, washer face and

torque spanner is applied. Clean the item
and face with a clean lint free cloth (Item 621) dampened with solvent (Item 201) or (Item 227)
then wipe dry with a clean dry cloth before solvent is dry.
Clean the fastener threads, unlubricated nuts and the faces
the nut
or
fastener
at the end where the
seating face)
(2) Make sure the fastener, nut threads and seatings are clean and that there is
present, due to the cooling effect (through evaporation) of the cleaning solvent.
NOTE: Lubricants
self- lubricated nuts
on
the manufacturer. The torque

conditions (i.e. self lubricated
(3) Tighten fasteners

tightening.
(4) Wait
in sequence to the
minimum of 2 hours and
are
not to be removed unless
settings quoted by
lubricant
or
Lockwire
or
split pin
the nut
NOTE: Double wire
unsupported
length
B.
Assembly
(1)
removed).
required torque
value and note the sequence for
is short and
then
(2) Apply grease

requirements.
Do
operations
to
in
wipe dry
the
movement is observed.
preferred and is essential if the locking wire is long and is

damaged. Single wire locking is permissible if the locking
is
can
lays
become
close to the
component locked.
(Method 2)
with Grease
(Item 227)
subsequent
repeat paragraph 7.A. (3).
Clean the fastener threads with

or
(3)
locking
expressly authorized by
required.
as
and/or
condensation
the manufacturer take account of the nut
(5) Repeat 7.A. (3) and (4) until a stable condition exists and no further
Complete this within the initial cure time of the sealant being used.
(6)
no
with
threads
paragraph
20-09-20
7.A.
clean lint free cloth
a
a
clean
(Item 6321) dampened

dry cloth before the solvent is dry.
and
mating surfaces
(3)
(6)
to
in
with solvent
accordance with
the
(Itc?m 201)
manufacturers
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
12S/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
8. INSPECTION
A. Procedure
(1)
(2)
Make
sure
that the correct
and is
correctly
Make
sure
torque equipment,
set to the correct
torque setting,
is used
throughout
calibrated.
that the fasteners
are
tightened
in the correct sequence and that there is

specified torque is applied.
no
relative
movement between the nut and fastener when the
lockwire/split pins
(3) Make
sure
that
Make
sure
that all
(4)
are
to
an
inspection procedures
acceptable
are
standard.
carried out within the
cure
time of the sealant.
20-09-20
Page
207Jun.04
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
i.
General(Figure201)
(W and S) bearing retaining ring, capable of sustaining an incidental side load of
a light alloy ring which is pressed into a housing groove with special tools. This
ring is a truncated cone in shape before insertion, and, when fitted, forms a fiat retainer, similar to a
washer. In combination with its mating ring or an abutment in the housing, the W and S ring will rigidly
clamp in either ball, self-aligning or roller bearings.
A Walker and Schofield
Ib., consists of
up to 100
Each groove is spaced to suit a standard ring or rings in the bearing housing and approved tools only
must be used for cutting the groove or grooves. As shown, bearings can be held by a retaining ring on
retaining ring. When strength considerations

permit, a 3/32 in. diameter, axial extraction groove is also cut into the housing. This enables the visible
portion of the ring to be drifted radially inward, distorting it sufficiently clear of the retaining groove at this
point and enabling it to be gripped by pliers and pulled out.
each side
or
by
means
of
an
abutment in the
Due to variations in the size of
radii
housing
and
one
of standard
bearings, complete clamping of

imperative therefore to make sure the
bearing
using
rings.
bearing is not axially slack after insertion of rings. When any slackness is found, the assembly concerned
must be rejected and one or both of the standard rings must be removed and replaced by an Overthick
ring or rings.
corner
may not be achieved when
the
the outer
on
races
standard
It is
replacing a bearing during the course of a normal overhaul or during field service, it may be
necessary to fit an Overthick ring or rings in order to clamp the new bearing properly, due to the radii
the corners of the new bearing not being the same as those on the old bearing. It is also possible that
When
on
a
bearing originally fitted with standard rings may be found to have worked loose in service. In such cases
an Overthick ring or rings should be fitted, in place of the existing ring or rings, so that the bearing is
properly clamped.
rings are the next even standard wire gage (s.w.g.) thicker, are finished in anodic yellow and
have the suffix O after their normal part number; thus, a plain finish 22 s.w.g. A18Y ring will be the
standard ring, and a yellow finish 20 s.w.g. A18YO ring will be the Overthick one.
Overthick
retaining rings with suffix letter X may be encountered in service. to enable existing stocks of
rings to be used up they should be fully annealed before use and left in this condition. Rings with
suffix letter Y are in current use and may be used as supplied. Instructions for removal and insertion of
each type of ring are identical.
W and S
these
Because of
certain amount of
spring-back which
expected to lie completely flush with

pressing operations in an attempt to
must check that
Inspection
sure
or
occurs
the outer face of the

make the
housing lips
are
ring
NOTE:
ring is pressed
bearing; therefore,
into its groove, it is not
do not resort to excessive
lie flush.
free from cracks after the
rings
are
fitted. It must also be made
rings have entered the grooves without deformation; thickening of the

usually denotes excessive resistance to insertion and is not acceptable.
that the
locally,
when the
BEARINGS RETAINED BY SPUN-IN BUSHES
rings,
REMOVAUINSTALLA TION
either
generally
(20-09- 101~ may
be found in the Hawker 800 and 800XP, BAe 125 Series 800A and 8008 Overhaul Manual
(OM 125-800).
EFFECTIVITY:
20109-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page 201
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
Raytheon Aircraft
RING
BEFORE
USE
III
I II
II
II
II
WALKER 8 SCHOFIELD
RETAINING RING
I
I
AIRFRAME
II RING PRESSED
II FLAT
01y 8 S)
RETAINING RING
GROOVE
RETAINING RING
GROOVES
SELF ALIGNING
BEARING
BEARING
HOUSING
GROOVE
SELF-ALIGNING SHPERICAL
BEARING RETAINED BY A
W& S RING AT EACH SIDE
SELF-ALIGNING SPHERICAL
BEARING RETAINED BY AN
ABUTMENT AND ONE W 8 S RING
AXIAL GROOVE
FOR EXTRACTION
O
BALL BEARING
BALL BEARING RETAINED

BY A W& S RING AT EACH SIDE
BEARING
HOUSING
RETAINING;; ~;GnllUI UU
BALL BEARING RETAINED BY AN
ABUTMENT AND ONE W& S RING
Walker and Schofield
retaining rings
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
M1606_0
20-09-21
Page
202
Jan. 2001
Rayl~heon Aircraft
2.
Tools and
A.
Special
Equipment
tools
required:
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Tool Kit
25Y1121A/B
-Chisel
Extraction tool
B.
of tools
Description
(1)
For
(Figure 202,
bearings retained by
washer,
As the
during
insertion of
packing piece
combination of
of
bearing
J72143
(contained
in tool kit
25Y1121A/B)
ring
and
an
abutment, each tool comprises
nut, bolt,
and
the
ring,
the
housing
bearing
in the correct position in its
packing piece step heights
dimensions. Each side of
are
packing piece
housing
varied to suit each

is identified
by
suffix letter.
and bolt compress the
BOLT, WASHER
25Y1121A/B)
is used to support
W and S
The tool is assembled to
against
in tool kit
201)
W and S
one
(contained
special packing washer and, if necessary, a sleeve. Tools for bearings retained by two
rings are basically the same but the packing washer is replaced by a stepped packing
piece.
means
Table
J72142
W and S
(2)
AIRFRAME
bearing
NUT
bearing
punch
and
housing
onto the W and S
and screwed
ring, forcing
together
with spanners. The nut
it into the groove of the
housing,
and
outer track.
BOLT, WASHER
NUT
5) PUNCH
5) PUNCH
1) PACKING WASHER
SLEEVE
PACKING PIECE
SINGLE-GROOVE
HOUSING
PACKING
WASHER
(8~
DOUBLE-GROOVE
HOUSING
M1B10 O
Assembly
of tool
Figure 202
C.
Selection of tool
(1)
In the
are
case
(Tables
201
of A65Y
(W
and202)
and S
rings
are
used with double groove
marked with the STD number of its tool and
EFFECTIVITY:
suffix letter A
bearings) the packing pieces

B. (Table 201)
or
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page 203
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
Rayfheon Aircraft
(2)
The side suffixed A supports the
bearing
insertion of the second
suffixed B
during
additional
packing piece, suffixed B+.005
AIRFRAME
while the first W and S
ring.
or
But to allow for
ring
is inserted, and the side
machining tolerances,
an
8-.005 is included with the tool and is to be used
as
directed in the following text, to achieve the conditions described.
Packing pieces
for
with
use
double-groove housing
Table 201
SUFFIX LETTER
ITEM
PACKING PIECE STEP HEIGHT
0.065
0.035
8-.005
0.030
8+.005
0.040
~BL
8-.005
8+.005
M1611
(3)
The table
on
the lid of the tool kit box relates
W and S
ring
to the
part numbers of the individual pieces making up the tool used

headed 1, 3, 5 and 7
3.
give
the
coding
it retains and lists the
bearing
to insert the
and/or part number of each
piece
ring.
The columns
of the tool.
(Table 202)
Removalnnstallation of Bearings
bearing housings, embodying W and S rings and without an axial extraction groove, the following
procedure is suggested as a guide for W and S ring removal; individual experience may modify these
suggestions.
For
A.
Removal of
(1)
Split
bearing (Figures 203,
204 and 205)
the ring with chisel J72142. Make
sure
the
split
is clean, and extends the full width of
groove.
W.ANDS.
RING
COLD
CHISEL
BEARING
Ring
BEARING
HOUSING
m1607_0
broken with chisel
Figure 203
EFFECTIVITY:
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
204
Raytheon Aircraft
(2)
Insert extraction tool J72143
adjacent
to
split,
and lever
AIRFRAME
upwards.
EXTRACTION TOOL
W.& S.
RING
/JW. AND S.
RING
BEARING HOUSING
Ring
M1608 O
levered up with tool
Figure 204
(3)
Keep
the extraction tool inserted between
twisting movement,
If the W and S
opposite
(5)
ring begins
original split,
grip ring
with
to break up, make
and continue the
Should these methods fail, the

with
(6)
the
and W and S
around the circumference of the W and S
of groove. It may be convenient to
(4)
bearing
ring
may be
pair
of
ring
pliers
fresh start
ring,
to
to
and twist.
Repeat this
eventually force
complete
the
ring
out
removal.
by splitting the W
and S
ring directly
procedure.
split
into several
pieces
and
carefully
moved inward
chisel.
Press out
bearing.
W.AND S. RING
EXTRACTION TOOL
Ring
\d~3
M3720
removed with extraction tool
Figure 205
EFFECTIVITY:
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
205
Raytheon Aircraft
B.
Installation of
(1)
AIRFRAME
bearing
Single-groove housing (Figure206)

Select the correct
(a)
appropriate
Press
(b)
to the
into
bearing
punch, bolt, packing

W and S
particular
housing,
until
washer and, if necessary, sleeve numbers
ring
bearing
and
bearing being
outer track sits hard
installed.
against
the abutment of the
housing.
punch
(c)
Assemble
(d)
Place W and S
(e)
Fit bolt
(f)
Fit
packing
on
bearing.
washer with
recess
on
located within
Make
remove
just begins
ring. Continue
housing groove
sure
the
bearing
standard
and assemble washer and nut to bolt.
through
the
packing
washer.
tool kit box indicates when sleeve is to be used.
Screw tool together, until it
into the
facing inwards,
If necessary; fit sleeve around bolt

Label
(h)
ring
through bearing.
NOTE:
(g)
to bolt.
clamp
to screw tool
and compress
is not
to
axially
the W and S
together
ring.
Check that
to force the outer
ring against bearing
loose after insertion of
as
far
ring.
as
punch
periphery
is
of the
ring
possible.
If looseness is apparent,
ring and fit Overthick ring.
W 16(2
Insertion of W and S
ring
Figure 206
(2)
Double-groove housing (Figures 207, 208

(a)
(6)
209 and Table
201)
Select the correct
punch, bolt and packing piece part numbers applicable

bearing being installed.
and S
ring
Press
bearing into
equally
EFFECTIVITY:
and
correct
position
in
housing.
The
bearing
to the
special W
outer track should be
adjusted
between grooves.
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
206
Raytheon Aircraft
(c)
Assemble
(d)
Place VV and S
(e)
Fit bolt
(f)
Fit
punch
to bolt.
ring
on
bearing.
through bearing.
packing piece
with side suffixed A
to bolt. If necessary, fit correct
Screw tool
(g)
within
ring
the outer
far
as
AIRFRAME
together,
and
until it
packing
just begins
packing piece step
periphery
of the
ready
ring into
washer
to
on
clamp
is inside
the
to enter
housing
and assemble washer and nut
packing piece.
W and S
ring.
housing. Continue
housing
Check that
punch
to screw tool
groove and compress
is located
together
to force
ring against bearing
as
possible.
(h)
Remove tool from component without
(i)
Assemble punch to washer and bolt.
disturbing bearing.
M 1613
Insertion of first W and S
Figure
(j)
PlaceW
(k)
Fit bolt
(I)
Fit
ring
207
andSringonbearing.
through bearing.
packing piece
with correct side
bolt. If necessary, fit suitable
EFFECTIVITY:
ready
packing
housing and assemble

packing piece.
to enter
washer
on
washer and nut to
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page 207
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Mlbl(
Insertion of second W and S
Figure
NOTE:
(Reference
Table
second W and S
side B
or one
201.)
ring.
ring
208
Select correct packing
piece for use during insertion
For example, if Item 8 side A
was
used in B
then Item 8
(2)(f),
side of Item 9 wi/l be used. Determine the correct side to
of
use
:swollofsa
Insert the ~.005 side of packing

pressure
housing and
Item 9 into
hold in with hand
Measure dimension M with feeler gauges:
on4.
If M dimension is
of packing
piece
piece
zero
(packing piece
butts
against housing)
use
the
-t.
005 side
Item 9
If M dimension is between 0.0025 in, and 0.0075 in. inclusive,
If M dimension is greater than 0. 0075 in.,
use
use
side B, Item 8.
the -.005 side of item 9.
(m)
together, until it just begins to clamp W and S ring. Check that punch is located
within ring and packing piece step is inside housing. Continue to screw tool together to force
the outer periphery of the ring into the housing groove and compress ring against bearing as
far as possible.
(n)
Make
Screw tool
sure
remove
the
bearing
is not
axially
loose after insertion of
standard ring and fitOverthick
rings.
If looseness is apparent,
ring.
FIRST W. AND S. RING
BEARING
HOUSING
"M"
PACKING PIECE
SIDE 8+.005
Mlels_o
Packing piece selection

Figure 209
EFFECTIVITY:
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
208
Raytheon Aircraft
W and S
ring/bearing
AIRFRAME
and insertion tool data
Table 202
ITEM 1
S ASSEMBLED
ITEM 3
(Figure 210)
ITEM 5
(Figure 210)
(Figure 21 0)
ITEM 7
(Figure 210)
RING ON DRG. No.
PART No.
CODE
PUNCH
BOLT
PACKING
A24Y
25081 257
P11
A52Y
25CW865
P11
25CW795
P11
A25Y
I 25UN427
CODE
PART No.
CODE
SIZE
25Y1407
10-32
I UNF
P?A
1 25Y1387/1
P1D
25Y1387/7
PART No.
No.
No.
No.
SLEEVE
B1
25Y1415A
STD419C/5315
814
25Y1 757/1 A
STD41 90/24/5
2SY1417A
1 B2
I STD419C/54/5
25CF1245
25081243
25UM953
I STD419D126/5
I STD419C/90/5
53
25Y1 593
S1
25\/1413
S1
25\/1413
25UM825
25UM955
A29Y
P1B
25TR275
25WG413
25Y1 387/3
I"
1/4"
I UNF
25WG411
A52Y
25CW443
P1C
25Y1387/5
I STD419D/2/5
PID
25\/1387/7
I STD419D/25/5
P4A
25Y1 393/1
25CW455
25CW453
25CW55
A66Y
25CT475
25UM993
25UM997
A24Y
25UN243
25Y1419A
83
STD419D/3/5
25UN247
25806155
25802803
25806945
25807249
25FC7503
A25Y
A26Y
25FT263
P3B
25\/1391/3
25-6CX19A
P12
25Y/1 597
25CW505
P3A
25\11391/1
I STD419D/26/5
I STD419C/6515
25CT407
I
25CT131
25FC35651"
I
1"
1 5/16"
I UNF
25CT283
A31Y
2508605
P48
25\1139313
25UM227
25TR387
25WG425
P2A
25Y1 389/1
P2B
25Y1 389/3
2108315
P3A
25Y1391/1
25CX981
P4B
25\(1393/3
I"
STD419C/92/5
I"
I sTD419cnlll
2570369
25TR417
25TE235
25TE237
25W53903
25WS41 03
A35Y
EFFECTIVIPI:
20-09-21
209
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
12S/HAWKER CHARTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
W and S
ringlbearing
Table 202
ITEM 1
S ASSEMBLED
ITEM 3
(Figure 210
and insertion tool data
(Centlnued))
ITEM 5
(Figure 210)
(Figure 210)
ITEM 7
(Figure P10)
RING ON DRG. No.
PART No.
CODE
I SIZE
CODE
I PART No.
2565561
STD419D/4 /7
25E5561
STD419D/4/8
25W837
P8
25Y1401
25UM441
P3B
25\11391/3
P4B
25Y1 393/3
P3B
25Y1391/3
SLEEVE
I CODE
PART No.
No.
No.
No.
A25Y
PUNCH
BOLT
PAGKING
84
STD419/4/5
25Y1421/1A
I S2
25\11411
I S2
25\/1411
STD41 90/29/5
54
25Y1 595
1 STD419D/27/5
52
25\11411
I"
I"
I STD419Cn3/5
25TR211
25WG347
25UM449
25WS1865
25WB1 85
25TE177
25\1\18221
25W8243
25W8283
25\/\18187
25WB25
A26Y
25CX1497
25CX789
I
25\/1391/1
P3A
25CX791
25CX793
25CX1843
25CX1845
25CX1847
25CF1127
25CF1183
25CF1765
25CF99
86
25Y1 421/1 3A
I
I
1 87
I 84
25Y1421/17A
1 85
25Y1421/9A
84
25Y1421/1A
I"
I"
I
I
1 3/8"
I UNF
I"
I
I"
STD41 9C/55/5
25Y1421/1A
25CF2551
25CF775
25CF339
A31Y
25CW289
P3B
25Y1391M
25CF3161
P2A
25Y1389/1
25081203
P2A
STD41 90/45/5
25081827
25081763
I"
1 87
25Y1421/17A
86
25Y1421/13A
B5
25Y1421/9AI"
2508989
25-608329
25CW443
P7
25Y1 399
25CW903
25CW695
A48Y
25CF913
P2A
25Y1389/1
25UN9
P3A
25Y1391/1
25CX185
P2A
25UD11&12
P3B
I 86
25Y1421/13A
25Y 1 38911
1 B5
25Yt421/9A
25\/1391/3
84
25Y1421/1A
25UD21&22
A50Y
25UN113A B
A65Y
25881047
A67YO
P7
I"
25\/1399
I"
25UD17&19
P3C
25Y1391/5
25FC3577
P28
25Y1389/3
EFFECTIVITY:
85
I"
25Y1421/9A
STD41 90/82/5
20-09-21
210
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
R~ylheon A~rcraft
W and S
ring/bdaring
Table 202
S ASSEMBLED
ITEM 1
ITEM 3
(Figure 210)
arid
AIRFRAME
insertion tool data
(Continued)
(Figure 210)
ITEM 5
(Figure 210)
ITEM 7
(Figure 210)
RING ON DRG. No.
BOLT
PACKING
PART No.
CODE
PUNCH
SIZE
A18Y
No.
25\11403/1
P9A
25CF1 707
PART No.
CODE
No.
89
25Y1 423/9A
SLEEVE
CODE
PART
No.
No.
STD41 9(=/46/5
25CF981
25CF1191
I 88
25Y1 423/1 A
25CF925
I"
I B10
25Y1 423/1 3A
25CF923
I"
1 7/16"
UNF
A18YO
25FC3577
P9A
A1SY
25FN349
PSB
A20Y
25FC3591
P5A
89
25Y1423/9A
STD41 9(3/46/5
25Y1 403/3
BE
25Y1 423/1 A
STD41 SC/47/5
25Y1 395
B11
25Y 1425/1 A
STD41 9C/48/5
25FC3605
A27Y
25081 367
Bfl
25\11389/3
P2B
25Y 1425/1 A
STD41 9(=/56/5
25CW51
I"
I STD4190n6/5
25CW417
I"
I"
I ST0419(=/56/5
25CF779
25CF1325
25CF753A/B
A38Y
25UN7
P2B
25Y1 389/3
B11
25Y1 425/1 A
STD41 9C19/5
112"
25WF85
UNFI"
I"
I STD419D/5/5
P3C
25Y1 391/5
P2B
1 25Y1389/3
25WS1 869
P3C
25Y1391/5
A61Y
25TE243
P6
25Y1 397
B11
25Y1425/1 A
STDQ1 9(=/94/5
A71Y
25CW475
P2B
25Y1 389/3
812
25Y1425/9A
STD41 9C/113/5
A27Y
25CF1439
P10
25Y1 405
813
25Y1427A
STD41 9[)/6/5
A50Y
25WS377
25WF41 95
25\1\18221
25W8187
25UN113
5/8"
UNF
NOTE:
Item numbers in Table 202 refer to callouts in
Figure
210.
ITEM 7, SLEEVE
ITEM 3, BOLT
ITEM 1, PACKING
II
ITEMS,PUNCH
ii
ii
Mills O
Insertion tool data
Figure 210
EFFECTIVITY:
20-09-21
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
211
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

1.
General
SCRAP ANY NUT WHICH HAS OBVIOUSLY LOST ITS LOCKING QUALITIES. DO NOT
CAUTION:
ATTEMPT TO RESTORE, OR IMPROVE, THE LOCKING TORQUE OF ANY NUT.
following procedures concern the installing of self-locking nuts of the deformed thread type (including
captive self-locking nuts) and apply to internal and external use. An internal nut being defined as a nut
The
within any
engine casing.
the
To avoid the
costly damage
could result in
to the
of the locking feature,
efficiency
possibility
engine
as
and
of
self-locking
hazarding
by
measured
the
nuts
of the
becoming
aircraft)
loose
or
detached
it is necessary to make
Locking Torque (run-down torque)
is
(which
sure
that
satisfactory
at the time of installation.
The measured run-down torque check,

nuts of
16
self-locking,
using
inch, used externally. Nuts of this type, up
may be checked
by
direct
reading torque wrench,

and for nuts, with
deformed thread, type used
internal~,
to, and including
the manual method described in
must be
5/16 inch thread
subparagraph
complied
thread diameter
with for all
more
than 51
diameter, used externally
C where it is
impossible
to
use
the
torque method.
2.
3.
Tools and
equipment
Equipment/Materials
Part/item No.
Engine oil
Item 137
(Chapter 20-95-101)
Check the measured runldown torque

A.
Check the measured run-down torque, with
Make
clean
(2)
(3)
direct
reading torque
wrench
(Table 201)
BOLTS WITH DAMAGED THREADS AND ROUGH ENDS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
CAUTION:
(1)
sure
that the threads of the bolt
engine
oil
(item 137) (or as
Screw the
self-locking
protruding
from, the nut end face.
nut
Refer to Table 201 and,

nut or bolt.
During
this
on
using
the bolt
direct
operation,
or
stud
are
clean and
detailed in the relevant
or
undamaged and lubricated with
instructions).
stud until the bolt
or
reading torque wrench,
make
sure
stud end is flush with,
check the load
or
required
slightly
to turn the
that the thrust face of the nut does not contact the
component face.
(4)
Reject
new
the nut if it has
nut and
EFFECTIVITY:
locking torque
below the value for size
repeat the measured run-down torque check until
given inTable 201,

satisfactory.
then select
20-09-23
201
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
Raytheon Aircraft
Minimum run-down
locking torque
for
self-locking
AIRFRAME
nuts
Table 201
Minimum
Thread size
B.
No.4
UNF
0.5
0.06
No.6
UNF
1.0
0.11
No.8
UNF
1.5
0.17
No.lO
UNF
2.0
0.22
1/4 in.
UNF
3.5
0.40
5/16 in.
UNF
6.5
0.73
3/8 in.
UNF
9.5
1.07
7/16 in.
UNF
14.0
1.58
1/2 in.
UNF
18.0
2.03
9/16 in.
UNF
24.0
2.71
5/8 in.
UNF
32.0
3.62
This
procedure
is
an
alternative method and
inch thread diameter in external
(1)
Attempt
to screw the
maximum
(2)
If the nut
finger
can
check until
Checks
on
CAUTION:
A.
final
self-locking
areas
only applies to nut sizes up to, and including 5/is

impossible to use the torque method.
where it is
nut on the bolt or stud
beyond
the
locking
section
using
nut and
repeat
pressure.
be screwed
beyond
the
locking
section
reject
it. Select
a new
the
satisfactory.
assembly
INSUFFICIENT BOLT OR STUD THREAD PROTRUSION IS UNACCEPTABLE.
During final assembly (after torque-tightening),

tin
(Nm)
manually
Check the run-down torque

NOTE:
4.
Minimum torque
torque (Ibf. in.)
addition to the chamfered
portion
of the bolt
check to make
or
stud
end)
is
sure
that
minimum of
protruding beyond
one
full thread
the outer face of the
nut.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-09-23
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
202
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
COMPONENT LOCKING
1. INFORMATION
Bolts and nuts etc,
on
which the
Bolts and nuts etc. used

with
on
security of Class
1 structures
shall be locked to Standard A.
Class 2 structures shall be locked to Standard A if the nut
parts having relative motion
such
as
or
its bolt is in contact
would tend to loosen the nut.
Other bolts and nuts etc. shall be locked to Standard A
Standard A
depends
or
B at the
designers
Standard B
Locking
Locking
Split pins
Stiffnuts
Locking
Double nuts locked
wire
discretion.
Spring locking
together
washers
Tab washers
assembly procedures require components to be locked, select the method

following general examples. Assembly procedures will define the type of locking to be
and the general method must be adapted to suit each particular case.
Where
to be used from the
used in each instance
2. WIRE LOCKING
Use 22 s.w.g. non-corrodible steel wire, DTD.189A for all
refer to other materials.
Keep
wire under tension
on
initial
loosening
tanks, and where possible in other

metal
spikes
and
keep
electrostatic
of
wire-locking, except where assembly procedures
component, and
stow wire ends flat to
prevent damage. In fuel

standing sharp
areas, tuck wire ends under another wire to remove free
discharge
hazard to the minimum.
A. Bolts and Nuts

The basic
it tends to
B.
principle is to prevent
tighten the bolt or nut.
bolt
or
nut
Double wire
unscrewing, therefore the wire must be positioned

locking as shown in Figure 201 must be used.
so
that
Pipe Couplings
Fipe couplings, irrespective of their type or position in the aircraft, are to be positively locked (Ref.
Figure 201). Single wire locking is permissible on pipe couplings where the wire length is short and
located close to the component being locked. Double wire locking is preferred, and is essential where
the connecting length of wire is unsupported andlor can be damaged. The basic principle is to prevent a
joint unscrewing, therefore the wire is to describe a helix around the joint for at least half a turn in the
appropriate direction.
All
C. Turnbuckles and
Wire-lock to method
Adjustable
as
shown
on
End Struts
Figure 202.
20-09-41
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
3. PEENING OF BOLT ENDS

CAUTION: Locking by peening
can
be used
only when
it is referenced
by an assembly procedure.
assembly procedures refer to locking by peening, cut the bolt end down to dimension A in Figure 202.
slight countersink is permissible if required, and the bolt end is then to be peened over to close one thread
as close as possible to the nut. If special tools are not available, peening can be affected by using a hammer
and flat punch; use a heavy reaction block to support the bolt head. It is essential to check tightness of all
nuts after initial peening; follow this check by further deformation.
When
A
After
locking by peening, protect peened
area
with treatment RF
(Ref. 20-10-3527, 201).
4. SPOT LOCKING OF SCREW AND BOLT HEADS

CAUTION: Spot locking
When
can
be used
only
when it is referenced
by an assembly procedure.
assembly procedures refer to spot locking of countersunk screw and bolt heads, use a centre punch to
part, surrounding the screw or bolt, or, where applicable, into each end of the screwdriver
burr metal from the
slot.
5. SPLIT PINNING
assembly procedures
unless otherwise specified.
When
Bolt Size
refer to
split pinning,
Split
(UNF)
use one
of the
following
drills to suit the
particular split pin,
Drill Size
Pin
No. 10-32
SP90C8
#51, 0.067 in. (1.70 mm)
1/4 in.
SP90C8
#51, 0.067 in. (1.70 mm)
5/16 in.
SP90C8
#51, 0.067 in. (1.70 mm)
3/8 in.
SP90E8
#41, 0.096 in. (2.45 mm)
7/16 in.
SP90E10
#41, 0.096 in. (2.45 mm)
1/2 in.
SP90E10
#41, 0.096 in. (2.45 mm)
9/16 in.
SP90G12
#30, 0.128 in. (3.25 mm)
5/8 in.
SP90G12
#30, 0.128 in. (3.25 mm)
3/4 in.
SP90H14
#20, 0.161 in. (4.10 mm)
7/8 in.
SP90H14
#20, 0.161 in. (4.10 mm)
1 in.
SP90K18
#10, 0.193 in. (4.90 mm)
6. STIFFNUT
Where stiff nuts
are
used,
minimum of
one
complete thread
must
project beyond
the nut.
Stiff nuts may be used on Class 1 applications where there are five or more bolts in a group, in which the
loosening of one nut would not be catastrophic if the remaining bolts and nuts can sufficiently support the
proof
Jun.05~of
loads.
20-09-41
Raytheon
nircraft Company
DRILL C
AIRFRAME
B7
A
1~3
1/4
SIZE
UNF
13/16 UNFI 3/8
UNF
17/16
UNF
1 1/2
No. 8
No. 10
No.58
Na.SB
1/4
UNF
15/16
UNF
13/8
UNF
17/16 UNFI 1/2
UNF
SIZE A
A ACROSS
.431
.493
.554
.679
.741
FLATS
438
.500
.562
.688
.750
.365
.417
492
.604
.676
No.58
No.58
No.58
No.54
No.54
DRILLC
BOLT
UNF
DRILLB
No. 58
No. 58
No. 54
No. 54
No. 54
DRILL No. 58 TO 8E USED FOR No. 10 PAN HEAD BOLTS AND SCREWS
DRILLING OF BOLTS FOR WIRE LOCKING
DRILLING OF NUTS FOR WIRE LOCKING
TYPICAL METHOD OF WIRE LOCKING BOLT

HEADS TOGETHER
(DOUBLE
WIRE
LOCKING)
RIGID
ANCHOR
WIRE LOCKING PIPE COUPLINGS

THE BOLT END IS CUT DOWN TO DIM.A
(EOUAL
TO 1
1/2
THREAD
PITCHES) AND
PEENED-OVER TO CLOSE ONE THREAD

AS CLOSE TO THE NUT AS POSSIBLE
800
MINIMUM
0.15 IN. OR
D/p
WHICHEVER IS SMALLER
*b~
M4421
PEENING OF BOLT ENDS
SPOT LOCKING OF NUTS
Figure 201
Component Locking
20-09-41
HAOOB998104AA
Raytheon
nircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
LOCKNUTS
CONTROL CABLE TURNBUCKLES
TURNBARREL AND SCREWED ENDS

LOCKNUTS
1TENSION ROD AND TAPPED ENDS

LOCKNUTS
SPECIAL TURNBARREL AND SCREWED ENDS

NOTE: TWISTED ENDS TO BE PUSHED INTO HOLE TO AVOID FOULING
R.H.THREAD
LOCKNUTS
L.H.THREAD
ii)
d Y
(ii
ADJUSTABLE STRUT-BOTH ENDS ADJUSTABLE

LOCKNUT
ADJUSTABLE STRUT-SINGLE END ADJUSTABLE

LOCKNUT
ADJUSTABLE STRUT INCORPORATING A QUICK RELEASE COUPLE
LOCKNUTS
SPRING STRUTS OR RAMS INCORPORATING A PISTON WHICH IS FREE TO ROTATE
Figure 202
Component Locking
Jun.05~f"
20-09-41
M4419
Ray~heonAircraft
AIRFRAME
FLARING OF STAIMLESS STEEL TUBES

1.
General
Flaring of tubes may be carried out using power-operated percussion, pressure equipment or hand rotary
flaring tools. The most reliable means of producing satisfactory flares is by power-operated percussion or
pressure equipment. However, satisfactory results can be produced using hand rotary flaring tools,
provided hardened and polished flaring cones are used. AGS hand rotary flaring tools, tungsten carbide
pipe expanders and
A.
Tools and
CAUTION:
associated accessories may be obtained under the
~ollowing part
numbers.
equipment
IF HAND ROTARY TOOL PART NUMBER AGS 772 IS USED, OPERATORS MUST
MAKE SURE THAT AN APPROPRIATE HARDENED AND POLISHED PIPE

EXPANDER IS FITTED.
Part/item No.
Equipment/Material
Pipe Flaring Tool
(Small Type) (Hand rotary
3/16 in. to 1/2 in.)
Pipe expander 3/16
Pipe diameter 3/16
AGS 772
tool for
pipe
sizes
J6614, Item 1
(Complete Assembly)
in. to 1/2 in. diameter
J6614, Item
in.
Split die AGS
776A
776B
Pipe
diameter 1/4 in.
Split die AGS
Pipe
diameter 5/16 in.
Split
die AGS 776BB
Pipe
diameter 3/8 in.
Split
die AGS 776C
Pipe
diameter 7/16 in.
Split
die AGS 776CC
Pipe diameter 1/2

NOTE:
The
(fits
AGS 772
only)
Split die AGS
in.
adaptor bush (J6615,
Item
4)
is
required to
776D
enable
split dies
for 3/16 in. to 1/2 in.
diameter pipes to be used in AGS 773.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20109-91
Page
201
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
CAUTION:
WHEN FLARING STAINLESS STEEL
TUBE,
TOOL AGS773 MUST NOT BE USED
(SUITABLE
AIRFRAME
THE PIPE EXPANDER SUPPLIED WITH
FOR LIGHT ALLOY TUBE
ONLY).
EITHER J6615 ITEM 2 OR 3, DEPENDENT ON THE SIZE OF THE TUBE TO BE
FLARED, MUST BE USED.
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Pipe Flaring Tool

(Large Type) (Hand rotary tool for pipe
5/8 in. to 1-1/4 in.)
AGS 773
J6615, item 1
(Compiete Assembly)
sizes
in. to 1-1/4 in, diameter
Pipe expander 5/8
Pipe expander 3/16
J6615, Item 2
in. to 1/2 in. diameter
J6615, Item 3
Adaptor bush
J6615, Item
Pipe diameter 5/8
776E
Split
die AGS 776F
diameter 7/8 in.
Split
die AGS 7766
Pipe diameter
1 in.
Split
die AGS 776H
Pipe diameter
1-1/8 in.
Split
die AGS 776
diameter 1-1 14 in.
Split
die AGS 776J
Pipe
B.
SplitdieAGS
3/4 in.
Pipe diameter
Pipe
in.
Pipe diameter/split
die number cross-reference
AGS 772
Split Die No.

(use with adapterbush,
Pipe
Diameter
Item
2.
AGS 773
Pipe
Diameter
Split Die
No.
4)
3/16 in.
AGS 776A
5/8 in.
AGS 776E
1/4 in.
AGS 7768
3/4 in.
AGS 776F
5/16 in.
AGS 776BB
7/8 in.
AGS 776G
3/8 in.
AGS 776C
1 in.
AGS 776H
7/16 in.
AGS 776CC
1-1/8 in.
AGS 776
112 in.
AGS 776D
1-1/4 in.
AGS 776J
Flaring
A.
Procedure
(1)
(FigurePO1)
The end of the tube must be cut at

remove
any
EFFECTIVIP~
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
saw
cuts, notches
or
right angles
to the axis of the tube and the end finished to
similar marks from which
crack could
develop.
20-09-91
Page
202
Dec. 99
Ray~heon Aircraft
(2)
Burrs and
sharp edges
be
radiused.
slightly
must be removed from the cut ends of the tube and the inside
Cleanliness of the end of the tube and the
(3)
AIRFRAME
use
of uncontaminated lubricant when
edge
flaring
must
are
essential.
(4)
Select the correct size
split
die for the tube to be flared and put into the tool.
(5)
Place the tube into the
split
die
(6)
Close the
(7)
Rotate the knurled collar with four holes to
CAUTION:
clamp
and
tighten
so
it
the nut
protrudes just
so
over
the tube will not
move
the
WHEN USING A HAND ROTARY FLARING
the thickness of the tube wall.
move.
expander
TOOL,
until it
just touches
the tube.
A STEADY EVEN ROTARY
MOTION MUST BE MADE WITHOUT UNDUE PRESSURE.
CAUTION:
(8)
Slowly
A CLEAN LUBRICANTMUST BE USED DURING THE FLARING PROCESS.

rotate
expander
handle to
adjust knurled
collar and
flare has been achieved when the tube has filled the
angle
move
the
expander forward. The
full
at the end of the die.
CLAMP
HANDLE FOR
EXPANDER
EXPANDER
ROTATING
~ii
NUT
-----c~
KNURLED
SPLIT
COLLAR
DIE
M3361
HA208
973436AA
Pipe Expander Tool Assembly
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-09-91
Page
203
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Inspection/Check
A.
Examine the
(1)
pipe
The formed end must be examined to make

flared end must be
B.
Pressuretestthe
rejected
and the tool
for pressure
Test pressure
required
(2)
Test pressure
required for
(3)
Test pressure
required for suction pipes
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
there
are no scores.
If
scores are
present, the
pipe
(1)
EFFECTIVITY:
sure
examined.
return
pipes to 4,500 psi.
pipes
to 500
to 50
psi.
psi.
20-09-91
Page
204
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft

1.
General(Figure201)
The UNF bolts have 100"
identify
2.
AIRFRAME
or
120" countersinks and
the type of bolt heads
as
plunge-milled
and
parallel
or
waisted
recesses
in the head. The
recesses
Hi-torque respectively.
Remove and Install Bolts (Table 201, Table 202)

To
and install
remove
and sockets
milled and
are
plunge-milled
and
Hi-torque head
used. The bolt heads and drivers
are
bolts without
illustrated in
damaging the recess, special drivers

Figure 201. The part numbers of plunge
IHi-torque bolts, and the appropriate drivers and sockets are
shown in Table 201 and 7able 202.
DRIVER
""""J
RECESS
PLUNGE-MILLED
BOLT
SOCKET
~I
WAISTED
RECESS
TORQUE BOLT
M11872
Approved
drivers and sockets for countersunk head bolts
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-09-1 41
Page
201
Dec. 99
Rilytheon Aircraft
Approved
Drivers for
Hi-Torque
AIRFRAME
Bolts
Table 201
C/SINK
SLOT RADIUS
SOCKET
DRIVER
PART NUMBER
BOLT SIZE
DHS 1419-20
No 10 UNF
120"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
1/4 UNF
120"
.437 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS4
No 10 UNF
100"
.219 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
Y4928
1/4 UNF
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
5/16 UNF
100"
.437 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS4
3/8 UNF
100"
.50 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS5
No 10 UNF
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
050
HTS3
1/4 UNF
100"
437 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
A50
HTS4
No 10 UNF
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
1/4 UNF
100"
.437 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS4
No 10 UNF
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
1/4 UN~
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
5/16 UNF
100"
.437 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS4
3/8 WNF:
100"
.50 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
HTS5
No 10 UNF
120"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
1/4 UNF
120"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS3
HTS3
25 WS3195
No 10 UNF
100"
.281 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
050
HTS3
25 WS3197
No 10 UNF
1000
.187 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
HTS2
DHS 1421
DHS 1423
DHS 1424
DHS 1473
DHS 1475
Approved
Drivers for
Plunge-milled
Bolts
Table 202
PART
BOLT SIZE
C/SINK
SLOT
SOCKET
DRIVER
RADIUS
NUMBER
No 10 UNF
100"
.219 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
J72537 Ref 1
1/4 UNF
100"
.30 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
J72537 Ref 2
5/16 UNF
1000
.30 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
J72537 Ref 2
3/8 UNF
100"
.375 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
J72537 Ref 3
DHS 1403-4
No 70 UNF
120"
.30 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
J72537 Ref 4
DHS 1411-12
No 10 UNF
100"
.219 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
050
J72537 Ref 1
1/4 UNF
5/16 UNF
100"
.30 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
J72537 Ref 2
100"
.30 in
J72260 Ref 2
or
A50
J72537 Ref 2
No 10UNF
120"
.30 in
J72260 Ref 1
or
D50
J72537 Ref 4
DHS 1401-2
DHS 1416
EFFECTIVIP~
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-09-141
Page
202
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
APPLICATION OF
AIRFRAME
ALOCR6NI 1200 (ALODINE 1200)
1.
General
WARNING:
BEFORE YOU DO THIS MAINTENANCE PRACTICE MAKE SURE THAT THE WARNING
AND CAUTION IN TOPIC GENERAL
DESCRIPTION, OF THIS MANUAL, ARE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH ALOCROM 1200. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
THIS INCLUDES GLOVES
AND MASK. USE BARRIER CREAM
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

(ITEM 634) ON AREAS OF
EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE ALOCROM MAKE SURE THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE
WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF SKIN CONTAMINATION
OCCURS, GENTLY AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN
WITH
RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF EYE CONTAMINATION
OCCURS, CHECK FOR AND REMOVE ANY CONTACT
LENSES. FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES, HOLDING

THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
DO NOT EAT DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. SHOULD INGESTION OCCUR RINSE
MOUTH WITH WATER. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
A.
Introduction
NOTE:
Alocrom and Alodine
range of products
practice
materials that
approved
made of aluminum and its

Alocrom 1200 is
gold
two trade names for the same
product.
marketed under the Alodine trade
covers
the procedure for the
for the internal and external
Outside the UK the Alocrom
name.
application
of Alocrom 1200 and lists the
protection of components
and assemblies
alloys.
finish chromate conversion
to metal. Whilst the
coating system,
adhesion of
paint
significantly
affect electrical contact resistance. Aiocrom also
be used to
B.
are
This maintenance
are
are
repair damaged
use
anodic finish
of alocrom
on
improves
the
which when
paint
improves
aluminum and its
applied improves
the
adhesion it does not
corrosion resistance, and may
alloys.
Equipment/Material
Equipment/Materials
Part/item No.
Degreasing agent
Item 230
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
(Chapter 20-95-201)
20-1 0-08
Page
201
Jun.OS
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Materials
Part/item No.
Alocrom 1200
Item 504
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Lint-free cloth
Item 621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Item 627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Item 634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Item 676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Item 679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Item 682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Silicon carbide paper

Barrier
(400 grade)
cream
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
2.
shield
clothing
Demineralized water
Local
supply
Swabs
Local
supply
Water miscible cleaner
Local
supply
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
Application
NOTE:
data sheets for storage instructions.
Manufacturers/Suppliers
of Alocrom 1200
A chromate
coating
will be
the outside skin while
required when the protective coating (anodic)
stripping
the
paint
surfaces with Alocrom 1200 before
A.
Surface
(1)
has been
damaged
on
It may also be necessary to activate old anodized
priming.
preparation
Make
sure
that the
area to
be treated is of sufficient
the Alocrom 1200 solution and to allow for the

been obtained. If necessary
the
(2)
Degrease
(3)
Rub down the
area
remove
to be treated with
area
with 400
miscible cleaner to obtain
paint
area
adequate
finish
to make
sure
of
an even
removal of excess,
(STRIPPING
OF
once
application
of
the coat has
PAINT).
degreasing agent (Item 230)
and lint free cloth
(Item 621).
silicon carbide paper (Item 627 or alternative) with water

smooth surface free from contaminates. Feather the edges of the
grade
surrounding paint.
(4)
B.
Rinse the
area
with water to
remove
all dust and debris. Allow the
area
to
fully dry.
Mixing
WARNING:
DO NOT STORE MIXED ALOCROM FOR MORE THAN 24 HOURS. SMALL QUANTITIES
OF TOXIC CYANIDE GAS MAY BE FORMED. SAFELY DISCARD ANY UNUSED
MIXTURE AFTER 24 HOURS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL DISPOSAL
PROCEDURES.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
20-1 0-08
Page
202
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(1)
AIRFRAME
Prepare the Alocrom solution by mixing 4 oz of Alocrom 1200 powder (Item 504) to 1 US gal of
(4.8 oz of Alocrom 1200 powder to 1 Imp gal of water, 30 grams of Alocrom 1200 powder
to 1 liter of water). The powder must be added slowly at room temperature, stirring continuously.
water
NOTE:
For aluminum
alloy surfaces previously
been
within 16 hours
painted
weaker
The Alocrom solution is mixed in

water
(0.25
powder
oz.
ofAlocrom 1200
to 1 liter of
water).
The
treated
by anodizing
coating
of Alocrom should be
ratio of 0.2
powder to
powder
oz
or
pickling but
of Alocrom 1200
lmp gal of water,
must be added
slowly
which have not
applied.
powder to
1 US
gal
of
1.6 grams ofAlocrom 1200

at room
temperature, stirring
continuously.
C.
Surface treatment
WARNING:
DO NOT ALLOW
OR
SAWDUST)
CLOTHS, SPONGES OR ANY ORGANIC MATERIAL (EG. PAPER
WHICH ARE WET WITH ALOCROM TO DRY OUT AS THEY MAY
CONSTITUTE A FIRE HAZARD. WASH CLOTHS ETC. IN WATER IMMEDIATELY

AFTER CONTAMINATION AND DISCARD THEM INTO A NON-FLAMMABLE
CONTAINER.
(1)
Frequently apply the solution by swab or brush (Item 676) to the surface to be treated for three
to five minutes (for temperatures above 68"F (20"C), a shorter application time may be
necessary) until the surface color is golden iridescent to light brown all over, depending on the
alloy composition, condition and surface preparation.
(2)
Treat small
areas
fresh solution
(3)
Remove
as
excess
at a
time, make
sure
that the
NOTE:
dry
the
Any bright areas

process must be
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
treated is
uniformly
wetted and
apply
Alocrom from the surface
soft sponge or cloth, taking care not to

demineralized water wherever possible.
If necessary
being
necessary.
(4)
area
area
using
by flushing with clean water or gently swabbing with a

damage the freshly treated surface. Rinse finally with
hot air up to
of powdery deposits
on
maximum of 104"F
(40"C).
the treated area indicate
improper treatment and the
repeated.
20-1 0-08
Page
203
Jun.03
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
CONTROL CABLES (EXAMINATION AND REJECTION

CRITERIA)
INFORMATION
CAUTION: When handling control cables,
use
protective gloves.
Partlltem No.
EquipmentlMaterials
Corrosion
Cleaning
preventative
solvent
Lint free cloth

Protective
gloves
079
(Ci7apter 20-95-11)
219
(Chapter 20-95-201)
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
2. GENERAL
A. Cable Construction
(1)
Control cables
are
are
then twisted
formed
by helically twisting
laid around
or
carbon steel/stainless steel
are
central strand
set number of wires to make
(core)
strand. The strands
to form the cable. Control cables made from
of various construction
(Ref. Table 201).
Table 201
Cable Construction
British
Standard
Identifier
Cable Size
4P
5 cwt
Cable Material
Cable Class
7 X 7
(7
strands of 7 wires per
strand)
Stainless Steel
(flap synchro
cables)
strand)
(7
10 cwt
7 X 14
(7
strand)
Carbon steel
10P
15 cwt
7 X 19
(7
strand)
Carbon steel
51P
25 cwt
7 X 19
(7
strand)
Carbon steel
7 X 7
(7
5 cwt
5P
2.4
mm
3/32 in.
(approx.
diameter)
strand)
Carbon steel
perstrand)
Carbon steel
30 cwt
7 X 19
(7
53P
40 cwt
7 X 19
(7
strands of 19 wires
(1) Components
Wire
used in control cables

Each individual
are
(Kc;f. Fiyure 201).
cylindrical
steel rod
or
Carbon steel
strand)
52P
B. Cable Definitions
(a)
Carbon steel
7 X 7
4P
thread.
20-~ 0-31
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
helically twisted
(b)
Strand
Each group of wires
(c)
Core
The central strand about which the
(d)
Cable
A group of strands laid
helically
laid.
or
remaining strands of the
about
cable
are
laid.
helically
a core.
~t
DIAMETER
DIAMETER
DIAMETEA
F~?I
7X19
7X14
7X7
HA208
001154AA.AI
Figure 201
Cable Cross-section
C. Cable Size
(1)
Rating and Systems
Refer to ~TBb[e 202 for information on cable size rating, system to which control cables
connected and the appropriate tensions for that system (Ref. 27-00-00, 201).
are
Table 202
System
Control Cable
System
Aileron Control
System
Aileron Trim Control
Cable Size
Cable size
System
Aileron Servomotor Circuit

2.4
Rudder Control
mm
System
Rudder Trim Control
System
Rudder Servomotor Circuit

2.4
Jun.04~P
20-1 0-31
mm
Rating
System
rating
Cable Tension"
15 cwt
70 to 80 Ib
(31.7
to 36.3
kg)
25 cwt
70 to 80 Ib
(31.7
to 36.3
kg)
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
10 cwt
95 to 100 Ib
(43.1
to 45.4
kg)
35 to 40 Ib
(15.8
to 18.1
kg)
15 cwt
70 to 80 Ib
(31.7
to 36.3
kg)
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
10 cwt
95 to 100 Ib
(43.1
35 to 40 Ib
(15.8
(approx. 3/32
diameter)
(approx. 3/32
diameter)
in.
in.
to 45.4
to 18.1
kg)
kg)
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Table 202
System
Control Cable
System
Elevator Control
System
Cable Size
Cable size
Rating
System
rating
Cable Tension"
25 cwt
70 to 80 Ib
(31.7
to 36.3
kg)
25 cwt
85 to 95 Ib
(38.6
to 43.1
kg)
(3.175 mm)
75 to 85 Ib
(34.1
to 38.6
kg)
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
Forward
System
elliptical pulley
Elevator Control
of
Aft
1/8 in.
(1000)compensator
Elevator Control
Forward of
System
Elevator Trim Control
(15.8
10 cwt
35 to 40 Ib
(15.8
to 18.1
kg)
circuit
5 cwt
35 to 40 Ib
(15.8
to 18.1
kg)
System
10 cwt
35 to 40 Ib
(15.8
to 18.1
kg)
Flap synchronizer
(elevator,
(approx. 3132
diameter)
in.
10 to 15 Ib
5 cwt
aileron
and thrust control lever

Nose wheel
kg)
35 to 40 Ib
mm
Flap Control System
Gust lock
(43.1
to 18.1
2.4
Air brake Control
95 to 100 Ib
10 cwt
Elevator Servomotor Circuit
to 45.4
(4.5
to 6.8
kg)
kg)
baulk)
20 Ib
10 cwt
steering system
(9.1 kg)
Throttle circuit
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
Throttle circuit
5 cwt
25 to 40 Ib
(11.3
to 18.1
kg)
H.P. cock circuit
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
L.P cock circuit
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
Crossfeed
5 cwt
25 to 30 Ib
(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
5 cwt
25 to 30
lb(11.3
to 13.6
kg)
(Hawker
800XP and Hawker
800XP Pro Line
21)
tank
Long range
NOTE
At
(2)
an
ambient
temperature of
Control cables fitted with barrels
(3) If,
on
straighten
(21.1"C).
For deviations from the ambient
applies
Chapter
27.
to the
nipple
is found to have
permanent set,
no
attempt
the cable.
On reinstallation, the cable should be positioned radially, within the barrel,

same position in the quadrant as that before removal.
NOTE: This
see
(Ref. Figure 202).
removal, the cable adjacent
should be made to
(4)
70" F
at any cable connection to
quadrant
where
so
that the set lies in the
cable barrel is used.
20-1 0-31
Raytheon
nircraft Company
AIRFRAME
ALIGN CABLE SUCH THAT

ANY SET IS IN ITS ORIGINAL
LOCATION AND DIRECTION
BARREL
NIPPLE
\u~\
POSITION OF POSSIBLE SET
IN CABLE, WHERE CABLE WRAPS

AROUND BLEND RADIUS BETWEEN
SLOT AND QUADRANT CABLE GROOVE
M4979 2
HA20B99021 7AA
Figure
202
Cables Installed With Barrels
3. CONTROL CABLE INSPECTION

A. Broken Wires
during the inspection the Quantity of broken wires is found to

quantity, then the control cable must be replaced immediately.
CAUTION: If
CAUTION: No broken wires
are
permitted
where the control cables go
through
a possibility of the broken wires bunching around

replaced irrespective of any other damage.
CAUTION: If there is
NOTE: If the
quantity of broken wires is equal or

replaced before 30 flight hours.
less than the
be
more
than the
permitted
pressure seal.
pulley, the cable
permitted quantity,
must be
then the control cable
must be
(1)
Control cables
(a)
are
to be
carefully
of the
and/or broken wires
(Ref. Figure 203).
by passing a cloth both ways along the length of the cable.

close visual examination of the cable to determine the full extent
damage.
control cable that has
airframe
components, such
paragrclph 2.C).
Jun.04~$"
worn
Examine cables for broken wires

If the cloth catches, make
(2) Any
examined for
20-~ 0-31
broken wire in
as
pulleys
and
an area
that is not in contact with
fairleads,
wear
producing
(Ref.
must be examined for corrosion
Ral~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
W855
Figure 203
Ispection Technique
Cable
(3)
Critical
areas
and around
(a)
for wire
breakage
are
those sections of the cable which do pass
through
fairleads
pulleys.
A maximum of 3 broken wires
through
fairlead
or
around
CAUTION: Broken wires
only
pulley.
along
is
permitted
two successive
in
part of
inch
one
control cable which goes
(25.4 mm) lengths
of cable
are
not
permitted.
(4)
Permitted limits for cables with broken wires
(a)
Class 7 X 7 cables
(b)
Class 7 X 14 cables
over one
3 broken wires with
3 broken wires with
NOTE: No broken wires
are
acceptable
inch
(25.4 mm) lengths
of cable
are:
maximum of 2 broken wires per strand.

a
maximum of 2 broken wires per strand
at sections of cable
passing through pressure
seals.
inspection broken wires are found, but they are within the permissible
limits, the cable(s) must be changed within 30 flying hours. If the cable(s) are in
excess of the limitations then the cable(s) must be changed.
NOTE: If after this
(c)
Class 7 X 19 cables
6 broken wires with
maximum of 3 broken wires per strand.
B. Cable Wear
NOTE:
Any wire
worn more
NOTE: The number of

one
than 60% of its diameter shall be counted
permissible
worn
wires
over a one
inch
as a
broken wire.
(25.4mm) length
of cable is reduced
by
wire for every broken wire.
NOTE: More than

and not
one worn
adjacent
to
cable section is
one
another
on
permissible provided
that all
worn
sections
the cable circumference.
201 0-31
are
within limits
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
INDIVIDUAL OUTER WIRES

WORN 40
50"/0
(NOTE RLENDINC
AREAS)
OF WORN
INDIVIDUAL OUTER WIRES WORN

INDIVIDUAL OUTER WIRES WORN
MORE THAN 500/u
LESS TIIAN 400/0
INDIVIDUALLY
(WORN AREAS
DISTINGUISHABLE)
MShh
Ilh!0~1
,,,,,,jn~hl
Figure 204
External Cable Wear Patterns
(1)
External cable
area
(2)
at
one
wear
normally
side of the cable
Internal cable
or
along
the
working length of the cable either

periphery (Ref. Figure 204).
over a
contact
around the cable
in the sections of cable which pass over pulleys and quadrants. This
detected unless the strands of the cable are separated (Ref. Figure 205).
wear occurs
condition is not
easily
NOTE: Under unfavorable
cable
occurs
operating conditions,
internal cable
wear.
Mse~
Figure 205
Internal Cable Wear
20-10-31
wear can
be
greater
than external
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
CAUTION: If the
cable(s)
NOTE: If after this
cable(s)
(3)
Permitted
wires,
(4)
in
worn more
than the limitations then the
inspection worn wires are found, but they

subjected to repeat inspections at no
must be
limits
wear
are as
are
AIRFRAME
over a one
inch
(25.4mm) length
are
within the
more
of cable,
cable(s)
than 300
provided
must be
permitted limits, the

flying hour periods
that there
are no
maximum of 3 wires
50%
of their diameter.
Class 7 X 7 cable
(b)
Class 7 X 14 cable
maximum of 3 wires
worn
50%
or more
of their diameter.
(c)
Class 7 X 19 cable
maximum of 6 wires
worn
50%
or more
of their diameter.
worn
or more
acceptable until exposure of the cable outer wires,

rough edges. Cables should be changed as soon as the
become exposed. To clarify a difference in terminology, "Swagged tubes" and "Sleeved
physically the same thing.
On sleeved cables,
such
outer wires
cables"
broken
follows:
(a)
provided
changed.
are
of the sleeves is
wear
wear
is smooth with
no
C. Corrosion
CAUTION: Discard the cable if inner strand corrosion is found.
(1)
especially
Check for corrosion
on
cable sections in contact with
pulleys,
fairleads and pressure
seals.
NOTE: Areas
especially
Main
prone to cable corrosion
shrouds.
Tailplane trailing edge
(2)
shrouds.
of fin.
If any surface corrosion is found, do

inspection of inner strands.
NOTE: It may be necessary to
corrosion.
(3)
follows:
landing gear bay.
VVing trailing edge
Top
are as
a more
remove
detailed
inspection requiring
and flex the cable to
cable
properly inspect
slackening for
it for internal strand
In case of minor corrosion:
CAUTION: Do not soak the cable with cleaning solvent

lubrication of the cable.
(a) Apply
small
quantity
of
cleaning
solvent
or
(Item %19)
damage may
to
be done to the internal
lint-free cloth
(Ilertl 621)
and clean
the cable.
(b)
Allow the cable to
(c)
If
required, apply
fully dry.
an
anticorrosion coat
(Item 079)
to the cable
(FPef. 20-10-3%, 201).
20-1 0-31
NaYtNeerr Aircraft
AIRFRAME
CONTROL CABLE
1.
General
The
application
of corrosion
protection
inhibiting compound by
corrosion
to control cables leaves a
way of
Part/item No.
630
material
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Cleaner
219(Chapter20-95-201)
Lint-free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
or
ARS
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
or
ARS
079
(Chapter 20-95-11)
Chemical resistant
gloves (Neoprene)
Safety glasses
Corrosion
and
possible.
Equipment/Material
preventative
Reference manufacturers recommendations
Spraying equipment
3.
displacing
equipment
Tools and
Masking
water
tack-free waxy film. Moveable parts should be masked before
treatment, unless sufficient control of the spray is
2.
penetrating,
Procedure
WARNING: WHEN HANDLING CONTROL CABLES, WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES.
WARNING:
COMBUSTABLE LIQUID
(ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBON SOLVENT).
REFERENCE
MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPROPRIATE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

OBSERVE STATED PRECAUTIONS DURING APPLICATION.
A.
Preparation
(1)
Moisten lint-free cloth with solvent cleaner

sure
it is free of surface dust and
and
wring
out. Clean cable surface
making
grime.
Wringing out the lint-free cloth

surplus fluid will not penetrate
NOTE:
(Item 219)
after application of solvent cleaner, makes

to the cable core,
diluting
or
damaging
the
sure
that any
protective
lubricant around each strand.
(2)
Inspect
cable for broken wires, cable
note any deterioration of
(3)
wear or
prior protective
corrosion
as
discussed in
Chapter 20-10-31. Also
treatment.
Moveable parts should be masked before treatment, unless sufficient control of the spray is
possible.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-32
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
201
RaytLeon Aircraft
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACIICES
(4)
B.
If cable satisfies
NOTE:
(1)
protective finish
of
Application
requirements in Chapter 20-10-31, protect
Cables must be
Corrosion
on
AIRFRAME
cable
as
follows.
control cables
perfectly dry before protective
preventative (Item 079)
should be
coat is
applied.
applied by spraying using
the manufacturers
recommended system.
NOTE:
(2)
Reference manufacturers data for recommended
Recommended dry film thickness is 30 microns

film thickness of
(3)
The
protective
approximately
film must be
60 microns
even over
entire
(1.3 mils).
(2.6 mils)
application procedures.
Product should be
to allow for solvent
length without extra
applied
to
wet
evaporation.
thickness
areas
due to
drops
or
runs.
NOTE:
Where cable sections

excess
protective coating
which would
(4)
C.
Drying
time is
are
wear
in contact with
pulleys
and fairleads, make
is removed to prevent these parts
sure
that any
collecting abrasive
dust
the cables.
approximately
1 to 3 hours,
according
to the ambient
temperature.
Inspection
completion,
(1)
On
(2)
Make
sure
remove
any
masking
that the entire work
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
area
and check for
complete
freedom of movement
is clean and clear of tools and
on
parts.
equipment.
20-1 0-32
Page
202
Jan. 2001
Raytheon Aircraft
STRIPPING OF PAINT
1.
AIRFRAME
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH CLEANING FLUIDS AND PAINT
STRIPPER. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
(ITEM 675), SAFETY GLASSES (ITEM 679)

634) ON AREAS OF EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENT CLEANERS OR PAINT STRIPPER MAKE SURE THERE IS
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE FUMES, REST IN A
WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF SKIN CONTAMINATION OCCURS, GENTLY AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH
RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION

PERSISTS.
WARNING:
OCCURS, CHECK FOR
AND REMOVE ANY CONTACT
LENSES. FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15
MINUTES, HOLDING
THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. SHOULD INGESTION OCCUR RINSE
CAUTION:
THE USE OF UNAPPROVED PAINT REMOVAL METHODS OR FAILURE TO STRICTLY

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY RESULT IN IMMEDIATE OR
SUBSEQUENT SEVERE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE.

CAUTION:
DO NOT USE MECHANICAL
(BLASTING) TECHNIQUES,
THEY DESTROY ANODIC AND
ALOCROM PROTECTION, AND ERODE METAL THICKNESS.

CAUTION:
DO NOT USE ABRASIVE MEDIA STRIPPING, SUCH AS: PLASTIC GRANULES,
STARCH, CRUSHED NUT SHELLS, DRY ICE, AND PRESSURIZED WATER. THESE
METHODS WILL DISTORT THE SKIN PANELS AND CAUSE EXTENSIVE PANEL
DAMAGE.
CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THAT THE PAINT STRIPPER DOES NOT COME INTO CONTACT WITH
WINDSHIELD
PANELS, WINDOWS, LAMP COVERS, TIRES, HOSES, COMPOSITE
SURFACES OR ANY AREAS WHICH ARE NOT TO BE PAINT STRIPPED.

CAUTION:
DO NOT USE WATER OF MORE THAN 140" F
(60" C)
WHEN RINSING. DAMAGE TO
THE REDUX BONDED JOINTS CAN OCCUR.

CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THAT WHEN PAINT IS
REMOVED, THE INITIAL PROTECTIVE
TREATMENT IS NOT DAMAGED.

EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-33
Page
201
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
THE
CAUTION:
AIRFRAME
AILERONS, ELEVATORS AND RUDDER ARE BALANCED FLIGHT CONTROLS.
THESE FLIGHT CONTROLS MUST BE BALANCED AGAIN AFTER ANY PAINT
REMOVAL OR APPLICATION,
MAKE SURE THAT ALL PAINT STRIPPER IS REMOVED FROM THE WORK AREA
CAUTION:
WHEN THE PROCESS IS COMPLETE. IF PAINT REMOVER IS LEFT IN CONTACT WITH
THE AIRPLANE SKIN OR STRUCTURE FOR A PROLONGED
PERIOD, CORROSION
CAN OCCUR.
A.
Introduction
topic gives the procedure for the effective stripping of cured epoxies, epoxy primers,
polyurethanes and similar catalyzed paint from metal surfaces by the use of a non-methylene chloride,
low odor, thixotropic paint remover.
This
B.
EquipmentlMaterial
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, Solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Paint
235
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Emulsion cleaner
245
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Aluminum foil tape
628
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Wooden/plastic spatula
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
remover
cream
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
Litmus paper
601A
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Sodium carbonate solution
602A
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Local
supply
Local
supply
Airlwater
jet
or
pressure water
jet (NOT high
pressure)
Nonatomizing spray equipment
2.
Storage
(1)
Refer to
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
data sheets for
storage instructions.
20-1 0-33
Page
202
Jun.03
Rayfheon Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Paint removal
NOTE:
Unless there is
applied
was
A.
an
overriding requirement,
it is not necessary to
remove
well adhered
primer that
at initial construction.
Preparation
(1)
Dampen
(Item 621) with solvent cleaner (Item 208) and clean the
stripper removing all traces of grease and
area emulsion cleaner (Item 245) may be used, being mixed
metal
surface which is to be treated with paint

contamination. In the keel
ratio of
one
the surface with
(2)
Dry
(3)
Protect with
NOTE:
areas
clean lint free cloth.
which
Attach temporary
become
can
tape firmly
(c)
plates
of
over
all butt and
light
uniform coat of paint
Make
brush
(Item 676)
Make
sure
NOTE:
ingress
of
paint
damaged
as
plates/outlets.
follows:
protect rubber and plastic parts, including windshield panels,
(Item 628)
lap joints,
to
rows
protect sealant, adhesive and interfay. Press the

of fasteners, rivets and
stringers, drain holes,

plates/outlets.
access
edges
of
panels.
holes, antennae, rotating beacons,
paint stripper
Use
NOTE:
and outlets to avoid the
the external surface of the static
Mask off all close section
Application
(2)
to
covers
ice detectors and static
(1)
all static
covers, tires and hoses.
Use self-adhesive metal tape
(b)
in the
water.
paint must not be applied to
windows, lamp
B.
parts
masking tape (Item 630)
New
Protect all
(a)
to 9
and residues.
removers
(4)
part cleaner
sure
that all
The
or
non-atomizing type sprayer wand installed

stripper (Item 235) to the surface area.
that the
corners
paint stripper is
and crevices
uniformity of the
coat is
are
at room
apply
temperature before it is used.
well covered
important to
to a barrel pump to
avoid
by paint
areas
remover.
being
left attached after the rest
of the coat lifts off.
(3)
C.
Leave the
Removal of
(1)
Make
paint stripper
on
the surface until the top coat blisters and lifts away from the
primer.
paintstripper
sure
NOTE:
that the
paint stripper chemical action in 3.8. (2)
If the removal of the
adequately
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
is finished.
paint topcoat is attempted too soon some paint may not be

a second application of stripper may be required.
detached and
20-1 0-33
Page
203
Jun.03
tteythoen Aircraft
(2)
Using a spatula/scraper (Item 645), or stiff bristle brush remove the stripper and loosened paint
paying special attention at lap and butt joints, vents, bolt heads, stringers and any such areas
where projections and breaks in contour prevent easy removal.
(3)
All
(4)
Thoroughly clean
slight brushing to
paint
NOTE:
(5)
(6)
residue is to be collected
An air
Remove all
the
area
remove
Check internal
areas
paint
as
solid waste and discarded.
using cleaner solvent followed by copious

paint particles or smears of stripper.
warm
water washes and
loose
waterjet may be
protective
any unwanted
4.
AIRFRAME
covers
used for this purpose at normal domestic pressure.
and
masking.
to make sure that the
paint
remover
is not present. If necessary,
remove
remover.
Inspection
A.
Procedure
(1)
Check the residual
acidity of the work area with litmus paper (Item 601A) or other means of
measuring P.H. An area that has an acidity reaction less than 6.5 P.H. must be washed with a
0.5% (by weight) sodium carbonate solution (Item 602A) and rinsed again with a warm water jet
at normal domestic pressure.
(2)
Make
sure
that
no
joints
and seals have been
accordance with relevant standard
(3)
Make
sure
thoroughly
(4)
that the
edge
of the
damaged. Any damage

practice procedure.
stripped
area
is to be
is sound, uncontaminated
in
repaired
by stripper,
and
clean.
Paint
strippers may cause damage to adhesives and sealants if they stay

component longer than necessary to soften the paint. Corrosion may also
regular checks are made to determine the paint softness.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
in contact with the

occur.
Make
sure
that
20-1 0-33
Page
204
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
(PRC) SEALANTS
WARNING: DO NOT BREATHE VAPORS WHEN USING SOLVENTS. USE MECHANICAL VENTILATION
OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION WHEN WORKING IN A CONFINED SPACE OR AREA.
WARNING: AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES, SKIN AND CLOTHING. WEAR EYE PROTECTION,
APPROVED GLOVES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
WARNING: EXPLOSIVE. KEEP AWAY FROM SOURCES OF HEAT, FIRE OR SPARKS.
AFTER APPLICATION OF
CAUTION:
SOLVENT, THE AREA WHERE SOLVENT HAS BEEN USED MUST
BE NEUTRALIZED AND CLEANED.
1.
General
The
following procedure
describes the
use
of solvent
(Item 289) for the quick
Any
residue is eliminated
The
by reapplying
solvent
wipes (Item 287) or wash (Item 288) are also

ready for reapplication of sealant and/or painting.
2. Tools and
used
fully
cured sealant.
easily be removed using a nonmetallic

(Item 289) or using a wipe (Item 287).
The solvent breaks down sealant resistance and the sealant

scraper.
removal of
as
can
neutralizing agents
to make
sure
the site is
Equipment
Equipment/Material
Nonmetallic tool
(for scoring)
Part/item No.
Any Reputable Supplier (ARS)
Nonmetallic scraper
Natural, short bristle brush
Lint free cloth
Item 621
(20-95-601)
Masking tape
Item 630
(20-95-601)
Fabric
Item 287
(20-95-201)
Cleaner/Degreaser wash
Item 288
(20-95-201)
Solvent
Item 289
(20-95-201)
wipe
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-34
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Jan.2001
201
RelftNeen Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Procedure
A.
Initial
preparation
CAUTION:
ACRYLICS, COMPOSITES AND PLASTICS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM CONTACT

DURING APPLICATION OF SEALANT, WIPES OR CLEANER.
B.
(1)
Mask
(2)
Score the surface of the
areas
Application
(1)
Apply
adjacent
to the area to be worked.
polysulphide
sealant to be removed, with
nonmetaliic tool.
of solvent
large quantity
of solvent
(Item 289)
to the surface of the sealant
using
natural short
bristle brush.
(a)
Allow solvent to go into sealant for
(b) Agitate
C.
Regular agitation of the solvent with
the brush will make it easier to
Allow solvent to continue to go into sealant for
an
remove
sealant.
additional twenty minutes.
Removal of sealant
(1)
Use
nonmetallic scraper to
NOTE:
(2)
Sealantshouldbe
An additional
repeat "B.
(3)
application
Application
remove
easyto
of solvent
the sealant. Use
care
not to
damage the surrounding paint.
remove.
(Item 289)
may be
of solvent" steps until sealant
required
can
if sealant is thick. If needed,
be removed
easily.
When all traces of sealant have been removed, neutralize and clean the
287)
4.
ten minutes.
the surface of the sealant with the brush.
NOTE:
(c)
approximately
or
cleaner/degreaser wash (Item 288)
where the solvent
was
area
with
wipes (Item
applied.
Inspection
(1)
Examine surface for
(2)
Restore surface finish,
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
signs
as
of
damage
to the surface finish.
needed, in accordance with Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
20-1 0-34
Page
202
Jan. 2001
Rayeheon Aircraft
f25/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME

WARNING:
COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE INJURY. DO NOT POINT A COMPRESSED AIR OUTLET AT
YOURSELF OR ANOTHER PERSON.
WARNING:
ALUMINA GRIT IS DANGEROUS. IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN AND EYES.
SAFETY GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MUST BE WORN WHEN USING A

VACU-BLASTER. IF YOU GET ALUMINA GRIT IN YOUR EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN:
FLUSH YOUR EYES WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES

CLEAN YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND WATER
GET MEDICAL HELP.
1.
General
DO NOT USE THE BLASTING PROCESS TO REMOVE SURFACE
CAUTION:
BLEMISHES,
SCRATCHES OR SEVERE CORROSION DAMAGE. THESE DEFECTS MUST BE

CORRECTED BEFORE BLASTING IS STARTED.
This section
with
dry
gives the procedure for blasting aluminum,

grit for the purpose of:
Improving
Cleaning
or
restoring
the
fatigue
before metal spray,
Removing anodising,
The
aluminum
alloy,
steel and titanium components
alumina
behaviour of the component.
bonding
scale and
light
or
protective
corrosion
treatments.
products.
blasting process will give a clean, uniform surface finish. Because of the problem of
blasting different materials, one of the following requirements must be observed.
contamination
when
For components that can be removed from the airplane, separate cabinets must
provided so that different metals, for example, aluminum alloys, steels and
Requirement A
(preferred method)
be
titanium,
Requirement
The
are
not blasted with the same batch of alumina
blasting equipment
must have
grit.
separator. The separator will make sure

grit is kept to a level so that one type
that the contamination level of the alumina
of material will not be contaminated with another.
Requirement
The alumina
grit
Grit used for
must meet these
blasting
aluminum
used for steel, titanium

Grit used for
NOTE:
Only use
the method described in
Requirement B
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
are
not
or
or
or
titanium
blasting steel,
used for aluminum
requirements:
aluminum
alloys
alloys.
titanium and titanium
aluminum
Requirement C
must not have been
alloys
must not have been
alloys.
if methods detailed in
Requirement A
and
practical.
20-1 0-40
Page
201
Jun.03
Raltheon Aircraft
125/HAWKER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
Only
AIRFRAME
grade of alumina grit must be used in the blasting machine at one time. The blasting
applied to components until all these relevant operations are complete:
one
process
must not be
Forming, involving bending, drawing, stretch forming, stretch straightening.

and
Deburring
Local
blending
Chemical
radiusing
of
edges,
corners, holes etc.
of scratches and other surface

heat treatment and
contouring,
Nondestructive
imperfections.
welding.
testing including magnetic
and penetrant
dye
methods.
Dimensional and surface finish checks.
2.
Tools and
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Degreaser/cleaning agent
Item 230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, Solvent
Item 201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Alumina
Refer to Table 201
grit
Tape
Aluminum foil
Item 628
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Tape
masking
Item 630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Lint free cloth
Item 621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Portable
Any reputable supplier (ARS)
x10
3.
equipment
blasting equipment
Any reputable supplier (ARS)
magnifying glass
Method
A.
Preparation
(1)
If necessary,
(2)
Make
sure
remove
the
paint from
the affected
area.
that all relevant structural/mechanicaI processes have been
completed
in the
area
to
be blasted.
the
(3)
Degrease
(4)
With
masking tape
care
to
access
area
protect
holes
to be blasted with
or
screw
are
degreaser/cleaner (Item 230)
aluminum foil tape, mask all
threads, control cables,
completely
areas
pulleys,
that
are
and lint free cloth
not to be blasted. Take
etc. Make sure that all
blanked off to prevent the
(Item 621).
ingress of
alumina
lightening
grit
special
and
to unwanted
areas.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-40
Page
202
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
B.
Procedure
(1)
Select the correct alumina
grit size,
make
sure
there is
alumina
enough
grit
to
complete
the
blasting process.
(2)
Set the vacu-blast
height,
CAUTION:
as
for pressure, rate of travel, distance from nozzle and Almen
equipment
are
necessary.
BEFORE THE WORK AREA IS BLASTED, USE AN UNWANTED PIECE OF SIMILAR

MATERIAL TO TEST THE SETTING OF THE VACU-BLAST EQUIPMENT. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE AND DISTORTION TO THE WORK AREA.
(3)
Operate
the
for
(4)
the vacu-blast
complete
cleaning,
area
or
is covered and has
to remove
grit
even
passes
over
the work
area.
Make
sure
uniform appearance. If the vacu-blast process is used
corrosion, make
Remove any residual dust and
CAUTION:
make slow
equipment and
sure
that all the unwanted material is removed.
from the work
area
with
compressed
air
jet.
IF METAL-SPRAY SURFACE TREATMENT IS REQUIRED BEFORE PAINTING
OPERATIONS, IT MUST BE DONE WITHIN A
4 HOUR PERIOD. VACU-BLASTED
SURFACES ARE PARTICULARLY VULNERABLE TO CORROSION.
(5)
Examine the work
area.
Make
sure
the finish is uniform, smooth, free from scores, corrosion,
and other blemishes. Check the material thickness is within tolerance.

NOTE:
(6)
A x10
magnifying glass
Remove the
masking
it in
until the
position
(7)
Clean the work
(8)
If it is not
area
practical
to
Apply protective
EFFECTIVI~PI:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
strong light will help with this examination.
material. If aluminum foil tape is used for
painting operations
with cleaner
apply
temporary protective fluid,
(9)
and
the
to
are
(Item 201)
protective
masking,
it is
acceptable
to leave
complete.
and lint free cloth
(Item 621).
treatment to the work
area
within 4 hours,
apply
prevent corrosion.
finish to the blasted
areas.
20-1 0-40
Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
125/HAWKER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Approved
Materials
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
GRADE
SUPPLIERS
Alumina
White Alumina
90-100
Abrasive
Grit
Developments Ltd.,
Henley-in-Arden,
Solihull,
Alumina
Virgin
Brown
120-220
G rit
West Midlands,
B95 5AH,
U.K.
Alumina
White Alumina
90-100
Virgin Brown
IF Type
120-220
Grit
Washington Mills Electro Minerals, Ltd.,

Mosley Road,
Trafford Park,
Alumina
Grit
Manchester,
M17 1 NR,
U.K.
Table 202
Particle size and distribution of the alumina
grit
Grade 90/100
Sieve 1
Sieve 2
Sieve 3
Sieve 4
Pan
Aperture size
250 CLm
180 I.Lm
106 I~m
75 Clm
3% Max.
ASTM Ell
60 mesh
80 mesh
140 mesh
200 mesh
100% pass
20% Max.
60% Min.
3% Max.
Retained
Retained
Pass
Grade 120/220
Sieve 1
Sieve 2
Sieve 3
Pan
Aperture size
180 FLm
125 CLm
63 ym
15% Max.
ASTM Ell
80 mesh
120 mesh
230 mesh
15% Max.
75% Min.
Retained
Retained
100% pass
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-40
Page
204
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1.
General
WARNING:
USE CARE WHEN DISTURBING OR REMOVING WIRE HARNESSES/BUNDLES TO

MINIMIZE THE POSSIBILITY OF WIRE INSULATION DAMAGE/CRACKING. CARE MUST
BE ESPECIALLY USED IN AREAS WITH SEVERE WIND AND MOISTURE PROBLEMS
(SWAMP AREAS)
AREA,
CAUTION:
SUCH AS THE WHEEL WELL, AFT EQUIPMENT BAY, WING FLAP
ETC.
EXISTING WIRING SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED FROM THE AIRPLANE
MUCH AS
(AS
TO MINIMIZE ADDITIONAL WIRE DAMAGE. DAMAGED WIRING SHOULD
POSSIBLE)
BE CAPPED AND STOWED AND NEW WIRE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN ITS PLACE.
PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO WIRE INSULATION COMPATIBILITY

AND ROUTING TO REDUCE FUTURE WIRE DAMAGE.
general guidance. Special inspections should be conducted as

operator, based on airplane experience. Any discrepancies found should be
This information is intended to be used
deemed
appropriate by
each
as
repaired.
Operators and maintenance organizations should make sure that before any maintenance activity takes
place which is likely to generate conductive debris, wiring looms and electrical equipment in the work area
are provided with temporary protection against associated contamination. After maintenance is completed,
the work area must be specifically inspected to be free from such contamination.
required to install cable/looms during
requirements are to be strictly followed.
If it is
2.
modifications
or
routine maintenance the
following
Requirements
A.
The
(1)
cabling
must be
Prevent
chafing
and
protected
in the
abrasion and
guarantee
supported
or
between cable/loom and structure
(a)
Where
or
tollowing
ways
physical separation
of at least 10
mm
(0.4 in.)
other systems.
physical supports are not possible, grommets

adjacent metallic edges.
or
protection strips
must be
securely
fastened to all
(2)
Secure
(3)
Make
(4)
cabling
sure
where routed
cabling
is
through
bulkheads and structural members.
properly grouped
Prevent mechanical strain
or
work
in
junction boxes, panels
hardening
and
secure
cable bundles.
that would tend to break conductors
or
connections.
CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THE WIRE HARNESS WILL NOT BE TRAPPED OR PINCHED

BETWEEN MOVING PARTS. CHECK FULL RANGE OF MOTION.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-50
1
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Aircraft
AIRFRAME
(a) Special
care
must be taken in installations where harnesses or cables must
parts (i.e.
where there is relative movement between structural
damage, follow
routed and supported.
To prevent
The part of
these
techniques
wire harness which
access
cross an area
door, landing gear).
correctly
to make sure wire harnesses are
bridges
"hinge"
should be mounted
the harness
so
bending with the movement of the hinge. Run the harness section
with
the
hinge joint and place a support at each end (opposite sides of the
parallel
will twist instead of
hinge).
A
longer, parallel twisting
section results in less stress
on
the individual wires than
shorter section.
(5)
Prevent
associated
control cables,
cabling from causing damage to mechanical

moving equipment and pipes carrying inflammable fluids.
arcing
or
overheated
(6)
Prevent
cabling from hindering maintenance functions, for instance, inspection and modification.
(7)
Prevent
physical
(8)
Provide support for
(9)
Dress
cabling
interference between
cabling
to
so as
at connectors and
cabling
and other
equipment.
prevent excessive movement in
terminating
areas
of
high
vibration.
devices in the direction of the run, without
deformation of grommet seals.
(10)
Route cable/looms to avoid
(11)
drip loops where

panel or junction box.
(12)
Provide
Provide
areas
where
they
will
come
the cable/loom is routed downward to
(13)
correctly supported,
connector, terminal block,
cable/loom. Provide
individual wire. At terminal
an
strips
Prevent wrinkles in insulation. Wrinkles
are
stress concentrations which
polyimide
is
can
required
be
easily damaged
to be wrinkle free.
"pulled through" during replacement, to prevent damage

lacquer and polyimide topcoats. Snagging of polyimide topcoats can cause the tapes to
Cables should be "laid in" instead of

the
where
the radius may be three times the diameter of the wire.
and contribute to insulation failure. Wire insulated with
(14)
minimum bend radius of six times the outside diameter for
minimum bend radius of ten times the diameter for

the wire is
liquids, if possible.
into contact with
to
separate.
(15)
Do not route wires with dissimilar insulation within the
relative motion and abrasion between wires

or
(16)
ducting
when mechanical
The traditional "Hot
protection
Stamp" method
having
same
bundle, if possible, especially when
dissimilar insulation
can occur.
Use conduit
is needed.
has
never
been used
when used
on
the Hawker
airplane.
"Hot
Stamp"
ultra-thin walled insulation. Fracture
on
unsatisfactory
penetration to the conductor of these materials by the stamping dies
have occurred. Later in service, when these openings have been wetted by various fluids,
serious arcing and surface tracking will damage wire bundles.
marking
has been found to be
of the insulation wall and
(17)
Segregation
of 115 VAC power feeder cables to 28 VDC power and signal cables is to be
possible, to a minimum separation of 25.5 mm (1.0 in.).
maintained, where
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Raltheon Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Primary Inspection Locations

The
following
areas are
The
Wings
locations that should receive
wing leading
and
trailing edges
special
are areas
attention in
that
wiring inspection
program.
experience difficult environments
for
wiring
installation.
maintenance and
are
The APU is
APU
Landing
These
and Nacelle Area
Engine, Pylon
susceptible
susceptible
to
areas
experience high vibration, heat, frequent
to chemical contamination.
high vibration,
Gear and Wheel Wells
These
heat and
areas are
frequent
exposed
maintenance.
to severe external environmental
conditions, vibration, chemical contamination and debris.

Electrical Panels and LRU Areas
when these
high density
areas are
wiring is particularly prone to broken wires and insulation

disturbed during troubleshooting activities, major modifications and
Panel
refurbishment.
Wires in the
Batteries
vicinity
of all
airplane batteries should be inspected

inspected for serviceability.
for corrosion and
discoloration. Discolored wires should be
Inspect splices and terminations for signs of overheating and security. If any signs
the splices or terminations should be replaced. This applies to galley power
overheating
feeders in addition to the main and APU generator power feeders. The desirability of periodically
retorquing power feeder terminations should be evaluated.
Power Feeders
of
are seen
Under
Galley
containers
are
and Lavatories
particularly susceptible
fluids, TKS fluids
galleys, lavatories,
TKS tank and other
liquid
lavatory
to contamination from coffee, food, water, soft drinks,
etc.
Under Floor and Rear

these
Areas under the
Equipment Bay Damage to wiring
can occur
due to maintenance activities in
areas.
Surfaces, Controls and Doors
Moving
or
bending
harnesses should be
inspected thoroughly
at
these locations.
Access Panels
Harnesses
near access
panels
can
receive
damage
and should have
special
emphasis inspections.
A.
Inspection
(1)
items
WireMlire Bundle
Aluminum drill
vibration
wires in
or
Inspect for:
shavings,
lint
bundle
or
bundles and may, if
or
dust
on or
inside wire bundles. Aluminum
wire insulation and
to
Wire insulation that has become brittle. Can allow wire to be
EFFECTIVIN:
shavings can, with

path between
conductive
provide
through
adjacent grounded structure. Lint and dust can accumulate on wire
subjected to overheated wires, ignite or possibly feed, an electrical fire.
other motion, cut
more
susceptible
to
cracking.
20-1 0-50
3
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Rayeheon Aircraft
any wires insulated with aromatic polyimide must

serrations on the outside of the tie. Normal ties (i.e. those with
Wire bundle ties. Wire bundles
wire ties with the
use
the
locking
locking
serrations
on
AIRFRAME
containing
the inside diameter of the
tie)
may
damage the wire insulation.
NEEDLE TYPE TEST PROBES SHOULD NEVER BE USED ON INSULATED
CAUTION:
WIRES.
Damaged insulation and/or exposed conductor material of wires. Cracked, chafed and cut
insulation can provide a conductive path between wires in a bundle or to adjacent grounded
structure. Generally, a cracked wire does not have to be replaced but a split wire must be
replaced or repaired (spliced). A split wire is one where the conductor can be seen through
the crack. The tough insulation of aromatic polyimide can abrade other materials where
sawing type contact occurs. Proper support and separation will prevent such damage.
You may see situations where the topcoat is flaking off the insulation. In that case,
the transparent amber polyimide film will show, and at first sight, may be
misinterpreted as a bare copper wire. Loss of the topcoat does not affect the
NOTE:
insulating properties of the polyimide.

only a cosmetic concern.
As
long
as
the
polyimide
is
undamaged,
it is
Displaced (cold-flowed) wire insulation can occur under strain relief clamps, areas where
are tightly pressed against other wires or held tightly against structure. Typically
wires
causes
insulation to "flatten oul and may expose conductor.
Pinched wires
ties,
can occur
at wire
clamps,
connector backshell
clamps, excessively tight cable
etc.
Inappropriate/improper
crimp splices,
wiring repairs
such
the
as
use
of duct tape, electrical tape, poor
etc.
to fluid leaks
damage due
Wire insulation
(i.e. TKS, fuel, hydraulic fluid, coffee, lavatory
fluid, etc.)
Separation of electrical wires from hydraulic, fuel

10 mm (0.4 in.) separation and any wiring routed
provide separation.
Small bend radii of wire.
Wiring subjected
damage
to the wire insulation.
Sagging
wire bundles. Make
sure
bundles
to
Wire attached to the outside of

under
existing
wire
clamps.
Can
excessively tight
are
components, cables, hoses, other bundles,
not allowed to
bend radii may sustain
droop
onto structure,
etc.
wire bundle
cause
and oxygen lines. Make sure a minimum of

within 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) must be clamped to
using plastic
ties instead of
being
installed
chafed and cut wire insulation.
Unsupported wires running into conduit or wire supported in such a way as to pull the wire
against the side of the conduit entrance instead of into the center. Can cause chafed and cut
wire insulation.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Rayllheon Aircraft
~HAPTER
125/HAWKER
20
STANDARDI::PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
high temperature equipment. Wiring shall be kept separate from high

temperature equipment, such as resistors, exhaust stacks, heating ducts and deicers,
Proximity
to
to
prevent wire insulatidn deterioration.

Wires with different insulation types should not be routed together, where possible. Certain
wire insulations may be easily abraded by other types of wire insulation.
Wire Harness
(2)
Clamps
Inspect
for:
sure any protective material on the wire clamp (i.e. rubber, plastic, etc.) is in
serviceable and functional condition. Clamps should be secured to structure and wire bundle
Condition. Make
should be snug in
clamp.
Connectors- Inspectfor:
(3)
Condition. Make
sure
connectors are free of
corrosion, moisture, dust and metal shavings.
Check for
worn environmental seals, loose contact tension, proper contact locking, missing
seal plugs, missing dummy contacts, etc. Drip loops should be maintained when connectors
are
below the level of the harness and
tight
bends at connectors should be avoided
or
corrected.
Backshells-
(4)
Inspectfor:
Condition. Wires may break at connector backshells due to excessive flexing, lack of strain
relief or improper buildup. Loss of backsheli bonding may also occur due to these and other
factors.
Electrical Conduits and
(5)
Susceptibility
Sleeving
Inspect for:
to water/moisture entrance. Conduits should not be
susceptible
to the
entrance of moisture. If moisture
should be made in the
going into conduits and sleeving is unavoidable, provisions

lower portions of the conduit to drain any moisture and prevent
accumulation.
Condition.
Make
sure
Damage to sleeving
components
are
and conduits, if not corrected, will often lead to wire
free from corrosion, moisture, dust, and metal
damage.
shavings. Check
that conduit is secured to structure.
(6)
Terminations-
Inspectfor:
Condition. Terminal
lugs and splices
are
susceptible to mechanical damage, corrosion, heat

buildup and nut torque on wire lugs is critical
and chemical contamination. Also, the
damage
performance.
to their
(7)
Grounding
Points-
Condition.
Inspectfor:
security (i.e. tightness) condition of
Any grounding points that are corroded or have
repaired and be checked for proper resistance.
Grounding points should
be checked for
termination, cleanliness and corrosion.

their
protective coating
EFFECTIVITY:
should be
lost
20-1 0-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000; 800XP
Jun.02
R~ytheon Aircraft
B.
Routine
AIRFRAME
inspections
EXISTING WIRING SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED FROM THE AIRPLANE TO
WARNING:
MINIMIZE WIRE DAMAGE.
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE FOUND, THE WIRING MUST BE
CAUTION:
REPLACED WITH EQUIVALENT WIRING TO CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS.

NOTE:
The
of a 4X
use
(or greater) magnifier may be
needed.
severely damaged
(1)
Replace wiring that has been subjected to fraying or chafing, that

or that primary insulation is suspected of being penetrated.
(2)
Replace wiring having weather cracked outer insulation

to the point that slight flexing causes it to crack.
(3)
Replace wiring that is known to have been exposed to electrolyte or on which the insulation
appears to be ~or is suspected of being) in an initial stage of deterioration due to the effects of
electrolyte.
(4)
or on
has been
which the outer insulation is brittle
Replace wiring that shows evidence of overheating (even if only

overheating must be identified and corrected.
to
minor
degree). The
cause
of the
(5)
Replace wiring
on
which the insulation has become saturated with
engine oil, hydraulic fluid
or
another lubricant.
(6)
Replace wiring that
CAUTION:
bears evidence of
having
been crushed
severely
or
kinked.
CLEANING AGENTS OR PRESERVATIVES SHOULD NOT BE USED TO MINIMIZE

THE EFFECTS OF CORROSION OR DETERIORATION OF WIRE SHIELDS.
frayed
Replace shielded wiring
(8)
Replace wiring showing evidence of breaks, cracks, dirt,

placed over wire splices or terminal lugs.
(9)
Replace sections of wire in which splices occur at less than 3.05 m (10.00 ft.) intervals, unless
specifically authorized, due to parallel connections, locations or inaccessibility.
(1 O)
(11)
When
replacing wiring
on
or
coaxial cables,
String bindings or cable ties

integrity of the
the structural
4.
which the metallic shield is
(7)
must
always
identify
be
or
and/or corroded.
moisture in the
them at both
equipment
replaced following
plastic
sleeves
and power source.
modification
or
repair.
If not,
harness is weakened.
Wiring
A.
The
tollowing
cables have
insulation is PTFE
or
an
aromatic
polyimide
inner insulation. The outer,
or
primary
extruded FEP.
European Standard ECM44.
(1)
KP260 to
(2)
ACT260 to
(3)
KTCLto EL2124.
European Standard ECM65.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Rsytheon Aircraft
B.
following cables have

polyurethanetopcoat.
The
(1)
C.
European
aromatic
polyimide
inner insulation. The outer
following cable has a polyimide outer covering (polyimide

shield). The inner conductors are covered in extruded PTFE.
The
ASCB databus cable to
following is
covering
is
Standard ECM49.
The
(1)
D.
KPSN to
an
AIRFRAME
Honeywell Specification
list of wire used
on
covers
the tinned copper braid
P7500579-1.
legacy/current production airplanes
which do not contain
polyimide.
5.
to British Standard BS G195.
(1)
Minyvin
(2)
Fepsil
to British Standard BS G206
(3)
Nyvin
(4)
Tersil to British Standard BS G189
(5)
Efglas
(6)
Fire resistant wire to
European Standard
ECM29
(7)
Fire resistant wire to
European Standard
ECM60
(8)
PTFE
(9)
Tefsil to
equipment
wire to British Standard BS G210
European Standard ECM63
(10)
M22759/32
(11)
M22759/34
(12)
M27500
Selection of Cable Ties

CAUTION:
CABLE TIES WITH INTERNAL LOCKING
SERRATIONS, WHICH
ARE LIABLE TO
DAMAGE THE CABLES, MUST BE AVOIDED WHEN USED TO SECURE WIRE

BUNDLES
CONTAINING, OR SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING, AROMATIC POLYIMIDE
INSULATED WIRING.
CAUTION:
ONLY APPLICATION TOOLS APPROVED BY THE CABLE TIE MANUFACTURER

SHALL BE USED, AND THE CABLE TIES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

A.
The selection and

relevant
use
of cable ties shall be made in accordance with the instructions of the
Design Authority
and the
The environmental conditions
EFFECTIVITY:
following
data:
(temperature range).
20-1 0-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
The maximum distance between cable ties.
B.
The correct mechanical tension to be used
during application.
The size of the cable tie to be used for any
given
Where the cable tie is not

suitable cable tie
The
using
loom, harness
diameter of cables.
specified by the Design Authority,

following parameters:
the installer shall select the most
the
or
bundle diameter.
The temperature range.
6.
Protective
tubing
tubing is used to protect the microswitch wires on the left and right main landing gears and in the
landing gear bays. The PTFE tubing Part Number is T105/2.
PTFE
main
EFFECTIVIN:
20-10-50
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jun.02
Ray~heon
nircraft
Company
AIRFRAME

TEMPORARY REVISION 20-3
REASON FOR ISSUE
Lugs
on
UAM100 fuses
are
breaking
due to incorrect installation.
ACTION
In
place
of 20-10-50 page block 201 read this TR.
INFORMATION
This process defines the methods and limitations for
repairing
wires when it is
impracticable
to
renew.
2. SPLICING
CAUTION: Before cutting the damaged wire, make sure that there is enough wire to strip the insulation to
make a splice joint and that there is sufficient space in the area of damage to operate the
necessary tools.
A. Procedure
If there is insufficient wire
(1)
Remove the
portion
space,
or
of
use
damaged
following
the
methods.
wire back to the
equipment
with
removable termination
(Ref.
Figure 1).
II
EQUIP
II
EQUIP
REMOVABLE
TERMINATION
AREA OF DAMAGE
Figure i
Damage
Area of
(2)
Make up a
end to the
new
wire
(using wire type
equipment
(Ref. Figure 2).
(3)
Run the
new
wire and
TR 20-3
and install
splice
specifications) of sufficient length to reconnect the

equipment end termination and identification sleeve
to current
similar
the ends.
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
EQUIP
AIRFRAME
EQUIP
M6280 0
NEW WIRE
SPLICE
HAZOF
004621AAAI
Figure
Splice
(4)
damaged wire are difficult to remove, e.g, potted, cut out the damaged portion,
length of new wire (using wire type to current specifications) and splice the
(Ref. Figure 3 and Figure 4).
If both ends of the

renew
ends
it with
EQUIP
suitable
rr,
EQUIP
j
AREA OF DAMAGE
HA20F
004622AA.AI
Figure 3
Damage
Area of
L~I-T
EQUIP
EQUIP
IT
NEW WIRE
SPLICE
M6278 0
SPLICE
HA2OF
004623AAAI
Figure
New Wire
B. Identification and
(1)
A cable
joined by
Recording of Joints
an
and must carry the
(a)
When
on
(2)
All
an
in-line
same
splice must
be
cable identification
regarded as
throughout.
single
identification sleeve is used in the place of cable
either side of the
repair joints
cable for identification purposes
printing,
sleeve shall be located
splice.
must be recorded in the aircraft records
indicating the circuit,
wire number and
location
C. Limitations of In-line
(1) Single
Splice Usage
24
12
must not be located under
clips
cored cables
only (size
inclusive),
each barrel of the
splice
must carry
only
one
cable.
(2) Splices
(3)
The distance between in-line

three
joints
in any
one
or
splice joints
branch of
ties in
conduit
(rigid
or
flexible).
must not be less than 2.0 ft.
(0.6 m)
and
no more
than
circuit.
TR 20-3
"""MaeCMay.OG
Raytheon
nircraft Company
(4)
Joints must be
(5)
Joints in
1.0 in.
adequately supported.
adjacent cables must be staggered from each other by a minimum of approximately

(25.0 mm), and located on outer surface of the loom, where possible.
splices may be used in
designated overheat
(6)
No
(7)
Joints must not be made in the
(a)
Cables
larger than
(b) High voltage

(c)
zone.
following cables:
(e.g. igniter
H.T.
leads).
Multicore cables.
cable.
(e) Screen/sheathed
(8)
size No. 12.
cables
(d) Thermocouple
(f)
AIRFRAME
cable.
Go-axial cable.
No splices may be used in the circuits that follow.
(a) Engine
(b)
Gas
Temperature
Fire and overheat detection and/or
(c) Thrust Management

(d) Wiring
circuit in
designated fire
to busbars in the
cable associated with
control
protection
associated with Generator control and
(e) Any feeder cables
(f) Any
designated
circuits in
fire
or
overheat
circuits in
or
designated
overheat
protection
zones.
fire
or
overheat
zones.
zones.
circuits.
primary distribution system.
electrically powered
or
signalled flight controls, but excluding flight
systems.
3. REPAIR OF STARTER MOTOR CABLES

A. Procedure
(1)
Starter motor cables may be repaired using heat shrink sleeving if the conductors
provided the conditions that follow are met:
(a)
Visual
inspection confirms
that
no
sharp
metallic
edges
have been
are
presented
exposed,
to the cable
where the chafe occurred.

reveals that
(b)
Visual
(c)
The cause of the chafe must be removed
inspection
no
strands
are
damaged.
by repositioning
the cable with suitable clearances
maintained.
(d)
(2)
No evidence of
Where
chafing
arcing
occurs
inside
increased to eliminate the

over
May.OG~6""
the shrink sleeve.
TR 20-3
from the cable is visible.

a
fireseal, the repair should make
possibility
sure
that the cable diameter is
of movement. This may necessitate
wrapping glass
fibre tape
Raylheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
4. REPAIR OF PTFEIFEP OUTER INSULATION DAMAGE
repair of PTFE/FEP outer insulation requires that a heat-shrinkable sleeve

completely over the wire. If this is not possible, the wire must be replaced.
CAUTION: The
CAUTION:
Damage
that extends
more
(38. 1 mm) along the cable and/or extends more

acceptable for repair and the wire must be replaced.
than 1.5 in.
of the cable circumference, is not
A. PTFEIFEP Outer Insulation
placed
than 1/4
Damage
of the PTFE/FEP outer insulation wrap is acceptable

damaged. No additional protection is required.
(1) Scuffing
must be
provided
the inner
polyimide
insulation is not
(a)
If doubt exists that there may be
damage
to the inner
polyimide insulation, proceed
to the
following paragraph 4.A.(2).

(2) Damage
to the PTFE/FEP outer insulation wrap that exposes and damages the polyimide
no conductor strands severed or with seriously damaged plating to reveal
insulation, but with
copper, may be repaired

and/or tape (A-A-59474).
using high temperature,
NOTE: The
cover
repair
should
the
damaged
area
heat-shrinkable
with
0.25 in.
B. PTFE/FEB Outer Insulation and Center Conductor
(1) Damage to
replacement
the
polyimide
insulation
and
sleeving (MIL-DTL-23053/12)
(6.35 mm) overlap
at each end.
Damage
center conductor is
not
acceptable and requires
of the wire.
5. FUSES
A. UAM100 Fuses
(1)
The
mounting lugs
length for mounting
NOTE:
on
on
the UAM100 fuses may be elongated

posts on the airplane.
as
necessary, to
provide adequate
the terminal
Although it is permissible to "open" the ends of each mounting hole on the UAM100 fuse,
the mounting holes should be elongated no more than necessary to provide clearance for
mounting.
TR 20-3
PageM4,vOfg~May.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
i. INFORMATION
This process defines the methods and limitations for
repairing wires
when it is
impracticable
to
renew.
2. SPLICING
CAUTION: Before
make
cutting the damaged wire, make sure that there

splice joint and that there is sufficient space
is
enough
in the
wire to
of
area
strip the insulation to

damage to operate the
necessary tools.
A. Procedure
If there is insufficient wire
(1)
Remove the
portion
or
space,
of
use
damaged
the
following
methods.
wire back to the
equipment
with
removable termination
(Ref.
Figure 201).
I
REMOVABLE
TERMINATION
AREA OF DAMAGE
HA20F
Figure 201
Damage
Area of
(2)
(3)
Make up a
end to the
wire
(using
equipment and
(Ref. Figure 202).
Run the
new
new
wire and
wire
type
install
splice
specifications) of sufficient length to reconnect the

equipment end termination and identification sleeve
to current
similar
the ends.
EQUIP
SPLICE
NEW WIRE
EQUIP
M6280 6
HAIL)F
004621AA.AI
Figure 202
Splice
(4)
If both ends of the
damaged wire are difficult to remove, e.g. potted, cut out the damaged portion,
length of new wire (using wire type to current specifications) and splice the
(Ref. Figure 203 and Figure 204).
renew
ends
hL
it with
suitable
NOTE: Please
see
the
TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page.
20-~ 0-50
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
EQUIP
AIRFRAME
IIII
EQUIP
f
AREA OF DAMAGE
HA20F
Figure 203
Damage
Area of
EQUIP
EQUIP
T
SPLICE
NEW WIRE
M6278 O
SPLICE
HA2OF
004623AAAI
Figure 204
New Wire
B. Identification and
(1)
A cable
joined by
Recording of
an
and must carry the
(a)
When
All
splice
must be
cable identification
regarded as
throughout.
identification sleeve is used in the
an
either side of the
on
(2)
in-line
same
Joints
repair joints
place
single
of cable
cable for identification purposes
printing,
sleeve shall be located
splice.
must be recorded in the aircraft records
indicating
the circuit, wire number and
location.
C. Limitations of In-line
(1) Single
cored cables
Splice Usage
only (size 24
12
must not be located under
clips
inclusive),
each barrel of the
splice
must carry
only
one
cable.
(2) Splices
(3)
The distance between in-line

three
joints
in any
(4)
Joints must be
(5)
Joints in
1.0 in.
Jun.OS
conduit
(rigid
or
flexible).
must not be less than 2.0 ft.
(0.6 m)
(7)
Joints must not be made in the
splices may
Cables
and
no more
than
circuit.
adjacent cables must be staggered from each other by a minimum

(25.0 mm), and located on outer surface of the loom, where possible.
No
(c)
ties in
adequately supported.
be used in
larger
(b) High voltage
202
splice joints
branch of
(6)
(a)
Page
one
or
designated
following
overheat
zone.
cables:
than size No. 12.
cables
(e.g. igniter
H.T.
leads).
Multicore cables.
hL
20-~0-50
NOTE: Please
see
the
TEMPORARY
REVISION
of
approximately
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
(d) Thermocouple
Screenlsheathed cable.
(e)
Go-axial cable.
(f)
(8)
No
cable.
be used in the circuits that follow:
splices may
(a) Engine
Gas
Temperature circuits
in
(b)
Fire and overheat detection and/or
(c)
Thrust
Management circuit in designated fire
(d) Wiring
associated with Generator control and
cable associated with
(f) Any
control
or
protection circuits
feeder cables to busbars in the
(e) Any
fire
designated
primary
or
overheat
in
distribution
electrically powered
designated
overheat
protection
or
zones.
fire
or
overheat
zones.
zones.
circuits.
system.
signalled flight controls,
but
excluding flight
systems.
3. REPAIR OF STARTER MOTOR CABLES

A. Procedure
(1)
Starter motor cables may be repaired using heat shrink

provided the conditions that follow are met:
(a)
Visual
inspection confirms that
no
metallic
sharp
sleeving if the conductors
edges
have been
are
presented
exposed,
to the cable
where the chafe occurred.
(b)
Visual
(c)
The
inspection
cause
reveals that
no
strands
are
of the chafe must be removed
damaged.
by repositioning the cable with suitable
clearances
maintained.
(d)
(2)
No evidence of
Where
chafing
arcing from the cable is visible.

inside
occurs
increased to eliminate the

over
fireseal, the repair should make
possibility
sure
that the cable diameter is
of movement. This may necessitate
wrapping glass
fibre
tape
the shrink sleeve.
4. REPAIR OF PTFEIFEP OUTER INSULATION DAMAGE

CAUTION: The repair of PTFE/FEP outer insulation requires that a heat-shrinkable sleeve must be
completely over the wire. If this is not possible, the wire must be replaced.
CAUTION:
Damage
that extends
more
A. PTFEIFEP Outer Insulation
(1) Scuffing
(38. 1 mm) along the cable and/or extends more

acceptable for repair and the wire must be replaced.
than 1.5 in.
of the cable circumference, is not
placed
than 1/4
Damage
of the PTFE/FEP outer insulation wrap is acceptable

damaged. No additional protection is required.
provided the
inner
polyimide
insulation is not
NOTE: Please
see
the
TEMPORARY
REVISION
II
20-~ 0-50
Page
203
Jun.OS
ReYtNe(Hl
AiKraft
Company
(a)
If doubt exists that there may be
damage
to the inner
AIRFRAME
polyimide insulation, proceed
to the
paragraph 4.A.(2).
(2) Damage
to the PTFE/FEP outer insulation wrap that exposes and damages the polyimide
no conductor strands severed or with seriously damaged plating to reveal
insulation, but with
copper, may be repaired

and/or tape (A-A-59474).
NOTE: The
repair
should
using high temperature, heat-shrinkable sleeving (MIL-DTL-23053/12)
cover
the
damaged
area
with
0.25 in.
B. PTFE/FEB Outer Insulation and Center Conductor
(1) Damage to
replacement
the
polyimide
insulation
and
(6.35 mm) overlap
Damage
center conductor is
not
acceptable
of the wire.
NOTE: Please
see
fheTEMPORA Y
REVISION
Page
20-1 0-50
at each end.
and
requires
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
1.
General
Sodium
alginate
release agent has the
contamination if the
craze
painted. The
readily removed without the risk of
that it is
release
agent is effective
up to 3020 F
(150" C)
Part/item No.
Release agent
Item 223
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release agent fluid
Item 222
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Liquid detergent
Item 205
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Plastic
Lint free cloth
Item 621
Preparation and application
or
ARS
containers, 1 pint (0.5 liter) capacity
Soft brush
(Chapter 20-95-601)
of material
Cleaning
(1)
Use
a
B.
and will not
equipment
Equipment/Material
A.
residual
Perspex.
2. Tools and
3.
is to be
area
advantage
liquid detergent (Item 205) and

cloth (Item 621) an allow to dry.
solution of
clean lint free
water to clean the
area
to be treated.
Wipe
with
Mixing
CAUTION:
MIX THE RELEASE AGENT IN A 1
PINT(0.5 LITER) CAPACITY PLASTIC
CONTAINER.
(1)
alginic acid, sodium salt powder (Item 223)

following proportions, by weight, to form a paste.
Mix the
Release agent
(Item 223)
Release agent fluid
(Item 222)
Add hot water
NOTE:
ethylene glycol (Item 222)
0.1412
ounce
(4 grams)
0.0706
ounce
(2 grams)
3.3182 ounces
Hot water
(2)
with
(not boiling) gradually to the paste
The release agent is
susceptible
and stir
to the
(94 grams)
thoroughly.
to attack by micro
organisms. Only prepare a
sufficient amount for the work at hand.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-75
Page
201
Jan. 2001
Rayeheon
Aircraft
IP5/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
C.
AIRFRAME
Application
MAKE SURE THE AREA TO BE TREATED IS CLEAN AND DRY.
CAUTION:
(1)
Apply
an even
N07E:
(2)
coat of the release
A current of
warm
agent solution
air may be used to
to the
speed
surface, using
up
Remove any residue of the release agent solution with
drying time,
soft brush. Allow to d~y.
if desired.
clean, lint free cloth moistened with
water.
(3)
Before reassembling parts, fit

relevant task
4.
or
apply
any
permanent
release agents which
are
given
in the
procedure.
Inspection
work shall be examined for
(1)
Completed
(2)
Periodical checks
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
on
compliance
with the relevant task
procedure.
the process shall be carried out.
20-1 0-75
Page
202
Jan. 2001
Raytheon
Aircmft Company
AIRFRAME

i. INFORMATION
WARNING: Before you do this Maintenance Practice make sure that the warning and caution in
GENERAL DESCRIPTION, are read and understood (Ref. 20-00-00, 001).
WARNING: Put
on
679)
topic
protective clothing (ttem 682), this includes gloves (Item 675), safety glasses (Item
use barrier cream (Item 634) on areas of exposed skin.
and mask.
WARNING: When you use cleaner solvents (Item 201) or urethane (polyurethane) finish make
there is sufficient airflow in the work area. If you breathe the fumes, rest in a warm
with
sure
area
sufficient airflow. Get medical aid.
WARNING: If skin contamination occurs, gently and thoroughly clean with

non-abrasive soap. Get medical aid if irritation persists.
and
running water,
WARNING: If eye contamination occurs, check for and remove any contact lenses. Flush with plenty
of water for at least 15 minutes, holding the upper and lower eyelids apart. Get immediate
medical aid.
WARNING: Do not eat, drink or smoke
Get immediate medical aid.
WARNING: Low flash
point
solvents
flammable material.
during
are
Comply
work. Should
ingestion
occur
rinse mouth with water.
contained in these materials which must be treated
with all local
as
WARNING: When
spraying is in progress, the spraying area is to be evacuated by all personnel

directly involved in the operation until two hours after spraying has ceased
WARNING: Make
sure
that the
airplane
CAUTION: Make
sure
that
drainage
holes
CAUTION: Make
sure
that
cleaning fluids
CAUTION: Do not touch the surface to be
CAUTION: When
airplane parts
are
is
grounded
are
safety regulations.
to
prevent explosion
due to static
not
discharge
not obstructed.
do not
come
painted
into contact with
after if has been
washed, make
sure
acrylic surfaces,
degreased
or
brake units
or
tires.
flatted.
that grease is not removed from any lubricated
polish or wax the airplane finish until it has cured for at least 60 days.
damage to the surface finish because paint does not obtain a hard finish for a
CAUTION: Do not
area.
This is to prevent
considerable time
after it has cured.

CAUTIONr All
flight
controls
are
to be
painted and balanced
in accordance with the
airplane
instructions.
EquipmentlMaterials
Partlltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
2Q1
(Chapter 120-95-201)
245
(Chapter 20-95-201)
290
(Chapter 20-95-2(31)
Cleaner
emulsion
Solvent, cleaner
Urethane, Enamel exterior
High Solid
Chromate Primer
409A
(Chapter 20-95-601)
4li~A(Chapter 20-95-601)
20-~ 0-228
manufacturers
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
EquipmentlMaterials
Partlltem No.
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
6327
(Chapter 20-95-601)
PVC
629
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive Pad
637
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Milk Filter
671
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Cone Strainer
672
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter
Brush
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Safety glasses
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective clothes
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Tack
Rags
Local
supply
High
tack adhesive
Local
supply
Local
supply
Masking tape
Barrier
gloves
tape
Spray equipment
20-95-601
A. Introduction
This maintenance
practice details the requirements and procedures to be followed for the application of
(polyurethane) top coat finish to airplane external surfaces. The paint dries to a high gloss and
unaffected by the chemicals in hydraulic fluids, de-icer fluids and fuels.
urethane
is
Do all paint operations in good conditions, in a reasonably dust free atmosphere. The
procedures for surface preparation, paint mixing and application must be obeyed.
NOTE:
2.STORAGE
Refer to the
technical data sheets for
3. PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A.
Repair
(1)
B.
All
of Joints and Seams
joints
Epoxide
(1)
(2)
Make
and
seams are
sure
that the
Remove and
keep
primer painted
they
(STRAIGHT) or
BASE).
necessary
are
(Ref. 20-10-1002, 201).
in
procedures. Repair
(FTeT. 20-10-3527, 201).
20-~ 0-228
area
to be
minimum of 24 hours.
painted (AMM, Chapter 23,

(ANGLED) or
STATIC DISCHARGE PROBE
check of the surfaces for corrosion
manufacturers
Jun.04~:"
as
surfaces have cured for
static wicks if
DISCHARGE PROBE
Do
repaired
Primer Finished Surfaces
DISCHARGE PROBE
(3)
to be
the surface
or
damaged paint
protection
as
work
necessary
as
STATIC
STATIC
per recommended
(Ref. 20-10-08, 201)
or
Raytheon
nircraft Company
(4)
Where surfaces have been contaminated, clean
as
AIRFRAME
follows:
(a) Skydrol, use a clean lint free cloth (Item 621) dampened
cloth frequently to avoid the spread of contaminates.
(b)
with
dry
on
the surfaces.
Remove dust, dirt, insects etc, from surfaces with emulsion cleaner
water in the ratio
applied by spray,
If
(Item 201).
clean cloth.
NOTE: Do not let the solvent cleaners
(6)
(Item 290). Change
Oil and grease, use a clean lint free cloth (Item 621) dampened with solvent
Change cloth frequently to avoid the spread of contaminates.
(c) Wipe dry
(5)
with solvent
by volume, one part of concentrate

brush (Item 676) or swab.
to nine
parts
(Item 245)
diluted with
of water. The cleaner
warm
can
be
flatting (or de-nibbing) of the paint coat on the surfaces is necessary, to remove any surface
as unusually rough areas, this is to be done with abrasive paper (Item 627) grades
defects such
320, 360
400.
or
NOTE: This
(7)
(8)
Rinse surfaces with water to
dry
with
Do
coat.
all emulsion cleaner and any dust
check of the surface cleanliness

3.8.
generated by flatting. Wipe
(3)
thru
(7)
until
by
means
of
water break test. If water break
occurs
surfaces with tack rags

coat of epoxy
(11) Apply a freshening

(Ilem 417A).
Do
check to
see
required repeat
C. Procedure for
(1) Strip paint

Do
as
if
3.8.
immediately prior
to
painting.
primer (Ref. 20-10-3527, 201)
flatting or de-nibbing of freshening

(6) thru (8) and (11).
with
high
coat is necessary. If
Repair of Urethane (Polyurethane)

necessary
or
solid chromate
flatting
or
Do
D. Procedure for
NOTE:Spotting
(1)
Make
sure
3.8.
(2)
Finished Surfaces
hidden corrosion. Where it is necessary
remove
and treat
and
(5)
thru
(12).
Touch-up Repair
in is not
that the
an
is
(Ref. 20-10-33, 201).
thorough check for possible

as paragraph 3.8. (3).
paragraphs
primer
de-nibbing
corrosion
(3)
repeat
water free surface is obtained.
sure that all windows, light lenses and any areas not to be sprayed are adequately masked
masking tape (Item 629) and spare paper to protect against paint spraying.
(10) Lightly wipe
(2)
freshening
Make
with
(12)
remove
clean cloth.
paragraph
(9)
promotes better adhesion of
acceptable repair procedure.
existing
urethane
(polyurethane)
has cured for
minimum of 72 hours.
20-1 0-228
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
(2)
Mask around
damaged
area
of skin with
finish, the masking is to be taken to the
(3)
Remove all loose
damaged
(4)
(5)
edges
of
paint by
AIRFRAME
masking tape. Where practical, for uniformity of top

joint or a break created by stripe lines.
coat
nearest skin
the
use
of
high
tape around the edges of the
tack adhesive
area.
Discard the
high
tack adhesive
tape.
Scuff around any rivets with an abrasive pad (Itefn 637) take care not to expose any bare metal
or on any rivet heads. If bare metal is exposed refer to 3.8. (3).
on
the surface
(6)
With abrasive paper (Item 627) grade 240 or 320 grit, carefully fair the
with the skin surface, make sure that no skin surface metal is removed.
(7)
When the
400
grit
to
edges
of the
existing paint
edges of the existing paint begin to fair into a smooth joint use an abrasive paper grade
remove the scratches left by the rougher paper. Make sure that no skin surface metal is
removed
(8)
The
(9) Lightly wipe

(10) Apply
(11)
(polyurethane) finish on the skin to be repainted should be lightly

grade 400 grit to remove the gloss and allow the next coat of paint to
urethane
existing
with abrasive paper
the surface with Tack
freshening layer
of
primer
Rags.
as
in
paragraph
3.B.
(11).
primer has cured for 24 hours, abrade the area under the repair with abrasive paper
grade paper grades 320, 360 or 400 grit. Flat the edges of the repair area until the indention where
the metal and the old paint meet is gone. If necessary apply additional primer until the juncture of
the old paint with metal is no longer visible.
Markings (Stripes
and mask the necessary
(1) Layout
stripe
painted (paragraph 5.B.).
Abrade within the
peel
orange
application
etc. Abrade
Clean surfaces
as
as
area
Trim)
3.8.
area
correctly will result
(5)
tape edges
and
as
in
grade 320
possible.
with abrasive paper
close to the
paragraph
or
area.
CAUTION: Failure to abrade the
(3)
adhere.
After the
E. Procedure for Color
(2)
abraded
paint peeling
or
400
grit
to
when
remove
stripe
is
all nibs
(7).
4. MIXING
Refer to Manufactu rers/Suppliers technical data sheets for the
mixing
instructions and
pot
life of the
materials.
5. APPLICATION
A. Urethane
(Polyurethane) Top
required for painting should be a temperature

relative humidity of between 30% and 75%.
NOTE: The conditions
30"C)
and
Coat Finish
20-~ 0-228
of between 59 and 86"F
(15
and
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
NOTE:
Always
or
NOTE: All
filter the materials
pressure
pots
are
milk filters
through
(Item 671)
AIRFRAME
or cone
strainers
(Item 672)
when guns
filled.
finishing materials must be agitated on a paint conditioner, stirred with a paddle or both.
that all heavy settling is off the bottom of container and thoroughly dispersed.
Make
sure
NOTE:
Apply
75"F
within 5 to 24 hours of
(23.8"C)
without
primer application
abrading 3.D. (11).
and not later than 96 hours at
NOTE: The pressure in the pressure pot, for normal use, should be between 11
15
room
psi
temperature
the indicator
on
gauge.
NOTE: When
high
areas are
of the fluid pressure
sprayed the fluid pressure is to be increased. This is done by the increase

by one pound for every two feet the gun is above the level of the pressure
pot.
NOTE:
the spray gun pressure at 45 55 psi. Hold the gun perpendicular to the area being coated
and maintain an 8.0 12.0 in. (203 305 mm) distance between the nozzle and the area being
Keep
coated.
(1)
(2)
Fill the spray gun container
or
pressure pot with
paint (Item 4a9A).
Use the spray gun to apply the top coat. This has at least two coats. The first coat
as a uniform wet film that is not sufficient to hide the primer.
(tack coat)
is
applied
NOTE: Allow
(3) Spray
minimum of 30 minutes between coats to let the solvent flash off.
final coat at
right angles
to the first coat
as a
full wet coat sufficient to flow out to
full
glossy
finish.
NOTE: The
dry
film thickness of the
paint
NOTE: Refer to manufacturer for the

NOTE: The
repair thickness
NOTE: Poor
does not
is to be from 0.0014 to 0.0025 in.
permitted number of repairs
apply
and
to control surfaces that
(0.036
to 0.064
mm).
paint thickness.
require balancing.
hiding colors, such as pure white and yellows, may require additional thickness to
hiding and will be dealt with as an exception. Areas such as the wing to fuselage
are expected to receive overlapping coats and will have additional paint thickness.
achieve
area
B. Procedure for Color
(1) Apply
the necessary
NOTE:
Markings (Stripes
paint
in the masked
or
area
Trim)
paragraph 5.A. (1)
thru
(3).
Masking tape may be removed immediately after the paint application. Always peel the
tape slowly away from the painted surface. Never peel the tape towards (into) the painted
finish. Remove the tape before the finish has cured to a state that will damage the edges
of the paint.
C. Cure Time
(1)
(25"C) before the airplane is put back into

performance
properties for several days after
paint system
best
To
achieve
as
as possible before the airplane
delay
long
performance
properties,
application.
is exposed to chemicals and flight service.
Let the finish
service. The
cure
for
minimum of 24 hours at 77"F

does not achieve full
20-1 0-228
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
curing process will continue to completion over a long period and to make sure of
better adhesion, it is essential, where further painting is required, e.g. emblems,
identification and service markings, that this paint is done within two weeks of the
NOTE: The
application
of the finish before full
cure
has been achieved.
6. INSPECTION
A. Procedure
(1)
Make
that the surfaces
sure
are
free from corrosion
as
per recommended
manufacturers
procedures.
(2)
The finished
applied
been
(3)
parts
or
components
to the necessary
must have
sound film of
satisfactory appearance which
has
areas.
Should any of the coats in the system be unacceptable the unsatisfactory coat or coats shall be
removed by wet and dry abrasion as far as possible back to the next satisfactory coat and the
system repainted.
(4)
(5)
Make
sure
that all
Make
sure
that all
after
(6)
masking materials
placards
legible
protective coverings
whenever the
airplane
have been removed.

has been
repainted
or
touched up
repairs.
Make
sure
replaced if they have been removed (AMM, Chapter 23,

(STRAIGHT) or STATIC DISCHARGE PROBE (ANGLED) or
BASE).
static wicks
DISCHARGE PROBE
DISCHARGE PROBE
Jun.04~f""
are
and
are
20-1 0-228
STATIC
STATIC
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME

LEAK TESTING FLUID
INFORMATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION are read and understood (Ref. 20-00-00, Q01).
WARNING: Do not let the skin
topic
testing solution. Put on protective clothing

gloves (Item 675), safety glasses (Item 679). Use barrier cream
of exposed skin.
come
into contact with the
this includes
(Item 682),
(Itt?m 634) on
areas
WARNING: If skin contamination occurs,

non-abrasive soap.
gently
and
thoroughly
clean with
running water, and
medical aid.
WARNING: Do not eat, drink or smoke during work. Should
Get immediate medical attention.
ingestion
occur
Partlltem No.
EquipmentlMaterial
604
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Water, distilled
622
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
6;75
~Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Leak
testing fluid
cream
Protective
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
679 (Chapter
shield
682
clothing
Coverslbarriers
or
trays
Stainless steel container
20-95-601)
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Local
supply
Local
supply
A. Introduction
practice gives the procedure to detect leaks at pipe connection joint(s) for
pressurized hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Leak checks are done by using a leak detection fluid
which is used to cover the suspect joint(s).
This
maintenance
2.STORAGE
Refer to
Manufacturers/Suppriers
data sheets for
20-~ 0-354
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
3. PREPARATION
A. Procedure
(1)
If Neodol fluids
12)
(3)
used
are
Position coverslbarriers
being
tested.
Make
sure
must first be mixed to
they
in
(Item 622)
distilled water
or
5% solution of leak detector fluid with
suitable size of clean stainless steel container.
trays
to
prevent spread
of the fluid from the
connection
pipe
joint(s)
system is pressurized.
the
4. APPLICATION
A. Neodol Fluid
Types
spreading evenly
the solution
(1) Apply
and
rapidly
with
soft brush
(Item 676)
to the
joint(s)
to be
tested.
(2)
Do
an
immediate check of the
NOTE: Leaks
are
B. Sherlock Fluid
the
clusters of bubbles which
(Item 621)with
joint(s).
the
joint(s) using
collapse
and re-form
clean water and
use
continually.
to remove any residue of leak
clean lint free cloth.
Types
the leak test fluid
(1) Apply
for leaks.
free cloth
(3) Dampen a clean lint

testing solution from
(4) Thoroughly dry
by
shown
joints
NOTE: Fluid is
brush)
(Item 60Lf)
supplied
plastic
or
to the
joint(s)
to be tested.
a plastic squeeze bottle,

bottle with trigger spray.
in either
plastic
NOTE: Should dauber cap be used do not brush up "a lather".
bottle with dauber cap
Always apply the fluid
(includes
as a
clear
liquid.
(a)
For leak
(b)
For
testing
finding
small connections
small leaks
on
use a
large surfaces
squeeze bottle
or a
or
dauber cap.
hard to reach location, the spray method is the
most efficient.
(c)
At welded
or
riveted
brush to make
(2)
Do
an
sure
seams that may contain large leaks, flow the liquid on

the brush bristles partially close up the larger leaks.
immediate check of the
NOTE:
Large leaks
will
quickly
hold for 10 minutes
(3)
testing solution
application.
Leak
joint(s)
form
wide
for leaks.
large bubbles. Small leaks form clusters of small bubbles that
or more.
dries clean, leaves
20-~ 0-354
slowly with
no
greasy residue and rarely needs to be removed after
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
NOTE: If
cleaning
is
residue from
AIRFRAME
required, spray or wash with clean cold water to remove any leak testing
the joint(s). Thoroughly dry the joint(s) using a clean lint free cloth.
5. INSPECTION
A. Procedure
(1)
(2)
Make
sure
that there
are no
leaks.
Remove any covers/barriers
from
or
trays which have been positioned
to
prevent spread
joint(s).
20-~ 0-354
of solution
Raytheon Aircraft
SEALING COMPOUND
AIRFRAME
1.
General
WARNING:
BEFORE YOU DO THIS MAINTENANCE PRACTICE MAKE SURE THE WARNING AND
CAUTION IN TOPIC GENERAL
DESCRIPTION, OF THIS MANUAL, ARE READ AND
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH SEALING COMPOUNDS. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENT
(ITEM 201)
MAKE SURE THERE IS SUFFICIENT
AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA
WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
OCCURS, GENTLY AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH
WARNING:
LENSES. FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES,

OCCASIONALLY LIFT THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL
AID.
WARNING:
THESE SEALING COMPOUNDS CONTAIN LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS, THESE ARE
FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY ALL LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.
CAUTION:
THE SEALANTS USED IN THIS PROCESS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SEALING
ACRYLIC TRANSPARANCIES
A.
(PERSPEX).
Introduction
practice gives the materials and method of how to form a flexible seal for doors and
similar sealing applications. This method of sealing can be used when it is not practicable to seal with
a flexible moulding or a parallel strip of rubber. It is most useful where irregularities of the mating
surfaces make it necesssary to mould a sealing strip in situ which will fill a gap which varies in width.
This maintenance
NOTE:
For the temperature range
B.
ofpolysulfide sealants
used in this process, refer to the
data sheets.
EquipmentlMaterials
EquipmentlMaterial
Polysulfide
sealant
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series
1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Pad/item No.
314
(Chapter 20-95-301)
20-1 0-447
Page
201
Jun.0P
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
ParVltem No.
Equipment/Material
Polysulfide
sealant
316
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
sealant
318
(Chapter 20-95-301)
223
(Chapter 20-95-201)
242
(Chapter 20-95-201)
217
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Primer, etch
497
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Release agent
(silicone compound)
Release agent
cleaner
Detergent
cream
gloves
Protective
Safety glasseslface
shield
clothing
Protective
NOTE:
ltem314
This
compound is for use in
NOTE:
ltem316
This
compound is
NOTE:
ltem318
This
compound is for use
even
use
thickness without
rolled out
NOTE:
for
as a
strip
most
applications.
in locations where
if the
short
cure
time is necessary.
sealing compound is to be applied in a band of

bedding-in the panel. If necessary, it can be
recourse to
of constant thickness.
This release agent is for use with all compounds, as necessary. Silicone release
are not to be used until final assembly, see paragraph 5.
ltem223
agents
2.
Storage
(1)
3.
Refer to
Preparation
A.
Preparation
(1)
of
glass
The surfaces of
solution of
(59
(2)
to 118
Rinse with
assist
and reduxed surfaces
perspex/glass
warm water
mi)
of
warm
laminate parts that
at 122"F
detergent
(50"C)
cleaner to 1
water and drain until
are
to be mated must be washed with
and
detergent cleaner (Item 217).

gall (4.55 liter) of water.
dry.
Clean lint free cloth
(Item 621)
Dilute 2
4 fluid
oz.
may also be used to
drying.
EFFECTIVIT/:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-447
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
(3)
joints
must not be
must not
come
into contact with
with
B.
lint free cloth
a new
solvent cleaner
reduxed
(Item 621)
but the surface, if
joint,
moistened
vapor bath. Solvent cleaner
(Item 201)
(not soaked)
near a
joint, may be cleaned
with solvent cleaner.
of all other surfaces
Preparation
(1)
put into
Reduxed
AIRFRAME
Thoroughly
clean the surfaces in
impracticable wipe
NOTE:
surfaces with
lint free cloths
new
vapor bath, but where this is
(Item 621) dampened
grease and dirt. Cleaned surfaces must not be handled before

NOTE:
polysulfide
When
be that of the
NOTE:
When
sealant is
paint
applied
to
painted surfaces,
the
dry and free
from
bonding.
strength
of adhesion will
to the surface.
stronger adhesion is required, the surface
to which the
with solvent cleaner
the surface must be clean,
ready for the bonding operation,
When
(Item 201)
hot solvent cleaner
applied should be
sealant is to be
polysulfide
must not be
painted. The surfaces
treated with etch
primer
(Item 497) (paragraph 4).

NOTE:
In
cases
direct to
4.
Application
A.
Refer to
primer
mixing instructions.
data sheets for
(1)
Clean and
degrease
the metal surfaces with solvent cleaner
(2)
Spray
wet
coat of etch
one
even
primer (Item 497)
minimum of
one
(Item 208).
direct to the cleaned metal. The
hour pass before you
apply the
primer dries
sealant.
of sealant
Mixing
(1)
B.
polysulfide sealant should be applied
Procedure
Application
A.
fluid is present, the
paint free surface.
in 15-20 minutes but let
5.
hydraulic
Mixing
(1)
B.
of etch
where
Refer to
data sheets for
mixing instructions and
cure
times.
Procedure
(1)
Apply the polysulfide
sealant to the
bonding
face of the component
using
suitable type of
extrusion gun.
(2)
To
prevent the polysulfide sealant from adhering
to the
surround, apply
thin coat of release
agent (Item 223) (APPLICATION OF SODIUM ALGINATE RELEASE AGENT)

surface and let
EFFECTIVIP/:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
dry.
typical joint
is shown in
Figure
over
the
landing
201.
20-1 0-447
Page
203
Jun.02
RaytLeon Aircraft
DOOR PANEL
OR SIMILAR
RELEASE
AGENT
AIRFRAME
EDGE TO
TRIMMED
SURROUND
LANDING
EDGE TO
BE TRIMMED
BONDING FACE
M12811
Typical
section
showing final assembly of

Figure
(3)
polysulfide
partial cure
sealant to make
after
If the
bedding-in
out as a strip
(6)
C.
applied
panel, polysulfide
sealant
in
band of
(Item 318)
even
thickness without
recourse
may be used. If necessary, it
can
to
be rolled
of constant thickness.
When the
assembly
dry, apply
any
paint
is
complete, wash off
the release agent
which may be necessary at this
(Item 223)
with clean water. When
stage.
paint has completely cured, apply the silicone release agent (Item 242) both to the
polysulfide sealant seal and to the surround, take care not to spread it beyond the surfaces
which are to be separated. This is the final application before flight and therefore must be
applied at this stage of assembly to prevent the seal bonding to the surround.
When the
Curing
(1)
Refer to
cure
6.
of the
sealant is to be
polysulfide
the
(5)
polysulfide sealant into contact with the surround, leave enough of

an efficient joint. Any excess compound should be trimmed away
sealing compound, use a perspex scraper.
Push the component with the

the
(4)
seal
201
data sheets for pot life, work life, tack free time and initial
time.
Inspection/Check
A.
Checks
(1)
Make
sure
there is adhesion between the
been bonded,
(2)
Make
sure
bonding
on
by lightly applied
polysulfide
pressure with the
sufficient release agent remains

final
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Mawker 800, 1000, 800XP
on
sealant and the surface to which it has
fingers.
the
landing
surround to prevent the component
assembly.
20-1 0-447
Page 204
Jun.02
RayTheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING Ji~lNTING COMPOUNDS
1.
General
WARNING:
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH SEALING COMPOUND. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
(ITEM 201)
AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE FUMES, REST IN A WARM
AREA,
WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP.
WARNING:
IF EYE CONTAMINATION OCCURS, CHECK FOR AND REMOVE ANY CONTACT

AID.
WARNING: THESE SEALING COMPOUNDS CONTAIN LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS, THESE ARE
A.
Introduction
mixing instructions which are required to make an

electrically conductive seal which is suitable for airframe joints, where the best possible electrical
conductivity is required. This compound is not to be used on fatigue conscious primary surfaces.
Interfaying surfaces are not to be anodised, because of the non-conductive nature, of the anodic film.
A clear, water based adhesion promoter is first applied to the substrates to improve the strength of the
joint.
This maintenance
B.
procedure gives the
material and
EquipmentlMaterials
Equipment/Material
ParVltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
287
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Fabric
wipe
Electrically
conductive sealant
Adhesion promoter
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
320A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
321A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
20-1 0-481
Page 201
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
Gauze
2.
shield
clothing
Local
pad
Preparation
A.
Procedure
interfaying surfaces are to be thoroughly cleaned with a new lint free cloth (Item 621)
dampened with solvent cleaner (Item 201). Always pour solvent on to cloth to avoid
contaminating the solvent supply.
(1)
The
(2)
Wash
one
small
area
(3)
Cleaned surfaces must not be handled before
Application
(1)
important that the surface is dried with a second clean

prevent redeposition of contaminates on the substrate.
at a time. It is
before the solvent evaporates to
4.
supply
Storage
Refer to
3.
AIRFRAME
of component items.
of adhesion promoter
Apply
a
bonding
cloth
uniform thin
layer of
adhesion promoter
(Item 321A)
to the solvent cleaned surface with
clean gauze pad.
(2)
Allow to
dry for approximately
(3)
Wipe off
any
CAUTION:
excess
30 minutes, at standard
adhesion promoter
(Item 321A)
temperature.
with
clean gauze
pad.
IF CONTAMINATION OCURRS ON THE SURFACE OR THE SEALING PROCEDURE
HAS NOT STARTED WITHIN 4 HOURS OF THE APPLICATION OF THE ADHESION
PROMOTER, CLEAN AND PRIME AGAIN.

5.
Application
A.
of the sealant
Mixing
CAUTION:
(1)
THE MIX RATIO IS VERY CRITICAL.
Refer to
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
data sheets
or
the sealant container for
mixing instructions.
20-1 0-481
Page
202
Jun.02
Raltheon Aircraft
B.
AIRFRAME
Procedure
(1)
Use
Make
spatula
sure
to
apply
it remains free of
(2)
Joints must be closed within
(3)
Wipe
(4)
To exclude moisture from
off any
surplus
layer of sealant over

any foreign matter.
an even
one
hour
of the
(work life)
sealant with fabric
the full surface
application
wipes (Item 287)
unprotected surfaces
make
area
of each
of the sealant.
and form fillets at
sure
the fillet
mating face.
edge
of
joints.
overlaps the protective
treatment that exists.
(5)
The closed
joint must be firmly retained with fasteners or clamps and must remain undisturbed
approximately 6 hours. Fasteners and clamps can then be removed.
in
this condition for
C.
Sealant
(1)
6.
curing
Refer to
times
data sheets for work life, tack free time and initial
cure
time.
Inspection
A.
Checks
interfaying
surfaces have been
(1)
Make
sure
the
(2)
Make
sure
the sealant has exuded
is
along
Make
sure
unprotected
(4)
Make
sure
the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
required
surfaces around the

standard of
cleaned.
length of the joint to provide

interfaying surfaces.
the full
complete coverage of sealant between the
(3)
thoroughly
joint
conductivity
are
adequately
evidence that there
covered with
fillet of sealant.
has been achieved.
20-1 0-481
Page
203
Jun.OP
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
APPLICATION OF ACID RESISTING PAINT

1.
General
WARNING:
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE MATERIALS USED IN THIS
TOPIC. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
675),
SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM
(ITEM 634) ON
AREAS OF EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
(ITEM 201)
AIRFLOW iN THE WORK AREA. DO NOT BREATHE FUMES. IF YOU BREATHE FUMES,
REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL

AID.
WARNING:
WARNING:

MINUTES, HOLD
THE
UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. IF INGESTION OCCURS, RINSE THE
MOUTH WITH WATER. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
THESE MATERIALS CONTAIN LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS, THESE ARE HIGHLY
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
practice
includes the
preparation
of
an
acid resistant
paint which
will withstand
battery acid, phosphate ester hydraulic fluids and water. Aluminium alloys to which this scheme is
applied must have been anodized or pickled to Raytheon Aircraft Company process specifications.
This
paint
scheme may be
treatment. This
B.
applied
paint scheme,
to other metals which have had the normal
pre-paint surface
when finished, is white in appearance.
Equipment/Materials
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Primer, epoxy base
465
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Paint, acid resistant
431
(Chapter 20-95-401)
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-482
Page
201
Jun.O2
Raytheon Aircraft
I~WHAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
Barrier
2.
shield
clothing
cream
Storage
(1)
3.
Refer to the
data sheet for storage instructions.
Preparation
A.
Chemical treatment
(1)
B.
Aluminium-alloy parts where the surface finish is damaged must have the surface finish
(APPLICATION OF ALOCROM 1200 AND EPOXIDE PRIMER). Steel parts are to be
phosphated or cadmium plated.
degrease suspend all parts in a solvent cleaner (item 201)

approved method before you apply paint.
To
NOTE:
Where
vapor bath is not practical, swab with
solvent cleaner
of
Application
A.
vapor bath
lint free cloth
or
by
any other
(Item 621) dipped in
(Item 208).
primer
Mixing
(1)
B.
restored
Degreasing
(1)
4.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
data sheet for
mixing
instructions.
Procedure
(1)
Apply one double track coat and let dry for 4 hours,
(15" td 23" C) and a relative humidity of 35 to 80%.
(2)
The
at
temperature of 59"
to 73.4" F
weight of the primer is approximately 1.18 oz. (33.6 gr.) per 1.2 so. yd. (1 sq.mt.)
and the covering capacity is approximately 15.5 sq.yd. per 2.08 U.S. pt. (1.76 imp. pt.)
(13 sq.mt. per liter) per coat, this assumes no losses, with a film thickness of 0.0008 in.
(20 microns).
dry
film
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-482
Page
202
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
5.
Application
A.
finishing paint
Mixing
(1)
B.
of
Refer to the
data sheet for
mixing
instructions.
Procedure
(1) Apply
one
double track coat and allow to
35 to 80% relative
NOTE:
NOTE:
(2)
humidity
dry
for 8 hours at 59" to 73.4" F.
(15"
to 23"
C.)
and
to attain chemical resistance.
A wait of at least 48 hours is necessary before the
airplane
6.
AIRFRAME
finishing paint is dry enough
for the
to be flown.
At least 7
days
are
necessary for the
finishing paint
to be
fully cured.
dry film weight of paint finish is approximately 2.59 oz. (73.5 gr.) per 1.2 sq.yd. (1 sq.mt)
covering capacity is approximately 10.76 sq.yd. per 2.08 U.S.pt. (1.76 imp.pt.) (9 sq.mt.
liter) per coat, assumes no losses with a film thickness of 0.002 in. (50 microns).
The
and
the
per
inspection/Check
(1)
Do
an
Inspection of the finished parts to make
sure a
complete film
of
satisfactory appearance
is
achieved.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-482
Page
203
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
SEALING OF PERSPEX, LAMINATED GLASS WINDOWS AND PANELS

1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE SEALANT. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
IF YOU BREATHE FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW.

GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
OCCURS, REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHES,
GENTLY
AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET
MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
WARNING:

OCCASIONALLYLIFT THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF INGESTION
OCCURS, WHEN THESE MATERIALS ARE USED, DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS ARE CONTAINED IN THESE MATERIALS WHICH MUST
BE TREATED AS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL SAFETY
REGULATIONS.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
windows and
panels
the removal and
panel
practice gives the procedure of
to which
how to form
seal for
Perspex,
laminated
glass
with the parts in situ. The sealant has low adhesion characteristics which facilitate
changing
of windows, doors
parting agent
has been
or
applied
panels. The seal is formed by bedding
window
into the uncured sealant and then it is left in
place
or
until
the sealant has cured.

B.
Equipment/ Material
Equipment/
Detergent
Material
cleaner
Part/ Item No.

217
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release agent fluid
222
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release agent
223
(Chapter 20-95-201)
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-499
Page
201
Jun.02
Raltheen Aircraft
Part/ Item No.
Material
Equipment/
Cleaner, solvent
(Chapter 20-95-201)
sealant
313
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
sealant
359
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
sealant
324A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
sealant
325A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
gloves
Safety glasses/face
shield
clothing
Protective
Local
Extrusion gun
supply
Storage
(1)
3.
201
Polysulfide
Brush
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
of
Preparation
(1)
Perspex
The surfaces of
solution of
(59
(2)
to 118
Rinse with
Preparation
(1)
of
warm
detergent
dry.
layer of release agent (Items 222

mating surface (APPLICATION OF
(Item 621)
may also be used to
(mixed)) to the perspex or glass

SODIUM ALGINATE RELEASE AGENT).
and 223
The surfaces of the metal parts that are to be mated are to be

solvent (Item 201) using a new lint free cloth (Item 621).
Pour cleaner, solvent onto the cloth to avoid
Dry the
metal
mating surfaces
with
All metal
or
painted surfaces
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
are
to be
on
thoroughly
contaminating
second clean cloth
prevent the redepositing of contaminates
(3)
Clean lint free cloth
oz.
of metal surfaces
NOTE:
(2)
laminate parts that are to be mated must be washed with a

(50"C) and detergent cleaner (Item 217). Dilute 2 4 fluid
cleaner to 1 gall (4.55 liter) of water.
water at 1220F
thin
laminates
8.
laminate surfaces
drying.
assist
(3) Apply
glass
perspex/glass
warm
mi)
or
cleaned with cleaner,
the solvent
supply.
prior to the cleaner evaporating
to
the substrate.
primed.
20-1 0-499
Page 202
Jun.Oe
Ral~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
PRIMER ON METAL OR
PAINTED MATING SURFACE
OUTBOARD
PERSPEX/ GLASS LAMINATE
SEALANT
METAL SKIN
RELEASE AGENT ON
PERSPEX OR GLASS
LAMINATE MATING SURFACE
TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH PERSPEX
GLASS LAMINATE
PANEL
GASKET
NO RELEASE AGENT ON THESE
FACES UNLESS SPECFIED
METAL
COVER GASKET ON BOTH SIDES
SKIN
WITH A THIN LAYER OF SEALANT
TYPICAL ASSEMBLY OF
PANEL(
EXPLODED
VIEW)
Messe
HAOeB998246AA
Typical
sections
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-499
Page 203
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
4.
Sealant
(1)
5.
Sealant
A.
mixing
Refer to
mixing
instructions and
times.
cure
application
Procedure
(1)
data sheets for
(FigurePO1)
Apply polysulfide
sealant to the fixed metal
(a)
Sealant
(Items
313
(b)
Sealant
(Items
324A
or
359)
or
325P;)
(2)
Install the detachable part in
(3)
Allow the sealant to
(4)
On
completion,
cure
with
brush
with
place
so
mating
as
follows:
(Item 676).
spatula
surface
or
extrusion gun.
that it is bedded into the uncured sealant.
before the detachable part is removed.
the sealant is trimmed and
surplus
sealant is
peeled
off
by
hand from around the
seal
6.
Assembly
(1)
of
panels (Figure 201)
When this
NOTE:
procedure
No
(a) Apply
panels
which
are
to be
readily
primer or parting agent is required for this type

thin
If there is
(b)
is used for
no
layer
of
polysulfide
gasket, apply
removed do
as
follows:
of assembly unless it is
sealant to both sides of the
specified.
gasket.
thick coat of sealant either to the
panel
or
the metal
mating
skin.
(2)
7.
Install the
panel
and clean off the
excess
sealant.
Inspection
(1)
Make
sure
that the sealant, when mixed, is free from air bubbles
(2)
Make
sure
that the
(3)
Seals that have cracks
EFFECTIVTTY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
mating surface
or
is
or
pockets
before
use.
completely covered.
voids must be
rejected.
20-1 0-499
Page
204
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

WARNING:
BEFORE YOU DO THIS MAINTENANCE PRACTICE MAKE SURE THAT THE WARNING AND
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH ANY CLEANERS OR RENOVATION
MATERIALS. PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
(ITEM 675), SAFETY GLASSES (ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 634)
ON AREAS OF EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND
ACIDS, MAKE SURE THERE IS SUFFICIENT

FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA
AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE
WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. IF NOT BREATHING GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. GET

IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
TAKE GREAT CARE WHEN YOU MIX ACID AND WATER. MAKE SURE YOU ALWAYS ADD
ACID TO WATER NEVER ADD WATER TO ACID.
WARNING:
WATER,
WARNING:
OCCURS, GENTLY AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH RUNNING
AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
IF EYE CONTAMINATION OCCURS, CHECK FOR AND REMOVE ANY CONTACT LENSES.
FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES, WHILE YOU HOLD THE
UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. SHOULD INGESTION OCCUR. DO NOT
INDUCE VOMITING. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
1.
General
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
furnishing
B.
practice covers the materials and procedure employed

keep their deterioration to a minimum.
to clean and renovate
materials to
Equipment/Materials
Equipment/Material
ParVltem No.
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
clothing
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
shield
20-1 0-560
Page
201
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
2,
To clean
A.
furnishing
materials
Equipment/Materials
Part/item No.
Equipment/Material
226
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, carpet
228
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner
247
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Foam cleaner
248
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Leather finisher
249
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Fabric protector
251
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, anti-static
285
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Liquid detergent (household)
624
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
646
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Soft cloth
655
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Brush
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Chamois leather
695
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Polish, hardwood
697
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Sponge
698
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Vacuum cleaner
Local
Soap
B.
flakes
(duster)
supply
Storage
Refer to
C.
AIRFRAME
To clean curtains,
If
possible,
Make
(2)
If
an
(a)
fabric and covered bulkheads
DO NOT DRY CLEAN COVERS THAT HAVE LEATHER PARTS.
CAUTION:
(1)
upholstery
sure
remove
airplane and wash or dry clean as necessary.

applicable to the material that is to be cleaned.
the item to be cleaned from the
that the cleaner and the
procedure
is
item cannot be removed to be cleaned:
Make
shampoo
solution of
one
(b) Apply shampoo solution with a

with the grain of the material.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
part cleaner (Item 247)
sponge
(Item 698)
or
to 8
parts
soft brush
warm
water.
(Item 676)
and rub
gently
20-1 0-560
Page
202
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
(c)
(3)
D.
small
time and rinse each
Work
on a
Keep
the sponge well rinsed to
water
frequently
at
area
to
keep
(d)
Do not soak the fabric.
(e)
Move onto the next area,
(f)
Make
that all the
sure
When the material is
dry,
area as
you go with
clean
it clean.
overlap
the last
cleaned to avoid the creation of
area
spray-on fabric protector
(Item 251)
can
be
applied.
cleaner and brush to
(2)
Make
(3)
Use
brush moistened with the solution to rub the carpet from side to side,
solution of
as
the
one
lay
remove
dirt
the surface.
Use
direction
spots.
shampoo is removed.
(1)
sponge.
luggage bay linings
To clean carpets and

a vacuum
damp
shampoo solution. Change the rinse
all traces of
remove
AIRFRAME
on
part carpet cleaner (Item 228) to 20 parts
of the
pile.
Clean
only
small
area
at
warm
water.
finishing
in the
same
time.
DO NOT MAKE THE CARPET TOO WET. A LONG DRYING PERIOD CAN
CAUTION:
CAUSE THE COLOR TO BLEED, OR CAUSE SHRINKAGE OR MILDEW. ONLY

WET THE TIPS OF THE PILE, DO NOT WET THE BACKING OF THE CARPET.
(4)
Use
(5)
Use
same
CAUTION:
(6)
E.
plastic
or
wooden
lint free cloth

direction
as
spatula (Item 645)
(Item 621) lightly

lay of the pile.
to remove any foam in the direction of the
pile.
moistened with clean water to rub the surface twice in the
the
DO NOT WALK ON THE CARPET WHILE IT IS STILL WET.
Before the carpet is used, let it
dry completely.
To clean artificial suede and PVC
(1)
panels, headlinings, light
For window
(a)
Make
(b)
If
(c)
solution of
an area
Rub the
is very
area
one
dirty,
covers or
other items made of artificial suede
part cleaner (Item 247)

use a
household
nylon
to 8
parts
warm
or
PVC.
water.
nail brush to scrub the surface.
to be cleaned with a lint free cloth moistened with the solution and let the area
dry.
(2)
To
remove
(a)
oil and grease stains,
Hold the
(b) Depress
(c)
(3)
Let it
can
upright
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Item 248):
apply sufficient foam
10-20 seconds and then
After you clean suede,
EFFECTIVITY:
foam cleaner
6-9 inches away from the item.
the spray button to
dry for
use
use a
wipe
to the
away with
area
clean
to be cleaned.
damp cloth.
suede brush to raise the nap.
20-1 0-560
Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
F.
AIRFRAME
Toclean leather
(1)
To clean leather which has
(a)
flakes
are
Use
smooth finish.
solution of soap flakes
Make
dissolved. Add cold
approximately
(b)
105"F
lint free cloth
(Item 226) and hot water. Make sure that all of the
water (if necessary) to reduce the temperature to
soap
(40"C).
moistened with soap solution to rub the surface
lightly
gently with
circular movement.
(c)
Use
lint free cloth
lightly
moistened with clean water to
remove
all of the soap solution from
the surface.
(d)
If necessary,
apply
small
of leather finisher
quantity
(Item 249)
with
clean cloth. Let it
for 10 to 20 minutes for the natural oils to penetrate into the leathers pores.
excess
(2)
oils with
To clean leather with
Wipe off
dry
any
soft, dry clean cloth (Item 655).
fine nap, rub
gently
with abrasive paper
(Item 646)
to remove dirt and
raise the nap.
G.
To clean the windows
WINDOW SURFACES ARE EASILY SCRATCHED. TAKE GREAT CARE WHEN YOU
CAUTION:
CLEAN A WINDOW TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE.

THE USE OF A CIRCULAR MOTION TO CLEAN A WINDOW SURFACE CAN CAUSE
CAUTION:
GLARE RINGS.
Use
(2)
To finish the window clean:
dampened
chamois leather
(1)
(a)
Shake the
(b)
Hold the
(c) Depress
(d)
(3)
Use
can
can
of antistatic cleaner
Lightly polish
dry
cloth
to remove surface dust and any residues.
(Item 285) vigorously
to mix the contents.
8-10 inches away from window.
upright
the spray button and
soft
(Item 695)
(Item 655)
window surface with
apply
to window surface.
to remove wet residue from window surface.
dry
clean cloth all until ail
polish
is removed,
use an
up and
down motion.
H,
NOTE:
Fold the cloth after each pass to prevent the formation of scratches from any dirt which may
accumulate on the cloth.
To clean
plastic laminate, painted
(1)
(2)
metal and stainless steel.
Lightly
rub surface with
5 mi of
liquid detergent (Item 624)
lint free cloth
(Item 621)
with
warm
clean water to which
has been added.
When clean, rinse the surface with clean water to
dry
moistened with
remove
all traces of the
liquid detergent,
then
clean cloth.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-5~0
Page
204
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
I.
To clean hardwood
(1)
Gently wipe
or
(2)
clean cloth with oval motions
dirt is visible
as soon as
clean cloth and
apply
on
the
along
grain
of the wood. Turn
any section.
domestic hardwood
polish (Item 697).
Allow to
dry
and
polish
with
clean cloth.
To clean the
flight compartment
CAUTION:
TO AVOID SHRINKAGE, DO NOT USE HEAT TO DRY THE SHEEPSKIN COVERS.
(1)
3.
away any dust with
fold the cloth
Use
a
J.
AIRFRAME
Use
seats
solution of soap flakes and
warm
water to clean the
sheepskin
covers.
Stain removal
A.
Equipment/Material
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Ammonia
215
(Chapter 20-95-201)
218
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Hydrogen peroxide
221
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Oleic acid
511
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Sodium
512
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Oxalic acid
513
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Fabric refresher
696
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Detergent
B.
hypochlorite
Storage
Refer to
C.
cleaner
General
When you
remove
stains, obey the general procedures and requirements
on
how to clean the different
types of material.
Before you try to
After
remove a
stain,
remove
stain has been removed, make
they dry.
696).
If, after you
remove a
Procedures for the removal of
all dirt from the surface.
signs of any chemicals used

unpleasant smells remain, use a fabric
sure
stain any
that all
removed before
refresher spray
(Item
specified in paragraph 3.D. through

3.1. If the stain covers a large area or extends to the full depth of the pile of a carpet, the affected
upholstery or carpet must be removed from the airplane to be cleaned, or the part must be replaced.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
common
stains to small
are
areas are
20-1 0-560
Page
205
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
clean lint free cloth moistened with the
Use
fold
or
cloth to make
replace
sure
rub to moisten the surface and
limit the
D.
To
depth
remove
to which the
pile
applicable
AIRFRAME
solution to clean the
it is clean when you blot. Do not soak the
help
the action of the cleaner. When you
area. Frequently turn i

upholstery material, lightly
stain from
remove a
carpet,
is moistened to the minimum necessary.
air sickness, grease and oil stains

IF AMMONIA IS INGESTED IT MAY HAVE FATAL RESULTS. DO NOT INDUCE
WARNING:
VOMITING. GIVE LARGE QUANTITIES OF WATER TO DRINK. DO NOT GIVE

ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON. GET IMMEDIATE
MEDICAL ATTENTION.
(1)
Use
at
(2)
mixture of 5%
approximately
Use
detergent (Item 218) and a maximum of

(60"C) to clean the area.
lint free cloth moistened with clean water to
10% ammonia
(Item 215)
in water
140"F
remove
all
signs of the
solution.
Dry
thoroughly
(3)
E.
To
Remove any grease stains with
remove
degreasing agent (Item 230).
blood stains
WARNING:
IF HYDROGEN PEROXIDE IS INGESTED IT MAY BE HARMFUL. DO NOT INDUCE

MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
DO NOT RUB. IF YOU RUB OR BLOT TOO HEAVILY IT CAN CAUSE A STAIN TO
SPREAD OR TO PENETRATE DEEPER.
(1)
Moisten the stained
area
with cold water, then
hydrogen peroxide (Item 221)
gently
blot with
clean cloth
with
dampened
to work the solution into the affected area. Work from the outside
of the stain to prevent any increase in the
area
of the stain. Continue to blot until the stain is
removed
(2)
Use
lint free cloth
dampened
with clean water to
remove
all
signs of
the solution.
Dry
thoroughly.
F
To
remove
WARNING:
ink stains with oxalic acid
IF OXALIC ACID IS INGESTED IT MAY HAVE FATAL RESULTS. DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING. GIVE LARGE QUANTITIES OF LIMEWATER OR MILK TO DRINK. DO

NOT GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON. GET
IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
NOTE:
(1)
For colored ink, the
Use
solution of 10%
stain, then rinse

EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
use
of oleic acid
(Item 511)
(maximum) oxalic
thoroughly with water.
acid
may be
(Item 513)
more
satisfactory (paragraph
in water at 140"F
(60"C)
3. G).
to remove the
20-1 0-560
Page
206
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(2)
While the
area
(Item 218)
(3)
Use
and
is still moist,
a
apply
to the
area a
maximum of 10% ammonia
solution made up of
(Item 215)
AIRFRAME
in water at
remove
all
signs
mixture of 5%
approximately
of the solution.
detergent
(60"C).
140"F
Dry
thoroughly.
G.
To
ink stains with oleic acid
remove
WARNING:
IF SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IS INGESTED IT MAY BE HARMFUL. DO NOT INDUCE


MEDICAL ATTENTION.
(1)
Use
solution of 5% oleic acid
140"F
(60"C)
(2)
While the
(3)
Use
to
area
remove
(Item 511)
and 10%
(maximum)
ammonia
(Item 215)
in water at
the stain.
is still moist,
apply
solution of 5% sodium
remove
hypochlorite (Item 512)
in water.
all
Dry
signs
of the solution.
thoroughly.
H.
To
remove
(1)
Some
mildew and iron mould stains
drainage marks may be removed

(paragraph 3.D).
with
detergent (Item 218)
and ammonia
(Item 215)
as
for airsickness
(2)
For iron marks,
use
the
same
procedure
as
for the removal of ink stains with oxalic acid
(Item
513) (paragraph 3.Fl.

I.
To
remove
urine stains
(1)
Mix
(2)
Clean the affected
(3)
Use
solution of 10%
detergent (Item 215)
and water.
area.
remove
all
signs
of the solution.
Dry
thoroughly.
4.
Inspection/check
(1)
Make
sure
furnishing
5.
Renovate
A.
that all cleaner and stain removal residues have been removed from carpets and
materials.
furnishing
materials
Equipment/Material
Equipment/Material
Lacquer,
clear
Lacquer, pigmented
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Part/item No.
423
(Chapter 20-95-401)
424
(Chapter 20-95-401)
20-1 0-560
Page
207
Jun.OS
Ray~heon Aircraft
B.
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Thinner
425
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Cleaner
210
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Storage
Refer to
C.
AIRFRAME
Resurface scuffed material

BEFORE YOU DO ANY SPRAY OPERATIONS. PROTECT ALL NEARBY SURFACES,
CAUTION:
ESPECIALLY PERSPEX.
(1)
When
furnishing
improvements
(a)
Vynide type has

roughened surface can be
material of the
to the
become
Clean the surface to be treated, with cleaner
damage
(b) Spray
to the surface.
on
two
finishing
Wipe
with
over
coats of clear
worn or
scuffed to
noticeable
obtained if you treat the surface
dry
(Item 210).
as
degree,
follows:
Do not rub to
clean cloth and allow to
heavily to avoid any

dry completely.
lacquer (Item 423) and let it dry for
15 minutes between
coats.
This
NOTE:
(c) If
(d)
D.
small
The
area
is to be rectified the
coats should be
applied
Paintthefurnishing
CAUTION:
with
lacquer must not be thinned more than
dry
in
equal parts
lacquer may be brushed
approximately
per volume.
on.
two hours air
drying.
material
BEFORE YOU DO ANY SPRAY OPERATIONS. PROTECT ALL NEARBY
SURFACES,
ESPECIALLY PERSPEX.
NOTE:
(1)
A colored overspray may be used to
cover
soiled
Vynide
when installed in the
Vynide type can be oversprayed with

las necessary) if you treat the surface as follows.
materials of the
Furnishing
different color
(a) Thoroughly clean the surface with cleaner (Item 210), wipe
completely. Make sure that the surface is free from grease.
(b) Apply
two coats of
thinner
(Item 425).
pigmented lacquer (Item 424)

Let the first coat
dry
in
dry for
The second coat should be
(d)
The mixture
(e)
A standard color range is available to
thinned with
one
be
cover
color that matches
or a
dry
equal parts per volume, with

you apply the second coat.
hour.
sprayed with a conventional paint spray

convenient, provided it is consistent with the final result.
can
down and let the surface
15 minutes before
approximately
(c)
either
airplane.
gun
or
general requirements
may be brushed, if
and is
supplied
in
more
one
pint
sizes.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-560
Page
208
Jun.OS
Raytheon Aircraft
(f)
Lacquers
in
special
lots. To
gallon
get
AIRFRAME
colors to match
color match,
particular furnishings can be obtained but only in 20

sample of the color required, or if known, the color
reference number should be sent to:
Service
Engineering Manager
211-B91
Dept.
Customer
Support
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
PO Box 85
Wichita
KS 67201
0085
USA
When you order the standard pigmented lacquer (Ifem 424) the reference number
F: 153 is suffixed by a number which will indicate the color required, for example:
NOTE:
E.
204 1
Pale
F: 153
2004
Black.
of clear lacquer
Application
(1)
F: 153
Protective barrier
Clear lacquer
barrier
(Item 423) may be applied to Vynide

against nicotine stains and general dirt.
(2)
The
(3)
When you
lacquer
solvent
(4)
as a
Grey.
on
Lacquer
to the
must be
applied
in
exactly
the
same
and similar PVC covered cloth to
way
as
that detailed in
paragraph
provide
5.C.
degrease the surface of silk screened PVC cloth with cleaner (Item 210), try out the
a small off-cut to provide a guide as to how hard the particular surface can be rubbed.
must not be
Vynide
applied
to the
Vynide
until the
Vynide is installed in the airplane or installed

possibility of cracks in the Vynide when
covered component. This will prevent any
it is folded.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-560
Page
209
Jun.03
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

POLISH AIRCRAFT SKINS (EXTERNALLY)
1. INFORMATION
WARNING: Before you do this Maintenance Practice make sure the WARNING and CAUTION in topic
GENERAL DESCRIPTION are read and understood (Ref. 20-00-00, 001).
polishes may cause irritation of the eyes and mucous membranes.

protective gloves (Item 675) and safety glasseslface shield (Item 679) before you
WARNING: Contact with
Put
on
do this
Maintenance Practice.
of water for several minutes, occasionally lift the upper and lower eyelids. Get immediate
medical aid.
This Maintenance Practice defines the materials and
procedure for polishing unpainted aluminum-alloy

ItemlPart No.
EquipmentlMaterials
607
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Finishing composition
608
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Mutton cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Metal cleaner and
Protective
polish
gloves
Safety glasses/face
shield
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Aluminum/stainless
polish
693
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Ventilated airflow mops 8 in.
NOTE: Electric
polishing
polishing
16
Local
ply
machines
are
prohibited
in
supply
flight hangars,
and
suitable
portable pneumatic
machine must be used.
NOTE: The maximum revolutions of the
greater
skins.
polishing machine,
when
using
an
8 in. diameter mop, must not be
than 1,400 rpm.
2. PROCEDURE
A. Skin
preparation
(1) Before
B.
you
polish the airplane skin,
remove
all
scores
and scratches from the
exposed
metal skin.
Buffing
(1)
a buffing mop driven by

motion when it is in contact with the
Polish with
(2) Initially
buff with
(3) Finally
buff with
a new
a new
a polishing machine.
airplane skin.
Make
mop dressed with metal cleaner and

mop dressed with
sure
you
keep
polish (Itern 607).
finishing composition (Item 608).
20-1 0-811
the
buffing
mop in
Raytheon
Aircraft
tompany
NOTE:
Mops
frequently dressed with

clogged will mark the skin.
must be
become
hacksaw blade to
NOTE: A different mop must be used for the different

like glaze will not be obtained.
C. Final hand
AIRFRAME
prevent clogging. Mops which
polishing compositions otherwise
mirror
polishing
(1)
Polish the
(2)
Polish
airplane
by hand,
skin to
with
brilliant finish to
clean mutton cloth
Jun.0420-10-811
protect the skins
(Item 621)
from moisture.
and aluminum/stainless
polish (Item 693).
RayTheon
Aircraft
AIRFRAME
SEALING OF INTEGRAL FUEL TANKS WITH

POLYSULFIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
MAKE SURE THE AIRPLANE IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED BEFORE ANY WORK IS

STARTED.
WARNING:
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENT CLEANERS OR PRIMER MAKE SURE THERE IS
WARNING:
WARNING:

WARNING:
WARNING:
THESE SEALING COMPOUNDS CONTAIN LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS, THESE ARE
WARNING:
MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL TANKS ARE EMPTY OF FUEL, DRAINED OF WATER
AND PURGED OF FUEL FUMES BEFORE THE START OF ANY OPERATIONS
(CHAPTER 12,
CAUTION:
FUEL SYSTEM AND CHAPTER 28,
STORAGE).
KEEP THE FLAP VALVE SEATINGS AND MANDATORY FUEL AND AIR PASSAGES
FREE OF SEALANT.
CAUTION:
CLEANING SOLVENTS MUST NOT BE POURED OR SPRAYED ON THE STRUCTURE

BECAUSE OF POSSIBILITY OF RUN BACK BETWEEN LAYERS OF STRUCTURE,
THEN CREEP BACK AGAIN BRINGING CONTAMINATION ON TO THE CLEANED
SURFACES.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 001

Page
201
Jun.03
Ral~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
WHEN YOU USE SPATULAS TO REMOVE SEALANT TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE
CAUTION:
ANY PROTECTIVE TREATMENT FINISH.

A.
Introduction
This maintenance
for the
assembly
practice
all appropriate
a
barrier
the
procedures which
of parts used in the construction of
and contamination of
with
covers
airplane
structure and
are
integral
necessary to
a means
of
effective
systems. To achieve this, close attention
is necessary. A range of sealants is used to
joints
layer as
give
protection of
joint sealing
fuel tanks and to prevent the loss of fuel
cover
sealing of
applications together
damage e.g. swarf, during
to the
various
the sealant from mechanical
assembly.
B.
EquipmentlMaterial
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
255
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner
264
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Fabric
287
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Solvent, thixotropic gel
289
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
291
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Compound, sealing
312
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
313
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant fillet
314
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant brush
315
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
rapid
316
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
interfay (adhesive)
317
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant constant thickness
318
(Chapter 20-95-301)
328
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Wipe
grade (adhesive)
grade (adhesive)
cure
(adhesive)
Aerosil
(adhesive)
Polysulfide
Sealant
347
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
348
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
350
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
351
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
359
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
380
(Chapter 20-95-301)
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
interfay (adhesive)
20-10-1001
Page
202
Jun.03
Rayeheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Sealant, quick repair
390
Adhesion Promoter
321A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
324A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
325A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Phenolic Microballoons
334A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesion Promoter
335A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
336A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesion Promoter
344A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper, silicon carbide
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20~95-601)
White cotton
673
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
(Chapter 20-95-301)
20-95-601
Squeeze
bottle
689
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive
pad
699
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Extrusion guns and nozzles
Safety
vacuum
cleaner
Clamps
Sealing fairing
tool
Mixing
and
Plastic
Storage
Container
Shore "A" durometer
2.
AIRFRAME
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Storage
(1)
Refer to
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-10-1001
Page
203
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Preparation
A.
of
Assembly
(1)
Where
new
components
all assemblies
practical
drill/reamed to the
parts requiring sealant should be fitted, clamped and then
or
required hole
size. The
clamping
is to be done without any disturbance of the
assembly.
(2)
Dismantle assemblies
NOTE:
or
parts, deburr holes and
When it is not practical to work to
remove
all swarf between
paragraph (1) refer to
the
interfaying
Raytheon
surfaces.
Aircraft
Company.
B.
Preliminary cleaning
(1)
Use
safety
cleaner
vacuum
or a
clean bristle brush
(Item 676)
to
remove
swarf, and any other
loose material.
(2)
After any loose material has been removed, clean the area to be sealed with a lint free cloth
(Item 621) dampened with solvent cleaner (Item 208, 230 or 264). Make sure the cloth does not
contain
(3)
(4)
Dry
solvent cleaner to
enough
the
area
If grease,
or
with another clean,

oil-like films
dry
Primed surfaces
aged
wet abraded with 320

an even
C.
more
grade
cloth before the solvent cleaner evaporates.
still present, do
are
contamination is removed and the
(5)
drip.
dry
paragraphs (2) and (3) again until the
cloth is not discolored.
than 72 hours, to which the sealant is to be

silicon carbide paper
(Item 627),
or
applied, are to be lightly

pad (Item 699), to give
abrasive
matt surface.
Finalclean
CAUTION:
IF THE FINAL CLEAN PROCEDURE IS NOT
SUFFICIENT, THEN THE BOND OF THE
SEALANT TO THE STRUCTURE WILL NOT BE CORRECT.

NOTE:
Do the final clean
pour solvent cleaner
(1)
Carefully
689).
(2)
Fold lint free cloth
(3)
Dampen
(Item 621)
Carefully
cloth in
(Item 208,
the sealant is
230
to eliminate any
or
scrub
one
enough
an area
(not
264)
raw
the cloth with solvent cleaner from the
cloth does not have
(4)
immediately before
solvent cleaner to
clean
dry
into
polyethylene
squeeze bottle
(Item
edges.
polyethylene squeeze
drip.
to exceed 36 inches in
hand, followed with
applied.
length)
bottle. Make
sure
with the solvent cleaner
that the
dampened
cloth in the other hand to absorb the solvent before it
evaporates.
NOTE:
Always
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
clean
an area
wider than the width of the
area
to receive sealant.
20-1 0-1 001

Page
204
Jun.OS
Rly~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Do not scrub
NOTE:
more
than is necessary to prevent removal of any protective treatment
which may have been
(5)
Use extreme
areas
which
wiped dry
Repeat
(7)
After
(8)
Carefully
to clean inaccessible corners, gaps etc. A small
difficult to get at. Brushes with
are
with
the
(6)
care
applied.
nylon
bristles
paint
are not
brush may be used for
be used. Surfaces
to be
clean cloth before solvent cleaner evaporates.
procedure
drying
until the clean
cloth does not become discolored.
degreasing, let a period of 20-30 minutes elapse to allow the metal, which will have cooled
significantly during the application of the solvent cleaner, to regain the temperature of the
surrounding air. This is because moisture from the air may condense on the cool surfaces, thus
preventing sealing.
remove
any moisture from the surface with
clean, dry, lint free cloth (Item 621).
dryness can be made just out side the area to be sealed. A piece of
approved masking tape (Item 630) approximately 6 in. x 1 in., (150 mm x 25 mm), is
pressed firmly into the surface and then removed by pulling at right angles to the
surface. The dryness of the surface is shown by the uniform bond of the tape to the
A check for surface
NOTE:
surface. The presence of moisture will result in almost total lack of
(9)
are
Wear clean white cotton
gloves (Item 673) if the cleaned surfaces have

they must be cleaned again.
bond.
to be handled. If the
surfaces become contaminated
(10)
All final clean parts
application
again.
D.
are
to be covered
of sealant is
expected.
or
protected from contamination if any delay in the

lapse is more than 1 hour, parts are to be cleaned
If the time
Procedure before ovecoatlfillet
(1)
sealant, (e.g. fillet or overcoat), are to be protected from

possible and a cleanliness check (paragraph 3.C.) is to be done
adjacent structure, before the application of the sealant.
Areas which
are
to have further
contamination wherever
(2)
Where contamination is evident, the
procedure
is
as
on
follows:
(a) None-tack free exude:

The exude is to be completely removed using a woodenlplastic spatula (Item 645) and
cleaned (paragraph 3.C.). If required apply adhesion promoter (paragraph 4.).
(b) Tack free
Do
E.
Special cleaning
(1)
4.
(paragraph 3.C.)
and if
required apply adhesion promoter (paragraph 4.).
for fasteners
Clean bolts and rivets with solvent cleaner

hot solvent in
(2)
exude and unsealed structure:
final clean
(Item 201)
vapor bath in batches sufficient for
before
one
use.
days
It is
permissible
to clean with a
work.
Cetyl Alcohol is often applied to threaded fasteners as torque-tension control and is to

removed by swabbing or scrubbing the surface with solvent cleaner (Item 255 or 291).
Application
be
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-10-1001
Page
205
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(1)
Apply a thin layer of adhesion promoter (Items 321A,

using a brush or clean lint free cloth (Item 621).
(2)
Let the adhesion
5.
(3)
After the
(4)
If the
drying
(Item 621).
prior
time
to the
not less than 30 minutes at
application
wipe of any
or
excess
344A)
room
to the cleaned surfaces
temperature and for
Sealant
not
of the sealant.
adhesion promoter with
clean, dry lint free cloth
primed surface becomes contaminated or sealing is not done within

application of the adhesion promoter, remove the adhesion promoter with
(Item 201), and apply a new layer.
4 hours after
solvent cleaner
mixing
Refer to
(1)
6.
promoter dry for
than 4 hours
more
335A
AIRFRAME
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
of sealant
Application
WARNING:
MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL TANKS ARE EMPTY OF FUEL, DRAINED OF WATER
AND PURGED OF FUEL FUMES BEFORE THE START OF ANY OPERATIONS
(CHAPTER 12,
A.
FUEL SYSTEM AND CHAPTER 28,
STORAGE).
General
Do a tank pressure check as detailed by the Raytheon Aircraft Company. All sealant must be fully
cured before the pressure check is done and must have a minimum hardness of 35 shore A (which is
to be checked with a durometer). Any leaks must be repaired and the pressure check done again.
Seal all leak
paths except
at removable doors and
fittings
that
are
Use the type of sealant material that will provide sufficient time to
during the work life time of the sealant.
provided with gaskets
complete
the
or
assembly
"0"
of the
rings.
joints
to be sealed
Sealants must not be
applied
when
surrounding temperature
Structures that need overhead fillet seals, gap seals,

such
B.
as
until sealant has reached
riveting,
Procedurefor
(1)
Make
(2)
Use
interfay
sure
or
is below 60"F
hole seals,
are
(15.5"C)
not be vibrated
excessively,
tack free stage.
sealant
that all surfaces
are
thoroughly
clean and
dry
before the
application
of any sealant.
grade of interfay sealant (Item 314, 347 or 348) and apply a uniform, void free
mating surfaces, to a total combined thickness of approximately 0.02 in.
sufficient to result in a small continuous exude of sealant when the joint is closed.
suitable
of sealant to both
layer
(0.6 mm),
or
(3)
Make
sure
that the sealant line extends
(4)
Make
sure
that the
(5)
The sealant may be applied by means of a brush or spatula (Item 645). Fillets may be formed
the operator running a spatula or suitably protected finger along the sealant edges.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
approximately
0.25 in.
(6 mm) beyond
the
joint
line.
joint is closed within the work life of the sealant.
by
20-1 0-1 001

Page
206
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
(6)
AIRFRAME
joint is to be slave bolted or clamped for initial assembly, slave or clamp at a pitch of
(25.4 to 76.2 mm) to prevent quilting. Every effort is to be made to replace these by
permanent bolts or rivets within the work life of the sealant. Make sure that the clenching action
of the bolts or rivets is correct before the work life of the sealant expires.
If the
1 to 3 in.
(7)
When parts
remove
drawn
sealant before
together and sealant

driving rivets.
extrudes from holes
use a
dry
lint free cloth to
(8)
completed within the work life of the sealant being used then the slave
bolts must achieve a clenching action equal to that to be achieved by the permanent bolts or
rivets. These are to be retained until the cure time has expired.
(9)
joints before the sealant exceeds its work life will result in loose joints
causing a loss in fatigue strength and a lack of pressure tightness. If it is evident that this has
occurred the joint is to be separated immediately and the sealant cleaned off before
reassembling the joint with fresh sealant.
(10)
(11)
C.
are
If
an
assembly
Failure to clench the
complete
joint
provide
running
smooth fillet seal
spatula
Interfay
sealant is to be overcoated with
Use
(a)
is
the exude is to be continuous, and is to be faired back into the
When the
Procedure for gap
(1)
cannot be
grade
of
anti-slump
or
cavity
(Item 315, 316,
sealant
are
(Item 314, 317, 347,
to be clean
348
350
or
or
351).
380).
before the
(paragraph 3.C.)
Anti-slump sealant may not be suitable for certain gaps

thickened sealant
Thickened sealant
(a)
sealant
by
anti-slump
sealant
applied.
NOTE:
(2)
brushing
joint to
the operator
sealant
All faces of the gap
is
This may be achieved
joint.
along
edge
suitably protected finger along the joint.
or
filling
suitable
of the
the
(Item
of overcoat sealant
(Item
318 mixed with Item 328
or cavity are to
(Item 315, 316,
or
or
or ca vities,
334A)
and in this
case
is to be used.
334A).
be clean
350
or
(paragraph 3.C.) and covered with a thin layer

351) immediately before the thickened sealant is
applied.
D.
Procedure forfasteners
NOTE:
Fasteners must be installed and orientated
as
detailed
by
the
Raytheon
Aircraft
Companys
requirements.
the rivet sets, draw sets, and
bucking
bars clean at all times.
NOTE:
Keep
NOTE:
Install rivets, from the center of the pattern and work outwards.
fasteners
one
(rivets
(1)
All fasteners
(2)
Sealant is to be
Replace
any temporary
at a time.
and
applied
bolts)
are
to be assembled wet.
under the head of all interference fit bolts and to the head and shank of
all clearance fit bolts.

EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 001

Page
207
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(3)
When
(4)
Torque load fasteners as necessary on assembly (TORQUE LOADING). They

together with sealant and immediately torque loaded.
(5)
Preformed rivets need not be
bolts
possible
are
to be held from
dipped
turning
whilst the nuts
tightened.
are
are
to be inserted
in sealant before insertion
that the sealant will exude under the head and the tail of the
E.
AIRFRAME
provided it has been established

rivet during riveting.
Procedure for fillet sealant
(1)
skins/stringers thinner than 0.10 in. (2.5 mm) filleting at the edges is impractical,
edges are to be sealed with an overcoat sealant as specified in paragraph 6.F.
(2)
Apply
the sealant
more
parts. Make
Make
sure
(3)
For
or
347) into
or over a
joint
or seam
or
caused
by
the
mating
of two
or
mated parts.
it into
by smearing
the nozzle
adequately as it is worked into place. This may be

place with a spatula, or by means of an extrusion gun.
of the extrusion gun pointed into seam and almost perpendicular to

the line of travel. The gun is to be moved forward along the fillet with a shearing action
Keep
which
(4)
sure
314
it fills the mismatch of the surfaces
that the fillet sealant adheres
achieved either
NOTE:
(Item
these
pushes
The fillet is to be
tip
the sealant ahead of the gun and into
continuous, without voids and is
to
place.
overlap the adjoining
structures
by
0.79 in.
(20 mm).
(5)
Fair the sealant into the
Press the tool

not
(6)
F.
joint
or seam.
against
trapped within the sealant. Work
Make
This may be done
the sealant and
move
it
parallel
by the use of fairing tools or equivalent.

joint or seam. Make sure that air is
to the
out any air bubbles.
the fillet size is sufficient to fill the necessary gaps

attachments, where on stringers thicker than 0.25 in.
completely, except on skin to

stringer
(6.35 mm) the fillet is not to be
wider than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm). On stringers thinner than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) the fillet width,
measured from the stringer edge, is to be approximately equal to the thickness of the stringer
unless otherwise specified by the Raytheon Aircraft Company.
sure
Procedure for overcoat sealant
(1)
Apply a layer of brushing sealant (Item 350 or 351) 0.005 to 0.035 in. (0.13 to 0.89 mm) thick to
completely cover the parts concerned, with an overlap of 0.125 to 0.25 in. (3.18 to 6.35 mm)
beyond any sealant that has already been applied. Make sure that the new sealant is worked
into all cracks and crevices.
NOTE:
(2)
Apply
Apply
the sealant
as a
Items 315 and 316 may also be used
the overcoat sealant
by
brush
or
continuous film.
as an
overcoat sealant.
wooden spatula
the brush method is used stroke the sealant in two
or
(the brush
method is
three directions to
preferred). When
complete
ensure
coverage.
NOTE:
Where the sealant is
applied over an existing sealant, this is to have reached a

damaged by the overcoat application.
sufficient state of cure that it is not
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 001

Page
208
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
G.
7.
Procedure for barrier
layer
layer sealing compound (Item 312) may be applied to sealants for the purposes of
protection against mechanical damage eg.swarf, during assembly procedures. The barrier layer
may be applied to sealants that have exceeded their tack free time.
(1)
Barrier
(2)
Apply the barrier layer with a brush to completely

extending up to 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) beyond it.
Breakable
A.
AIRFRAME
cover
the sealant to which it is
applied and
joints
Procedure
(1)
A number of
joints
in
pressurized system
will
require
to be "breakable" for various purposes.
These may be made with low adhesion sealant (Item 313, 359, 324A, or 325A) or by O
other forms of seals. For further information on breakable joints refer to:- SEALING
proprietary parts, normal practice will be to omit the interfay and

filleting sealant, reliance being placed mainly on the inbuilt seal in the part. However a brush
overcoat as given in paragraph 6.F. is to be applied on the pressurized side of the joint.
(2)
Joints that
(3)
In any
Quick
repair
are
case
not sealed e.g.
of doubt the
should be consulted for clarification.
sealants
and
336A)
always
be used in
conjunction
adhesion promoter
Sealants
(2)
These materials may be used to fillet seal, interfay seal or wet assemble parts which can be
done within the specified application life. They are primarily intended for repair situations or
(Item 390
(paragraph 4.).
faster
must
cure
an
require long application life conditions,
and
Procedure for self
sealing
Aircraft
When self
(2)
Where
benefit from
Company)
nuts
sealing nuts are used without washers they do not require sealant
cadmium plated nuts and bolts are to be treated as in paragraph 9.8.
(1)
can
times.
Special sealing requirements (when required by Raytheon

A.
with
(1)
small structural builds, which do not
9.
or
FLEXIBLE SEAL APPLICATIONS.
COMPOU ND
8.
rings
washer is to be installed under the nut, the washer and its
structure where it is to be
installed),
under the nut but
mating faces (the nut and

promoter applied
need to be cleaned and adhesion
(paragraph 4.).
(3)
The washer is then covered with fillet sealant
(4)
The
sure
B.
excess
exuded fillet sealant is formed into
that the fillet extends
Procedure for non-self
(1)
over
sealing
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
6.
C.)
and
immediately
assembled.
continuous fillet around the washer
the base of the nut and is allowed to
making
cure.
nuts and bolt heads
Clean surfaces and bolts to be sealed and
EFFECTIVITY:
(paragraph
apply adhesion promoter (paragraph 4.).
20-1 0-1 001

Page
209
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
D MAX
?ii
,,,i~i
L
M1619
Diameter of nut, washer
or
bolt head
0.40 in.
Overcoat non-sealed nut
Figure
D~DIAMFTER
OF
NUT OR BOLf HEAD
201
D MAX
+OaO in.
~1 I-j
0.06 in.MIN
M1610
Overcoat bolt head
Figure
(2)
Apply
overcoat sealant
bolt head if the head is
202
(paragraph 6.F.) over the exposed bolt head, nut thread and washer (or
inside the tank) to form a cap conforming to the dimensions in figures
201 and 202.
10. Clean up after

A.
assembly
Procedure
(1)
Remove unwanted sealant, which has not got to the tack free condition,
by cleaning with
SkyWipes (Item 287).

(2)
Remove unwanted sealant, which has got to the tack free condition, by applying undiluted
brush and leaving on the surface for 15-45 minutes.
SkyRestore (Item 289) by

(3)
Scrape
(4)
Wipe
off with
wood
the surface with
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
or
plastic spatula.
clean cloth.
20-1 0-1 001

Page
210
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
11.
AIRFRAME
Inspection
(1)
Make
sure
that the fuel tanks have been de-fuelled and drained of water.
(2)
Make
sure
that the fuel tanks have been
(3)
Make
sure
that all surfaces
(4)
Make
sure
that the
(5)
Make
sure
that all necessary
protective
(6)
(7)
joints
are
purged of
thoroughly
all fuel fumes.
clean and
to be sealed are mated
dry before
the
application
of any sealant.
correctly before the application
drilling and de-burring

applied.
has been
of sealant.
completed and that specified
treatments have been
Make
sure
that the
joint faces,
Make
sure
that the
joints are assembled within the work life of

along the edges of the mating faces.
bolts and rivets
are
cleaned and
degreased
before
the sealant and that
assembly.
a
continuous
line of sealant extrudes
(8)
(9)
(10)
Make
sure
that any additional fillet

that all assemblies
Make
sure
seals
or
Make
sure
are
or
overcoat is
to structural
any other type of seal that would

that all
earthing points
are
applied correctly.
requirements before the fillet seals,

the parts is applied.
overcoat
cover
checked before sealant is
applied (ELECTRICAL
BONDING).
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 001

Page
211
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
SEALING OF PRESSURE CABINS AND AREAS QUTSIDE INTEGRAL

FUEL TANKS WITH POLYSULFIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682), THIS INCLUDES GLOVES (ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS OR PRIMER MAKE SURE THERE IS

WARNING:
RUNNING
WARNING:
WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.

WARNING:
WARNING:
THESE SEALING COMPOUNDS CONTAIIN LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS, THESE

ARE FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY ALL LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.
CAUTION:
CLEANING SOLVENTS MUST NOT BE POURED OR SPRAYED ONTO THE

STRUCTURE BECAUSE OF POSSIBILITY OF RUN BACK BETWEEN LAYERS OF THE
STRUCTURE, THEN CREEP BACK TO AGAIN BRING CONTAMINATION
ON TO THE
CLEANED SURFACES.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
practice covers the procedures which are necessary to give effective joint sealing
assembly of parts used in the construction of pressure cabins and areas outside the integral
fuel tanks. Special care is required for all parts (skin laps, seam bulkheads, doublers, fasteners etc.)
that lead out of the pressure boundary to prevent pressurization leaks. A range of sealants are called
for to cover various applications together with a barrier coating as a means of protection of the sealant
from mechanical damage e.g. swarf etc. during assembly.
for the
NOTE:
The pressure
boundary
is the
fuselage structure
between the forward and
rear
pressure
bulkheads.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 002

Page
201
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
B.
AIRFRAME
EquipmentlMaterial
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release agent
242
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Emulsion cleaner
245
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
255
(Chapter 20-95-201)
256
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner
264
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Fabric
287
(Chapter 20-95-201)
289
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
291
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
293
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Compound, sealing
312
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Polysulfide
Sealant
313
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Polysulfide
Sealant fillet
314
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant brush
315
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
rapid
316
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
interfay (adhesive)
317
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant constant thickness
318
(Chapter 20-95-301)
328
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Cleaning
solution
Wipe
grade (adhesive)
grade (adhesive)
cure
(adhesive)
Aerosil
(adhesive)
Polysulfide
Sealant
330
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
347
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide Sealant
348
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
350
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
351
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant corrosion
inhibiting
357
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant corrosion
inhibiting
358
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
359
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
380
(Chapter 20-95-301)
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
interfay (adhesive)
20-10-1002
Page
202
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
390
Adhesion Promoter
321A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
324A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
325A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
334A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesion Promoter
335A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
336A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
337A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
338A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
339A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesion Promoter
344A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper, silicone carbide
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
White cotton
673
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
Squeeze
bottle
689
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive
pad
699
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Local
supply
Vacuum cleaner
Local
supply
Clamps
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Local
supply
Sealing fairing
tool
Plastic
and
Mixing
Storage
Shore "A" durometer
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Container
20-1 0-1 002

Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
2.
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
data sheets for
Preparation
A.
of components
Pre-assembly
(1)
Where
practical,
all assemblies
then drill/reamed to the
Disassemble the assemblies
NOTE:
B.
that when the
sure
clamps
are
installed the
or
parts, deburr any holes and
all the swarf from between
remove
surfaces.
interfaying
the
parts that need sealant should be assembled, clamped and
hole size. Make
is not disturbed.
assembly
(2)
or
required
When it is not
practical
to work to
paragraph (I)
refer to
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company.
Preliminary cleaning
(1)
Use
cleaner
a vacuum
or
clean bristle brush
(Item 676)
to do
preliminary
clean to
remove
dust,
swarf and other loose contaminates.
(2)
After the loose material has been removed, clean the
(Item 621) dampened with

enough solvent to drip.
(3)
Dry
(4)
If grease,
the
area
or
cleaner solvent
with another clean,

oil-like films
are
(Item 208,
area
230
to be sealed with
or
264).
lint free cloth
The cloth must not contain
cloth before the solvent evaporates.
dry
still present, do
paragraph (2)
and
(3) again
until the contamination
is removed and discloration of cloth is not evident.
(5)
Surfaces that have been
primed
for
more
than 72 hours, to which the sealant is to be
lightly wet abraded with 320 grade

(Item 699) to give an even matt surface.
need to be
(6)
External surfaces that have been
processed
silicon carbide paper
(Item 627)
or
applied,
nylon pad
to include an intermediate barrier coat
over
the
primer paint need to have the barrier coat removed from the area that is to be interfay
sealed, plus an approximate 1 in. (25.4 mm) overlap, before the interfay sealant is applied.
epoxy
(7)
Remove the barrier coat

solvent
(8)
When the
light
C.
Final
(Item 293)
interfay
overspray
on
operation has been completed

exposed areas of epoxy primer.
sealant
the
with
mix of 50%
the barrier coat is to be restored
by
cleaning
cleaning shall be accomplished immediately before
NOTE:
Final
NOTE:
Inadequate cleaning
(1)
by light abrasion with a nylon pad (Item 699) wetted

Wipe dry with clean lint free cloths (Item 621).
in water.
Carefully
fill
can
result in
polyethylene squeeze
raw edges.
an
unacceptably
bottle
(Item 689)
sealant
application.
low level of sealant adhesion.
with solvent
(Item 230).
Fold the lint free
cloth to eliminate
EFFECTIVIT~
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 002

Page
204
Jun.03
Ral~heon Aircraft
(2)
(3)
Dampen the cloth with solvent

enough solvent to drip.
Carefully
scrub
an area
hand, followed with
one
(not
a
evaporates. Always clean
Use extreme
areas
be
which
the
Repeat
(6)
After
(7)
Carefully
to exceed 36 inches in
clean
dry
an area
length)
with the solvent
dampened
cloth in
cloth in the other hand to absorb solvent before it
wider than the width of the
difficult to get at. Brushes with
with
squeeze bottle. The cloth should not have
area
protective
to receive sealant. Excessive
treatment which may have been
to clean inaccessible corners, gaps, etc. A small
care
are
wiped dry
(5)
polyethylene
is to be avoided to prevent removal of any
scrubbing
applied.
(4)
from the
AIRFRAME
nylon
paint
brush may be used for
bristles may not be used. Surfaces
to
are
clean cloth before the solvent evaporates.
procedure
until there is
no
discoloration
the clean
on
drying
cloth.
cleaning, let a period of 20-30 minutes elapse to allow the metal, which will have cooled
significantly during the application of the solvent, to regain the temperature of the surrounding
air. This is because moisture from the air may condense on the cool surfaces, thus preventing
sealing.
remove
any moisture from the surface with
clean, dry, lint free cloth.
madejust outside the area to be sealed. A piece

(Item 630) approx. 6 in. xl in., (150 mm x 25 mm), is
approved masking
be pressed firmly into the surface and then removed by a pull at right angles to the
surface. The dryness of the surface is shown by the tape adhering uniformly to the
NOTE:
A check for surface
dryness
can
be
tape 2310M
of
to
surface. The presence of moisture will result in almost total lack of adhesion.
(8)

occurs, the surfaces
(9)
are
All parts that have had
delay
in the
gloves (Item 673) when

to be cleaned again.
you handle clean surfaces. If contamination
protected from contamination, if any

the time lapse is in excess of 1 hour, parts are
final clean shall be covered
application of sealant is expected.

again.
If
or
to be cleaned
D.
Procedure for
(1)
(2)
cleaning
before
ovecoating/filleting
fillet
overcoat) are to be protected from

contamination wherever possible. A cleanliness check (paragraph 3.C.) is to be done, on
adjacent structure, before the sealant is applied.
Areas which
are
to have further sealant
Where contamination is found, the
(e.g.
procedure
or
shall be
as
the
follows, las necessary)
None-Tack Free Exude
(a)
The exude is to be
accordance with
with
(b)
paragraph
completely removed with a none-metalic spatula and cleaned in

paragraph 3.C. If necessary apply an adhesion promoter in accordance
4.
Tack Free Exude and Unsealed Structure

Do
as
detailed in
paragraph
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
paragraph
3.C. if necessary
apply
adhesion promoter in accordance with
4.
20-1 0-1 002

Page
205
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
E.
Special cleaning
(1)
F.
for fasteners
Bolts and rivets
to be cleaned with cleaner solvent
before
use.
vapor bath in batches sufficient for
NOTE:
Cetyl Alcohol is often applied to threaded fasteners as torque- tension control and shall
be removed by swabbing or scrubbing the surface with solvent (Ifem 255 or 291).
permitted
days work.
Special cleaning
of
to clean with hot solvent in
(Item 201)
It is
one
skydrol contamination
(1)
Skydrol contamination from the hydraulic systems is to be removed by initially swabbing

scrubbing the area using undiluted cleaning fluid (Item 256).
(2)
Finally swab or scrub the contaminated area

by a rinse with clean water and then dry with
with diluted emulsion cleaner

a
The emulsion cleaner shall be diluted

to 9
parts
(Item 245)
or
followed
clean cloth.
by
volume to the ratio of 1 part emulsion cleaner
water.
Application
A.
are
NOTE:
NOTE:
4.
AIRFRAME
Procedure
(1)
Apply
thin
surfaces
(2)
(3)
(4)
Let the
layer of adhesion promoter (Items 321A, 335A

using a brush or clean, lint free cloth (Item 621).
layer dry for
not less than 30 minutes at room
before the sealant is
applied.
After the
wipe off any
drying
time
excess
or
344A)
to the solvent cleaned
temperature and
adhesion promoter with
not more than 4 hours
clean, lint free cloth.
primed surface becomes contaminated or sealant application is not accomplished within

application of the adhesion promoter, the adhesion promoter is to be removed
solvent (Item 201), and a new layer applied.
If the
4 hours after the

with
5.
Sealant
(1)
6.
mixing
Refer to
Application
A.
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
of sealant
General
NOTE:
fuselage pressure check is to be done as detailed by Raytheon Aircraft Company. All

fully cured before the pressure check is done and must have a minimum
hardness of 35 shore A (which is to be checked with a durometer). Any leaks must be
sealant must be
repaired and the pressure

NOTE:
Allparts, (skin laps,
seams,
all holes, gaps, slots,

pressure boundaries
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
check done
etc.)
are
again.
bulkheads, doublers, stringers,
that lead out of, attach to,
nut
or cross
plates,
screws, bolts etc, and
parts that lead
out of the
to be sealed.
20-1 0-1 002

Page
206
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
Use the type of sealant material that will provide sufficient time to
NOTE:
the joints to be sealed
during
when the ambient temperature is below 60 "F
Sealants must not be
NOTE:
Structures that need overhead fillet seals, gap seals,

such
excessively,
as
applied
or
until sealant has reached
riveting,
the
complete
assembly of
the work life time of the sealant.
NOTE:
(1)
AIRFRAME
hole seals,
a
are
(15.5 "C)
not be vibrated
tack free stage.
applied to primed or painted surfaces, light abrasion with an abrasive pad

improve adhesion before the final clean procedure is done. It should not be
abrade freshly primed surfaces.
Where sealant is to be
is to be used to
necessary to
(2)
Surfaces with
primer
over
six months old may be either:
Abraded with abrasive
(a)
pads immediately before the surfaces
are
cleaned and the sealant
applied.
Cleaned and then refreshed with
(b)
further thin
layer of primer,
as
described in
APPLICATION OF COLD CURING EPOXIDE PRIMER TO INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL
SURFACES, before the sealant is applied.

B.
Procedurefor
(1)
(2)
interfaysealant
all surfaces
Make
sure
Use
suitable
void free
0.6 mm,
layer
or
grade
are
of
thoroughly
before the
application
of any sealant.
interfay sealant (Item 314, 347, 348, 338A or 339A) and apply a uniform,
mating surfaces, to a total combined thickness of approximately
sufficient to result in
small continuous exude of sealant when the
Make
sure
the sealant line extends
(4)
Make
sure
that the
(5)
The sealant may be
(6)
dry
of sealant to both
(3)
the
clean and
joint
operator running
approximately
mm
beyond
the
joint
joint
is closed.
line.
is closed within the work life of the sealant.
applied by means of a brush or spatula (Item 645). Fillets may be

a spatula or suitably protected finger along the sealant edges.
formed
by
joint is to be slave bolted or clamped for initial assembly, slave or clamp at a pitch of
(25.4 to 76.2 mm) to prevent quilting. Every effort is to be made to replace these by
permanent bolts or rivets within the work life of the sealant. Make sure that the clenching action
of the bolts or rivets is correct before the work life of the sealant expires.
If the
1 to 3 in.
(7)
When the parts

remove
(8)
If
an
are
drawn
together
sealant before rivets
are
and sealant exudes from holes
use a
dry
lint free cloth to
installed.
completed within the work life of the sealant being used then the slave
a clenching action equal to that to be achieved by the permanent bolts or
These shall be retained until the cure time has expired.
assembly
cannot be
bolts must achieve

rivets.
(9)
joints before the sealant work life is expired will result in loose joints which
may cause a loss in fatigue strength and a lack of pressure tightness. If it is evident that this has
occurred the joint is to be separated immediately and the sealant cleaned off before the joint is
Failure to clench the
reassembled with fresh sealant.
EFFECTIVIP/:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1002
Page
207
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
125/HAWKER CHAPIER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
(10)
(11)
C.
When the
joint is complete
provide
running
smooth fillet seal
spatula
Interfay
sealant is to be overcoated with
Procedure for gap
(1)
Use
(a)
or
filling
suitable
NOTE:
cavity are
applied.
or
sealant is
Anti-slump
(Item
with
thin
to be cleaned in accordance with
(Item
or
cavity
or
or
348
joint
to
the operator
or
380).
or
paragraph
3.C. before the
cavities, and in this
334A)
case
is to be used.
334A).
shall be cleaned in accordance with
of overcoat sealant
layer
by
sealant.
sealant may not be suitable for certain gaps
before the thickened sealant is

D.
brushing
be achieved
grade of anti-slump sealant (Items 314, 315, 316, 317, 347,
Thickened sealant
(a)
to be faired back into the
sealant
thickened sealant
(2)
continuous, and is
along the edge of the joint. This may

suitably protected finger along the joint.
anti-slump
the exude is to be
AIRFRAME
(Items 314, 315, 316, 347,

applied.
paragraph 3.C. and coated

or 351) immediately
350
Procedure forfasteners
NOTE:
Fasteners must be installed and orientated per current
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
requirements.
NOTE:
Keep
NOTE:
install rivets, from the center of the
the rivet sets, draw sets, and
fasteners
(rivets
(1)
All fasteners
(2)
Sealant is to be
at
one
and
bucking
pattern
bars clean at all times.
and work outwards.
Replace any temporary
time.
bolts)
are
to be assembled wet.
under the head of all interference fit bolts and to the head and shank of
applied
all clearance fit bolts.
(3)
When
(4)
Torque load fasteners as necessary on assembly (TORQUE LOADING). They

together with sealant and immediately torque loaded.
(5)
Preformed rivets need not be
possible
bolts
are
to be held from
dipped
turning whilst the
nuts
in sealant before insertion
are
tightened.
are
to be inserted
provided it has been

during riveting.
established
that the sealant will exude under the head and the tail of the rivet
E.
Procedure for fillet sealant
(1)
skins/stringers thinner than 0.10 in. (2.5 mm) filleting at the edges is impractical,
edges shall be sealed with an overcoat sealant as specified in paragraph 6.F.
(2)
Apply
the sealant
more
parts. Make
For
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Items
sure
314
or
347)
into
or over a
joint
or seam
it fills the mismatch of the surfaces
or
caused
by
the
these
mating
of two
or
mated parts.
20-10-1002
Page
208
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Sealant
(Items
Company.
NOTE:
(3)
Make
sure
or
339A)
may also be used if apptoved
that the fillet sealant adheres
achieved either
by smearing
it into
place
adequately
with
as
by Raytheon Aircraft
it is worked into
spatula,
or
by
means
of
place.
an
This may be
extrusion gun.
tip of the extrusion gun pointed into seam and almost perpendicular to
the line of travel. The gun is to be moved forward along the fillet with a shearing action
which pushes the sealant ahead of the gun and into place.
NOTE:
(4)
338A
Keep
the nozzle
The fillet is to be continuous, without voids and is to
overlap the adjoining
structures
by
0.79 in.
(20 mm).
(5)
Fair the sealant into the
Press the tool

not
(6)
(7)
trapped
against
joint
or seam.
the sealant and
This may be done

move
it
parallel
by the use of fairing tools or equivalent.

joint or seam. Make sure that air is
to the
within the sealant. Work out any air bubbles.
the fillet size is sufficient to fill the necessary gaps
completely, except on skin to

stringer attachments, where on stringers thicker than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) the fillet shall be not
wider than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm). On stringers thinner than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) the fillet width,
measured from the stringer edge, shall be approximately equal to the thickness of the stringer
unless otherwise specified by Raytheon Aircraft Company.
Make
sure
External surface
longitudinal
seam
fillets
are
to be
applied
with
surface appearance is smooth and continuous and contains

be made as follows:
no
care
to make sure that the
defects. The fillet is to
unsightly
(a) Apply masking tape along the top edge of the lip of the seam and on the lower adjacent
surface at a distance equal to the skin thickness away from the seam (this will make a 45"
fillet)
(b)
Use
(c)
Form the fillet into the
an
extrusion gun to
spatula,
apply
required
coated with release
bead of fillet sealant
along
the
profile shape by drawing a

agent (Item 242) along the length
45"
seam.
non-metalic
straight edge
of the fillet in
smooth
continuous motion.
(d) Remove
F.
the
masking tape after the
sealant has been allowed to
cure
for
one
hour.
Procedure for overcoat sealant
(1)
Apply a layer of brushing sealant (Items 350 or 351) 0. 005 to 0.035 inch thick (0.13 to 0.89 mm)
completely cover the parts concerned, with an overlap of 0.125 in. to 0.25 in. (3.18 to
6.35 mm) beyond any sealant that has already been applied. Make sure that the new sealant is
worked into all cracks and crevices. Apply the sealant as a continuous film.
to
NOTE:
Items 315, 316 314 and 347 may also be used
approved by Raytheon Aircraft Company

(2)
Apply
the overcoat sealant
by
brush
or
wooden
as an
spatula (the
the brush method is used stroke the sealant in two
overcoat sealant. When
Items 357 and 358 may also be used.
or
brush method is
three directions to
preferred). When
ensure complete
cove rage.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-10-1002
Page
209
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE:
Where the sealant is
applied
over an
existing sealant,
damaged by
sufficient state of cure that it shall not be

G.
Procedure for barrier
(1)
(2)
sealing compound (Item 312) may be applied to sealants for the purposes of
protection against mechanical damage eg.swarf, during assembly procedures. The barrier
may be applied to sealants that have exceeded their tack free time.
Apply the barrier coating with a brush to completely

extending up to 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) beyond it.
The extension is for the
barrier
Breakable
use
coating
the sealant to which it is
of masking tape to control the
by the
and
application so that the edge

application of the
removal of the tape after the
sealant.
A number of joints in a pressurized system will require to be "breakable" for various purposes.
These may be made with low adhesion sealant (Items 313, 330, 359, 324A, 325A or 337A) or by
O rings or other forms of seals. For further information on breakable joints refer to:- SEALING
FLEXIBLE SEAL APPLICATIONS.
(2)
Joints that are not sealed e.g. proprietary parts, normal practice will be to omit the interfay and
filleting sealant, reliance being placed mainly on the inbuilt seal in the part. However a brush
overcoat as given in paragraph 6.F. shall be applied on the pressurized side of the joint.
(3)
In any
Quick
repair
case
of doubt
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
(1)
Sealants
(2)
These materials may be used to fillet seal,
(Items
(paragraph 4.).
390 and
336A)
must
specified application
small structural builds, which do not
faster
should be consulted for clarification.
sealants
done within the
cure
always
life.
be used in
conjunction
(2)
Where
adhesion promoter
require long application life conditions, and
sealing
Aircraft
can
benefit from
Company)
nuts
When self
cadmium
an
times.
Procedure for self
(1)
with
interfay seal or wet assemble parts which can be

They are primarily intended for repair situations or
Special sealing requirements (when required by Raytheon

A.
applied
joints
COMPOUND
9.
cover
coat
Procedure
(1)
8.
the process.
coating
of the overcoat is not disturbed
A.
this shall have reached
Barrier coat
NOTE:
7.
AIRFRAME
sealing nuts are used without washers they do not require

plated nuts and bolts shall be treated as in paragraph 9.8.
washer is to be installed under the nut, the washer and its
structure where it is to be
installed),
sealant under the nut but
mating
faces
need to be cleaned and adhesion promoter
(the nut and

applied
(paragraph 4.).
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-1 002

Page
210
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(3)
The washer shall then be coated with fillet sealant
AIRFRAME
C.)
6.
(paragraph
and
immediately
assembled.
(4)
The
excess
making
B.
sure
exuded fillet sealant shall be formed into

that the fillet extends
Procedure for non-self
(1)
(2)
over
overcoat sealant
Apply
continuous fillet around the washer

cure.
nuts and bolt heads
sealing
Clean surfaces and bolts to be sealed and
form
the base of the nut and allowed to
(paragraph 6.F.)
apply
over
the
adhesion promoter
exposed
(paragraph 4.).
bolt head, nut thread and washer to
cap.
NOTE:
For details of overcoating of heads of bolts and nuts refer to: SEALING OF INTEGRAL
FUEL TANKS WITH POLYSULPHIDE TYPE COMPOUNDS.
10. Clean up after

A.
assembly
Procedure
(1)
Remove unwanted sealant, which has not got to the tack free condition,
by cleaning
with
SkyWipes (Item 287).

(2)
Remove unwanted sealant, which has
SkyRestore (Item 289) by
11.
(3)
Scrape
(4)
Wipe
off with
wood
the surface with
or
brush and
got
to the tack free
leaving
on
condition, by applying undiluted
the surface for 15-45 minutes.
plastic spatula.
clean cloth.
Inspection
(1)
Make
sure
that all surfaces
(2)
Make
sure
of the correct
(3)
Make
sure
that ail necessary
protective
thoroughly clean
mating
treatments have
Make
sure
that
(5)
Make
sure
that the
joints
comes
out
of the
are
and rivets
along
the
edges
Make
sure
that any additional
filleting,
(7)
Make
sure
that all assemblies
are
(8)
Make
type of seal that would
sure
that all
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
dry before
the
to be sealed before the
are
has been
cleaned and
application
application
completed
degreased
of any sealant.
of sealant.
and that
before
specified
assembly.
assembled within the work life of the sealant and that
(6)
any other
joints
and
drilling and de-burring

been applied.
joint faces, bolts
(4)
line of sealant
are
or
of the
mating
overcoating
to structural
cover
earthing points
are
is
continuous
faces.
correctly
requirements
applied.
parts
done.
before fillet seals,
coating seals,and
is
checked before
sealing (ELECTRICAL BONDING).
20-1 0-1002
Page
211
Jun.03
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
FORM-IN-PLACE SEALS FOR WEATHERPROOFING

i. INFORMATION
WARNING: Before you do this Maintenance Practice make sure the warning and caution in
GENERAL DESCRIPTION are read and understood (Bef. 20-00-00, Gal).
sealing compounds. Put on protective clothes

gloves (Item 675), safety glasses (Item 679) and mask. Use
(Item 634) on areas of exposed skin.
(Item 662),
barrier
topic
come
into contact with
this includes
cream
WARNING: When you use cleaner solvent (Item 230) make sure there is sufficient airflow in the work
area. If you breathe fumes, rest in a warm area with a sufficient airflow. Get immediate
medical aid.
non-abrasive soap. Get immediate medical aid.
running water,
and
of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lift the upper and lower eyelids. Get
immediate medical aid.
WARNING: Do not eat, drink or smoke
These
WARNING:
during
work. Should
sealing compounds contain low

Obey all local safety regulations.
flash
ingestion
occur
point solvents,
these
materials.
EquipmentlMaterial
Partlltem No.
Detergent cleaner
217
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release
223
(Chapter 20-95-201)
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
(Chapter 20-95-301)
agent
Degreasing agent
Polysulfide
sealant
314
Polysulfide
sealant
317
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Aerosil
328
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
347
~Chapter 20-95-301)
Chalk, French
601
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-9560"1)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Tissue, soft paper
642
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Brush
676
(@hapter 20-95-601)
Safety glasseslface
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
sealant
cream
gloves
shield
20-1 0-1009
are
flammable
RByHICMI
nircraft
Company
Partlltem No.
EquipmentlMaterial
Protective
Sealing
682
clothing
(Chapter 20-95-601)
SL 4561-1 to -8
washer
Local
supply
(non-ferrous)
Local
supply
felt
Local
supply
Chisel
or
knife
Cotton wool
or
AIRFRAME
applications.
NOTE: Item 314
This sealant is for
use
in most
NOTE: Item 317
This sealant is for
use
with
NOTE: Item 347
This sealant is for
use
in locations where
NOTE: item 223
This release
agent is
for
(Raytheon)
acrylic panels.
use
short
with all sealants,
cure
as
time is necessary.
necessary.
A. Introduction
practice gives the materials and method to be used to produce or repair form-in-place
give weather proofing between removable or hinged access doors or panels and adjacent
structures. This type of seal is not intended as a pressure seal and is only suitable for temperatures
between -58"F (-50"C) and 230"F (110"C).
This maintenance
seals to
The materials called up are resistant to kerosene and hydraulic fluid. The basic sealing technique is to
apply a layer of uncured polysulfide rubber between the door landing and the door and allow it cure in
situ. A bond between the seal and the door is prevented by the use of a release agent but the seal
should remain
attached to the door
permanently
NOTE: The installation of
a new
door
or
panel
landing.
may
require
the manufacture of
a new
seal.
2.STORAGE
Refer to
data sheets for
3. PREPARATION
A.
Preparation
(1)
perspex/glass laminate parts that are to be mated must be washed with

(30" C) and detergent cleaner (Item r17). Dilute 2 4 fluid oz. (59
of detergent cleaner to 1.2 US gall (1 Imp gall, 4.55 liter) of water.
warm
water at 86" F
Rinse with
assist
B.
Perspex Surfaces
The surfaces of
of
(2)
of Glass and
warm
dry. Clean
lint free cloth
(Item 621)
solution
to 118
mi)
may also be used to
drying.
Preparation of
(1) Thoroughly
Metal Surfaces
clean the metal surfaces
contamination
by
CAUTION: Illake
use
of
lint free cloth
sure
that
area
to
they are free from

(Item 621) dampened with degreasing agent (Itern 230).
over
the
degreasing agents
area
do not
to
be bonded
come
until
into contact with any redux bonded
ioint.
(2)
Allow the cleaned
clean paper tissues
warm
(Ilem 642).
20-~ 0-~009
up for 30 minutes and
wipe
off any moisture that condenses with
Raytheon
Aircraft
tompany
AIRFRAME
(3) Lightly abrade the surface finish of the area to be bonded,

627) to improve the surfaces for sealant adhesion.
(4) Repeat paragraphs
NOTE: When
3.B.
grade
320 abrasive paper
(Item
(l)and (2).
bonding operation,
for the
ready
with
the surface must be
grease and dirt. The clean surfaces must not be handled

treatment is
(5)
If the surface
protective
(6)
Mask off with
tape (Item 630)
the
damaged,
areas
which
restore
are
as
prior
necessary
clean, dry and free from
to
bonding.
(Ref. 20-10-3527, 201).
not to have sealant
applied (Figure 201).
4. APPLICATION OF SEALANT
A.
Mixing
(1)
data sheets for
Refer to
mixing
instructions and
cure
times.
B. Procedure
(1)
Select
sealing
NOTE: To make
washer of
sure
suitable size and thickness for the door fasteners.
that there is
complete perimeter
minimum thickness of 0.02 in.
of the door, the
washers
sealing
are
(0.6 mm)
provided
of rubber around the

to
prevent complete
squeeze of the uncured sealant.

NOTE: For doors where the gap to be filled is large, the sealing washers can be made thicker
bonding together several washers wit adhesive as called for in paragraph 4.B. (2).
(2)
Use
door
(3)
Use
brush
(Item 676)
landing, covering
a
brush
to
put
an area
(Ilem 676)
to
thin
layer
of sealant
(Item 347)
around each hole
sufficient for the attachment of each
put a thin layer of sealant (Item 347)

landing.
on
sealing
position
by
in the
washer.
face of the
sealing
washer which
is to be attached to the door
(4)
Let the sealant
(5)
Press the
location)
(Item 347) dry
sealing
washers
and allow to
NOTE: For
hinged
for about 5 minutes
(Figure 201)
in
or
position
until
on
just tacky.
the door
landing (at each bolt
or
camloc
cure.
doors spacers
are
still
required,
even
on
the sides without fasteners, to
rectangular approximately 0.24

(6 x 10 mm) or circular 0.31 to 0.39 in. (8 to 10 mm) diameter made from 0.24 to
0.31 in. (0.6 to 0.8 mm) precured sealant (Items 314, 317 or 342) and bonded midway
across the landings at a pitch of approximately 2.36 in. (60 mm).
maintain the minimum thickness of sealant. These
(6)
To
prevent
polysulfide sealant and the door and areas of the surround where
layer of release agent (Item 223) (Ref. 20-10-75, 201) over the landing
apply
it dry (Figure 201).
bond between the
surface and let
thin
(7) Simple fasteners, floating

over
layer of
spacer rings.
the
be
0.39 in.
it is not wanted
to have
can
thin
and fixed anchor nuts, 114 turn fasteners and their receptacles are also
agent applied to assist in the removal of any sealant that penetrates
release
20-1 0-1 009
RaYPNeMl
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
EXCESS SEALANT
TRIMMED-OFF FLUSH
MASKING
MASKING
RELEASE AGENT
ON DOOR
SKIN
DOOR
DOOR LANDING
SEALING WASHER
BONDED TO LANDING
MASKING ON
EXCESS SEALANT
EDGE OF DOOR
TRIMMED OFF
APERTURE
M7721
HAOOB986582AA
Figure 201
Typical layout of door
seal
(8) Apply the polysulfide sealant either (Items 314, 3170r 347) to the bonding face of the component
using a suitable type of extrusion gun filling the gaps round the sealing washers to a depth slightly
in excess of their thickness. The material must be applied within the relevant application life of the
sealant.
NOTE: Sealant may not be suitable for ail applications as the wet sealant can run out of the gap. In
this case sealant may be thickened with Aerosil (Item 328) to make the sealant thixotropic
and thus
(9)
Install the
the
door, take
surplus
bottom
non-slump
on
care
on
vertical surfaces
not to
damage
(Ref. 20-10-1002, 201).
the release
agent film. Tighten all attachments
to exude
through the gap between the door and the aperture until the door is felt to
the washers without too much compression or the door becomes flush with the
surrounding
sealant
skin. This work must be carried out within the work life of the sealant
being
used.
NOTE: Some instances may occur particular on functioning doors where it is necessary to
unwanted sealant with a suitable scraper before the material has cured.
(1 O)
(11)
Allow to
Use
cure
for the minimum
(12)
Jun.04~4"
curing time.
heated non-ferrous chisel
smooth exterior. Take

Remove the
care
or
knife,
to trim off unwanted sealant to
that unwanted sealant does not rest
masking tape
20-10-~009
remove
on
give
and cook
an
on
aerodynamically
the hot blade.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Unfasten the attachments and
(14)
Trim off any unwanted sealant from the inside
(15)
remove
use a
edge
suction cup if necessary.
of door
landing.
masking tape and wash off the release agent from the components
with
clean lint free cloths dampened with water when the seal is
scrubbing
by
be satisfactory.
Remove the remainder of the

and fasteners
considered to
(16)
If the seal is considered to be
(17)
Dust the cured seal with French chalk
prevent
C.
the door,
(13)
Repairs
to
unsatisfactory carry
out
(Item 601).
repairs
as
in
paragraph
4C.
This should be rubbed into the surface to
future adhesion when the door is installed.
Damaged Seals
NOTE: If the seal does not bond
sufficiently,
contains holes, cavities
or
does not fill the
it may be repaired using the original sealant material or the repair sealant.
washers are to be bonded back in position or replaced by new parts.
(1) Thoroughly
(2)
Mask the
no
clean the
adjacent
to be
areas
area
protected
of seal
by degreasing
from the sealant and
as
reapply
in
paragraph
release
required volume,
Any unattached
3.B.
agent
to the
areas
to which
sealant bond is wanted.
(3) Apply
the sealant
as
in
paragraph
l.B.
D. Poor Seal Bond
(1)
Clean the gap between the seal and door landing with a ball of cotton wool or felt which has been
dampened with degreasing agent and then twirled around the end of a pointed stick.
(2)
Allow to
(3)
Mask the
(4) Inject
dry
for
minimum of two hours.
edges.
fresh sealant into the
(5)
Install the door and
(6)
Do
(7)
operations
in
tighten
paragraph
aperture.
all attachments to exude the unwanted sealant.
4.B.
(10)thru (17).
satisfactory,
(Item 627).
If adhesion is still not

abrasive paper
(8) Repair the
seal
as
cut off the detached
sealant, clean the bond
area
with
grade
320
paragraph 4.8.
5. INSPECTIONICHECK
A. Checks
(1)
complete and neat seal strip each side of the fasteners and which
aperture. If there is not, or, the appearance is not satisfactory, or there
excessive number of bubbles and cavities, then the seal must be repaired or remade.
Make
sure
that there is
bonded all round the door

an
20-1 0-1 009
is
is
Ralnheon
nireraft Company
(2)
Make
sure
(3)
Make
sure
good bond between the polysulfide sealant

by lightly applied pressure with the fingers.
there is
been bonded,
AIRFRAME
that the
sealing
washers
are
still in
place
or
and the surface to which it has
if removed that the cavities
are
filled with
sealant.
(4)
Make
sure
that the surfaces
over
the door and minimum
peripheral
gaps
are
smooth and flush with
surrounding surfaces.
(5)
Do
check of all fasteners for freedom of movement and that
installed to the structure to make
20-1 0-~ 009
sure
that
no
they
lock when the door
sealant has entered the
receptacle.
or
panel
is
RayCheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
1.
General
WARNING:

AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH SEALANT COMPOUNDS. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
(ITEM 201)
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE FUMES, REST IN A

WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
THE FILLER MAY CAUSE SKIN OR EYE IRRITATION IF CONTACT IS MADE, AND IS
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. IF SKIN CONTAMINATION OCCURS, GENTLY AND
THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET

MEDICAL ATTENTION IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
WARNING:

THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART TO RINSE THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE
EYE AND THE LIDS. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF SWALLOWED DILUTE BY DRINKING TWO GLASSES OF WATER. GET IMMEDIATE
MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
LOW FLASH POINT SOLVENTS ARE CONTAINED IN THESE SEALING COMPOUNDS

WHICH MUST BE TREATED AS FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL
SAFETY REGULATIONS.
A.
Introduction
practice gives the procedure for Aerodynamic Smoothing Sealant (Items 396 and
397) which can be used for filling gaps between the edges of metal sheets to provide a smooth
aerodynamic finish. The smoothing sealant is a silver grey colored two-part,manganese dioxide cured,
polysulfide supplied in pre-weighted kits in two forms (1/2 hour and 2 hour application life). When
cured (refer to table 201) it becomes a tough rubber-like compound. It bonds well, has good
This maintenance
weathering properties,
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
and has
working temperature
of -65" F
(-54" C)
+250"
F.(+121" C).
20-1 0-3003
Page
201
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
B.
Equipment/
Materials
Equipment/Material
ParVltem No.
Smoothing
sealant
396
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Smoothing
sealant
397
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Smoothing
sealant
(Chapter 20-95-301)
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
637
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive
pad,
Protective
(Supraflex 600A)
Barrier
(or
very fine
ultra fine and
wet)
gloves
Safety glasses/face
shield
cream
NOTE:
Equipment and tools should be cleaned with cleaner solvent (Item 201) or a chlorinated
solvent immediately after use, otherwise it may be impossible to remove the compound.
Storage
(1)
3.
322A
(sprayable)
Cleaner, solvent
Abrasive paper
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
data sheets for
storage information.
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
Dirt and other
foreign
matter must be
out of the grooves and
scraped
scraper, after which the surfaces must be cleaned with

230) or other approved cleaner.
NOTE:
The cleaner should be
poured on
to
corners
cloth soaked in
clean cloth to maintain
with
perspex
degreasing agent (Item
an
uncontaminated
supply of cleaner.
(2)
Clean
the
one
small
area
at a
time, and dry with
is to be used, the whole
Where
(4)
Painted surfaces which have
(5)
clean cloth
immediately
before the
application
of
smoothing sealant.
(3)
the
spraying
smoothing
sealant to the
Particular attention to
of the
coating
will
high gloss
paint.
a
cleaning
occur to
area
and
make
completely cleaned
finish should be "flatted" to
"flatting"
sure
is to be
should be made to the
that the
edges will
be
one
improve
areas
provided
in
with
operation.
the adhesion of
where the boundaries
optimum bonding
conditions.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3003
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
(6)
should be achieved
flatting
The
Superflex
(Item 677)
600A
or
by using
AIRFRAME
pads (Item 637) abrasive paper

approved abrasive paper. Clean away all
abrasive
other similar
dust with
clean cloth.
(7)
Where
(8)
The materials
spraying
is to be used, it will be necessary to mask the
are
supplied
in kits which have the correct
areas
proportion
that
are not
to be
sprayed.
of accelerator to base in the
ratio of:
For sealant
(a)
(Item
(b) For sprayable

NOTE:
396
sealant
or
397)
(Item 322A)
The accelerator must be
Make
sure
is 1 part accelerator to 10 parts base
slowly stirred into
that the sides,
corners
4.
the base until
uniform color is obtained.
and bottom of the containers
Only by proper mixing, using
all of the two part mixture.
optimum
is 1 part accelerator to 12.5 parts base.
are
scraped
to include
the correct proportions,
can
results be obtained.
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
The mixed
sealant
smoothing
(Item
396
or
397) can be applied by a spatula or extension gun,

working out any air bubbles or voids, and shaping
forcing the material into the groove or cavity,

with a suitable plastic or wooden tool.
using a spatula to apply
degreasing agent (Item 230).
(2)
When
(3)
The
sprayable
NOTE:
are
applied by
if the
spray gun with
spatula
large
is first
dipped
in
nozzle.
one
by experiment.
sprayed coat is
required
necessary to get the correct thickness, at least four
between each coat
application.
smoothing sealants (Item 396, 397 or 322A) cure with a finish which is silver grey. It may be
abraded or cut to shape with a sharp knife. Do not damage the surface. The smoothing sealant
The
when cut reverts to
(5)
is
treated is to be found
If more than
hours
(4)
(Item 322A)
dragging
The size of the nozzle and the distance the spray gun is held from the surface that is
being
NOTE:
sealant
the filler, it will obviate
it
Any masking
dull grey color.
which has been used should be removed when the filler is tack free. Refer to
Table 201.
NOTE:
For every 9" F (5" C) rise in temperature, application life will be reduced by approximately
half. For every 9" F (5" C) drop in temperature, application life will be increased by
approximately half.
NOTE:
Smoothing sealant is
(50" C).
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
not to be
applied to
surface when iis temperature exceeds 122" F
20-1 0-3003
Page
203
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Details of
cure
times
Initial Cure Time
Application Life
(77"F (25"C)
50% RH)
Work Life
Tack Free Time
Reference
(77"F (25"C)
50% RH)
(77"F (25"C)
50% RH)
P/S 895-81/2
1/2 hour
1 hour
8 hours
24 hours
2 hours
4 hours
24 hours
48 hours
6 hours
30 hours
(77"F (25"C)
RH)
50%
(Item 396)
P/S 895-8-2
(Item 397)
PR-1435GS
1 hour
(Item 322A)
(6)
5.
If
subsequent paint finish
is necessary, it must not be
applied
until the filler is tack free.
Inspection/Check
A.
Procedure
to be coated with the
(1)
Make
sure
that the
(2)
Make
sure
that the surface of the
(3)
Before
paint
is
area
applied
to the
smoothing
smoothing
smoothing
sealant has been
adequately
cleaned.
sealant is smooth and blended to the surface finish.
sealant make
sure
that the
edges
are
adhering
to the
metal surfaces.
(4)
Make
sure
that the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
smoothing
sealant does not interfere with any
moving part.
20-1 0-3003
Page
204
Jun.Oe
Ray~heon Aircraft
HIGH TENIPERATURE SEALANTS
AIRFRAME
(SILCOSET
AND
SILASTIC)
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE SEALANTS. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

(ITEM 679)
EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND SEALANTS MAKE SURE THERE IS
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

WARNING:
DO NOT
EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. SHOULD INGESTION OCCUR RINSE
CAUTION:
WHEN SILICON ADHESIVES CURE THEY GIVE OFF ACETIC ACID VAPORS. KEEP IN
AN AREA WITH SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW UNTIL ADHESIVE HAS CURED.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
items such
as
practice gives
the method to be used for the
hot air ducts, which
are
in
bonding and the sealing of gaps for
extremely high temperature
For this purpose and to
areas.
cover different design requirements various types of silicone sealant are available.
withstand temperatures which range from -76"F (-60"C) to 4820F (250"C).
NOTE:
The sealants listed in this

The sealants have
B.
no
topic
will not withstand hydraulic fluids
solvents and do not shrink while
or
They will all
kerosene for long periods.
they are curing.
Equipment/Materials.
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner Solvent
201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Chapter 20-95-201)
20-1 0-3005
Page
201
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Degreasing agent
230
Adhesive Sealant
326A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive Sealant
327A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive Sealant
332A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer
333A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer, sealing compound
365
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer, adhesive
369
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer
370(b) (Chapter 20-95-301)
Silicone Adhesive
371(a) (Chapter 20-95-301)
Silicone Adhesive
371(b) (Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Storage
(1)
3.
shield
clothing
Protective
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
thoroughly de-greased with a clean cloth (Item 621) soaked with

cleaner solvent (Item 201), degreasing agent (Item 230) or other approved cleaner. Always pour
solvent on to cloth to avoid contaminating the solvent supply. Use a clean dry cloth to remove
The relevant
areas
must be
the solvent residue before it evaporates.
(2)
All metal
applied
(3)
Make
dry
NOTE:
surfaces, whether painted
with
sure
the
for at least
An
over
brush
(Item 676).
primer
one
is
application
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
applied
hour at
room
of the
or
unpainted, are to have a thin uniform layer

primer details refer to Table 201.
of
primer
For the
slightly larger than the joint area and allowed

temperature before the sealant is applied.
to an area
primer
to air
will result in poor adhesion of the sealants.
20-1 0-3005
Page
202
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Primer
applications
Primer
Sealant
(Item 326A)
Silcoset
Silcoset 152 RTV
(Item 327A)
Ambersil
RTV
(Item 371(a)) and Silastic

(Item 371(b))
Dow
Coming
93-076
Refer to
Silastic 732 RTV
4.
primer
No. 6
Primer 1200 RTV
738
Coming
Dow
(Item 332A)
(Item 369)
(color red) (Item 365)
Primer 1204
(Item 333A)
Mixing
(1)
5.
primer (Item 370(b))
Silcoset 101 RTV
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
Application
A.
Sealant(Silcoset
(1)
101
RTV)
only sufficient quantity of
Mix
sealant
(Item 326A)
for the purpose which has been
specified by
the manufacturer.
(2)
Where cured Silcoset 101 is to be used in service at
temperatures in
excess
of 302"F
(150"C),
temperature conditioned by progressively heating it up to its service

hours
at 248"F (120"C) and then for 4 hours at each temperature interval of
(4
temperature,
77 to 86"F (25 to 30"C) until the service temperature is reached).
it should be first
(3)
B.
Clean off any
Sealant(Sealant
surplus
93-076
RTV)
of mixed sealant
(1)
A uniform
(2)
The mixed sealant, after
layer
This is to make
(3)
sure
(Item 332A)
application,
is to be
applied
is to be allowed to
the sealant remains in
place
to both
partially
cure
when the parts
surplus sealant from the closed joint leaving

lapping occurs.
Clean off the

where
C.
sealant.
are
mating
surfaces.
before
closing
the
joint.
assembled.
small fillet at the
edges of the
sheets
Fillet sealants
(1)
If
fillet is
371B)
(2)
The
or
area
required,
use
Silcoset 152
the
one
part white sealant Silastic 732 (Item 371A), Silastic 738 (Item
(Item 327A).
to which the sealants
are
to be bonded is to be covered
by
the
appropriate primer
as
detailed in Table 201.
(3)
The sealant is
applied by extruding it from
tube
or
cartridge and forcing
into the
joint
or seam
to
obtain full contact between sealant and surface.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3005
Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(4)
These sealants
cure on
and the sealant is
fully
atmosphere.
exposure to the
Within
AIRFRAME
one
hour
tack free skin is formed
cured in the times detailed in Table 202.
Table 202
Fillet sealant
0.125 in.
(Item 371(a))
0.5 in.
Silastic 738
(Item 371(b))
Cure time at
room
temperature
24 hours
(3 mm)
(13 mm)
days
0.025 in.
(0.6 mm)
24 hours
0.125 in.
(3 mm)
72 hours
0.5 in.
6.
times
Fillet Thickness
Sealant
Silastic 732
cure
(13 mm)
14
days
Silcoset 152
(Item 327A)
0.125 in.
(3 mm)
24 hours
Silcoset 153
(Item 371(c))
0, 1 57 in.
(3.98 mm)
24 hours
Inspection
A.
Procedure
coverage of the
(1)
Make
sure
there is
(2)
Make
sure
that all gaps have been filled.
(3)
If
pressure test is
EFFECTI~ITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
complete
required
make
sure
joint
area
before the joint is closed.
it is not done until the sealant is cured.
20-1 0-3005
Page
204
Jun.03
Raydheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
1.
General
WARNING:
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
THE FILLER MAY CAUSE SKIN OR EYE IRRITATION IF CONTACT IS MADE, AND IS
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. PUT ON CHEMICALLY RESISTANT GLOVES
AND SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 675)
BEFORE THE WORK IS STARTED. HANDS ARE TO
BE THOROUGHLY WASHED WITH SOAP AND WATER WHEN THE WORK HAS BEEN
COMPLETED.
WARNING:
RUNNING WATER AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

LENSES. FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES, HOLD
THE
EYE LIDS APART TO MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE ENTIRE EYE SURFACE AND LIDS.
WARNING:
IF SWALLOWED, RINSE MOUTH. DO NOT CAUSE TO VOMIT. GET IMMEDIATE
MEDICAL AID.
A.
Introduction
practice gives the procedure for two part hard setting metal filled epoxy compounds,
used
to fill gaps and cavities in metals (including aluminum) and to rectify out of line
be
can
faces. It is an aluminum colored putty which bonds well to metals and has good weathering properties.
This maintenance
which
compound can be applied to painted, unpainted or chemically treated surfaces which are
approved for corrosion resistance. The cured compound will withstand exposure to Kerosene, ASTM
40" C) and
#3 oil, water and chlorinated solvents and has a working temperature between -104"F
cured
material
The
stoved.
can be
and
be
and
can
painted
+250"F.(+121"C). It contains no solvent
machined, drilled, filed or tapped, use conventional working tools.
This
NOTE:
B.
only be used for component parts and at locations where it can be locked in
position by the outside profile. (It requires a depth of 0. 10 to 0.20 in. (3.5 to 5.0 mm.) to make
a satisfactory buttjoint).
Devcon F should
Equipment/
Materials
EquipmentlMaterial
ParVltem No.
Compound, sealing
326
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Chapter 20-95-301)
20-1 0-3008
Page
201
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Release agent
223
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
gloves
Safety glasses/face shield

NOTE:
Mixing equipment is required, together with spatulas and/or putty knife

prepared compound.
NOTE:
Tools and mixing surfaces must be cleaned with cloths soaked in degreasing agent (Item
230) before the compound has cured. They should be cleaned immediately after use as the
residues
2.
are
difficult to
to
spread
the
remove.
Storage
Refer to the
3.
AIRFRAME
data sheets for
storage information.
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
sealing compound (Item 326) is to bond are to be cleaned with

degreasing agent (Item 230) until the surface is free from contamination. A
Metal surfaces to which the

cloth soaked in
glossy painted surface

(2)
Clean
one area
at
must be abraded to a matt finish.
time, and dry with
clean cloth
immediately before
the
application
of
sealing compound.
(3)
Under cold working conditions heat the repair area to between 1 OO"F andlOS"F (38"C and
43"C) immediately before you apply the sealing compound. This procedure dries off any
moisture, contamination or solvents and assists in the sealing compound bonding.
(4)
A release agent
(Item 223)
sealing compound.
NOTE:
To
to
4.
Mixing
surfaces which
keep the surrounding sides

give a neat appearance.
and
Refer to the
applied
This surface must be treated with
surrounding
(5)
must be
require
clean
to any surface which is not
release agent which

to be
can
be
required
easily
to retain the
removed from the
painted.
apply masking tape (Item 630)
around the
packing position
curing
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
data sheets for
mixing
and
curing
information.
20-1 0-3008
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
5.
AIRFRAME
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
The
sealing compound
with
mated
as
minimum
(2)
(4)
or
If the surface of the

a
(3)
spread over the prepared surface or pushed firmly into a cavity

Any parts which have to be assembled at this stage must be
quickly as possible because of the compounds short working life (60 minutes). Apply a
thickness of 0.062 inches (1.2 mm). Do not feather edge. Use butt joints.
putty knife
is to be
similar tool.
compound
is to be contoured it may be
"wiped" into the required shape,
use
wet cloth.
The
surplus compound
together.
must be
wiped away with
Rough edges may be filed after the compound

required using the relevant paint scheme.
clean cloth
has cured. The
as soon as
compound
the parts
can
are
then be
placed
painted
as
NOTE:
Do not
NOTE:
A 0.50 inch
use
It will be
6.
paint strippers
on
these
compounds.
(12. 70 mm.) thick section

fully cured in 16 hours.
of compound will initially
cure
at 75"F
(24" C)
in 4 hours.
Inspection/Check
A.
Procedure
(1)
(2)
Make
sure
If you
use
the
compound
has
good
bond to the surfaces it
covers
and is locked in
position.
compound to repair a distorted or out-of-line frame, make sure any irregularities

sufficiently to prevent distortion of the mating part when it is installed.
have
been removed
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3008
Page
203
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
APPLICATION OF COLD CURING EPOXY PRIMER TO

INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL SURFACES
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS OR PRIMER MAKE SURE THERE IS
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS APART. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
WARNING:
BE TREATED AS A FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL SAFETY
REGULATIONS.
WARNING:
WHEN SPRAYING IS IN PROGRESS THE SPRAYING AREA IS TO BE EVACUATED BY
ALL PERSONNEL NOT DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN THE OPERATION UNTIL TWO HOURS
AFTER SPRAYING HAS CEASED.
CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THAT DRAINAGE HOLES ARE NOT OBSTRUCTED.
CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THAT CLEANING FLUIDS DO NOT COME INTO CONTACT WITH ACRYLIC
SURFACES, BRAKES OR TIRES.

CAUTION:
DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE TO BE TO BE PAINTED AFTER IT HAS BEEN

DEGREASED OR FLATTED.
CAUTION:
DO NOT ALLOW ANY PAINT SPRAY OR DRIFT CONTAMINATION TO REACH ANY

OTHER PARTS WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE TO BE SPRAYED.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3527
Page
201
Jun.03
Ra~heon Aircraft
WHEN AIRPLANE PARTS ARE
CAUTION:
WASHED,
AIRFRAME
MAKE SURE THAT GREASE IS NOT
REMOVED FROM ANY LUBRICATED AREA.

A.
Introduction
This maintenance
practice
covers
the
procedure
reinforced resin-fiber and tedlar covered

The
primer
can
be
for the
plastic parts
applied by conventional
and
primer
to
metalic,
areas.
air spray, airless spray
unimproved resin-fiber components (for example parts
of epoxy
application
not filled
or
or
airless electrostatic spray. For
covered in
Tedlar) application by
brush is necessary.
The
primer
etc.)
is to be
has been
NOTE:
applied
protective
treatment
(anodic,
cadmium
plating, blasting,
applied.
Further details of the Process

to the
application
B.
after the relevant
Raytheon
specifications quoted in
Company.
this
procedure
can
be obtained
by
Aircraft
EquipmentlMaterial
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Primer, epoxy
466
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Primer, epoxy
472
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Primer, epoxy
474
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Primer, epoxy
410A
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Filler
411A
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Hardener
412A
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Hardener
484
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper, garnet
646
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
shield
20-1 0-3527
Page
202
Jun.OS
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Protective
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
699
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive
2.
clothing
pad
Tack cloths
Local
supply
Spray equipment
Local
supply
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
of surfaces
The surface of all
plating
parts
must first have been cleaned and where necessary
treatment relevant to that
(1)
Aluminum
with
(2)
one
alloy parts
are
to be
degreased
Process
(b)
(c)
Process
specification
specification
alloy parts
Aluminum
one
(a) Degreased
to Process
approved
an
given
surface treatment
or
follows:
solvent and treated in accordance
anodizing.
(ALODINE 1200).
Chromic/Sulfuric
alloy
specification
steel parts
to Process
are
specification
Metal
to Process
specifications
to Process
resisting
Cadmium
alloys,
specification
steel parts
plated
(b)
Metal
(c)
Pickled to Process
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
are
to Process
copper and copper
sprayed
(1)
and
subsequently
contaminated
are
to
to Process
of metallic materials.
to be treated with one of the processes that follow:
alloys.
Corrosion
in
alloys.
(ALODINE 1200).
and copper
(c) Phosphated
as
of aluminum and aluminum
Degreasing
alloys, copper
sprayed
pickling
of the processes that follow:
Carbon and low
(a)
Chromic acid
which have been treated
be treated with
(b)
with
as
(a) Cadmium plated
(4)
material, normally these will be
(a)
(b)
(3)
Cadmium
Zinc
spraying
Phosphate
to be treated with
specification
plating
or
for steels, titanium, titanium
Aluminum
spraying.
treatment for steels.
one
Cadmium
plating for steels, titanium,
titanium
alloys.
specifications
specification
Pickling
Zinc
spraying
or
Aluminum
spraying.
of stainless steel and nickel chromium
alloys.
20-1 0-3527
Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
Blasted to Process
(d)
(5)
Titanium parts
are
to be treated with
Cleaned to Process
(a)
blasted to Process
(b) Prepared
copper
alloys
for
specifications
to Process
Vacuum
cleaning
blasting
Vapor blasting.
Liquid
or
or
specification
Zinc
Pickling
thoroughly
check for surface cleanliness
grade
degreasing
and
Vapor blasting.
by
an
spraying.
of titanium and titanium
cleaned before
means
of
adequately
painting
non-woven
nylon
abrasive
alloys.
follows:
as
water break test. The presence of
cleaned surface.
After the surface has been cleaned, reinforced resin-fiber parts
fine
immersion
of titanium, stainless steel, copper and
Preparation
specifications
continuous film of water indicates
(b)
or
Alkaline
specification
All non-metallic surfaces shall be
(a) Do
one
blasting
subsequent electro-plating.
Pickled to Process
(d)
Vacuum
specifications
to Process
(c) Metal sprayed
(6)
specifications
AIRFRAME
pads (Item 699). Make
sure
lightly
to
are
that
no
abraded with
fibers
are
damaged.
(c)
After final
shall have
filler
cleaning
a
clean
(Item 411A)
with solvent
slightly
(Item 208)
and clean lint free cloths
matt appearance. To
mixed with activator
(Item
484
improve
or
(Item 621)
the surface
412A)
may be
the surface
minimum
of
quantity
applied, paragraph
4.H.
(method 6).
4.
Application of primer
A.
General
NOTE:
(1)
Make
sure
that the epoxy
great
care.
The first coat of
rough
Where
or one
all external surfaces of the
with orange
peel
airplane
effect will affect the final
is
applied with
livery paint.
should follow as soon as possible after the surface pre-treatment and

completion. The parts should be kept in clean and dry conditions.
primer
within 24 hours of its
(2)
primer coat on
surface
delay of 24 hours to 72 hours occurs, between the surface pre-treatment of

alloy parts and primer painting, then such parts shall be degreased to Process
specifications Alkaline cleaning, Degreasing of metallic materials or Liquid immersion
degreasing or refreshed with alocrom (APPLICATION OF ALOCROM 1200 (ALODINE 1200)).
an
inevitable
aluminum
(3)
(4)
If the
delay is greater than 72 hours refresh with

(ALODINE 1200)) or strip the pre-treatment and
Make
sure
that the
primer
base material is
Poor adhesion will result if it is deficient in
EFFECTIVIT~
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
alocrom
(APPLICATION
OF ALOCROM 1200
reprocess.
thoroughly
pigment.
mixed in its container before it is used.
20-1 0-3527
Page
204
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
The pot life of the materials
(5)
depends upon
the
Temperature ("C)
NOTE:
temperatures
Time
as
follows:
(hrs)
18 thru 21
32 thru 35
The pot life at the maximum
AIRFRAME
application temperature
of 30"0 will be between these
times.
NOTE:
(6)
Any material left, after the pot life
The mixed materials
are
to be stirred
has been exceeded, must be discarded.
immediately
before
filling
the spray gun container and may
then be used.
(7)
The
is to be
applied as a double-track coat at a minimum ambient temperature of 15"C

with a relative humidity of between 30% and 75% and allowed to dry for a minimum of two hours
before overcoating. When de-nibbing is required the primer is to be allowed to dry for four hours.
primer
Unimproved (that
(8)
is not filled
need two brush coats of
(9)
The initial
curing
will be achieved
by
by Tedlar) reinforced resin-fiber laminate surfaces

hours drying time between coats.
one
of the
may
following curing cycles:
at 18"C and below 75% relative
humidity
for 72 hours.
Kept
at 18"C and below 75% relative
humidity
for 24 hours. Then at 13oC and below 70%
Kept
covered
Kept
humidity for
relative
The
or
primer with four
at 15.5"C and below 75% relative
cure
humidity
process continues and adhesion of
curing
full
144 hours.
of the
primer
applied
has taken
place,
is
application
of certain cellulose
or
subsequent
it is therefore
within 2 to 48 hours of the
undercoat)
for 168 hours.
coat to the
important
application
acrylic finishing paints
may
primer
that the
of the
is
impaired
finishing
coat
when
(or
primer. The subsequent
require the primer to
be dried for 24
hours.
It is essential where further
markings that
(10)
such
Alternatively to
temperature
(11)
Make
sure
painting
facilitate
painting
is
is
complete within
early handling
not to exceed 70"C for 30
that all
areas
that
required,
are
e.g. emblems, identification and service
two weeks of the
application
of the
primer.
of the primed components, they may be force dried at a

minutes, provided a subsequent coat is not to be applied.
not to be
sprayed
are
correctly
masked with spare paper and
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-10-3527
Page
205
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
B.
AIRFRAME
Mixing
(1)
Refer to
data sheets for
NOTE:
Failure to mix the base and the

adhesion and may prevent the
NOTE:
Make
only
sure
the
instructions.
mixing
catalyst at the proper ratio before

primer from curing properly.
manufacturers base and
same
use
catalyst materials
will result in poor
are
mixed
together.
C.
Spray application
Method 1
NOTE:
Normal
operating
of epoxy
primer
pre-treated
onto any
conditions necessary:-
15 thru
Temperature
metal surface
30"C, Relative Humidity 30%
minimum, 75% maximum.
(1)
Make
sure
that the correct pre-treatment has been done and:
If less than 24 hours have
(a)
elapsed since
the pre-treatment
was
applied, proceed
with
paragraph (3).
(b)
Where
an
aluminum
inevitable
alloy
Degreasing
(2)
or
parts then
with
1200
(ALODINE 1200))
more
and
cleaning
OF ALOCROM 1200
is greater than 72 hours refresh with alocrom

or
cleaning,
proceed with paragraph
(ALODINE 1200))
and
(APPLICATION
OF ALOCROM
strip the pre-treatment and reprocess.
than 24 hours have
cleaning, Degreasing
(2)
Liquid
Alkaline
specifications
immersion
(APPLICATION
elapsed
metals other than aluminum
with
or
to Process
paragraph (3).
delay
on
degrease
of metallic materials
If the
If
of 24 to 72 hours has occurred since the surface pre-treatment of
refresh with alocrom
proceed
(c)
delay
since cadmium
alloys, degrease
of metallic materials
or
to Process
Liquid
or
plating
phosphating (or alternatives)
specifications
immersion
Alkaline
and then
cleaning
proceed
paragraph (2).
If the part has been
with
degreased by swabbing carefully
painting, the part is to

before painting starts.
be allowed to stand for at least 30
Allow the part to reach
water condensate with a clean
dry
cloth
approved degreasing fluid before

minutes in the paint shop conditions
an
shop temperature and then
remove
all traces of
(Item 621).
(3)
Mix the epoxy primer paint (Items 466, 472,

thoroughly and fill the spray gun container.
(4)
Adjust
(5)
Spray
474
or
410A)
as
detailed in
paragraph
4.
A., stir
nozzle and flow valve to suit.

a
uniform coat of
primer taking
care
to
give
one
wet upon wet coat at
right angles
to each
other.
(6)
Allow to
dry for
minimum of 2 hours
or
if
de-nibbing
is
required
allow to
dry
for
minimum of 4
hours.
(7)
Do
visual check for
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
evenness
of the
coating.
20-1 0-3527
Page
206
Jun.03
Rayl~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
D.
NOTE:
application
Brush
Method 2
Normal
primer
of epoxy
operating conditions
to reinforced resin- fiber laminates
necessary:-
Temperature
15 thru
part with
suitable cleaner
(1)
Wash the
(2)
Abrade the surface
(3)
Swab with clean cloths
(4)
to remove any left over release film.
lightly with 200-240 grade abrasive paper (Item 627) or fine grade nonwoven nylon abrasive pads (Item 699), make sure that no fibers are damaged. Use solvent
cleaner (Item 208) and clean cloths (Item 621) to remove any contamination.
Do
(Item 621)
paragraphs(l)
thru
(5)
Allowtodry.
(6)
Clean with solvent
(7)
Allow the part to

clean
and
dry
of clean water.
an
(4).
and clean lint free cloths
(Item 208)
regain shop temperature

(Item 621).
cloth
Mix the epoxy
plenty
by means of a water break free test. The presence of a

adequately cleaned surface. If water break occurs repeat
check for surface cleanliness
continuous film of water indicates
(8)
(Item 201)
and then
primer paint (Items 466, 472,
474
or
(Item 621)
remove
410A)
to remove dust.
all traces of water condensate with
as
detailed in
stir
paragraph 4.B.,
thoroughly.
(9)
Thoroughly
brush the
(10)
Allow to air
dry
more
646)
E.
primer
on
to the reinforced resin-fiber surface.
for between 4 and 48 hours, and then
than 48 hours
elapse lightly
moistened with water.
flat the surface with
Repeat paragraphs (5)
apply
grade
(9).
primer. If
garnet paper (Item
second brush coat of
320 abrasive
thru
minimum of 16 hours, and then very lightly flat the surface with
abrasive garnet paper (Item 646) moistened with water.
for
(11)
Allow to
(12)
Wash off all residue with water and allow the part to
(13)
Do
Method 3
NOTE:
dry
visual check for
evenness
Spray application
Normal
of
grade
320
dry.
coating.
of epoxy
primer
onto Tedlar covered
operating conditions necessary:- Temperature
15 thru
plastic
surfaces

clean the part with cleaner solvent
(Item 208) and clean cloths (Item 621).
(1)
Carefully
(2)
Allow the surface to
(3)
Mix the epoxy primer paint (Items 466, 472, 474

thoroughly and fill the spray gun container.
(4)
Adjust
dry
or
410A)
as
detailed in
paragraph 4.B.,
stir
the nozzle and flow valve to suit.
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-10-3527
Page
207
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
(5)
(6)
Apply
(7)
Allow to
grade
F.
shop temperature. Spray

right angles to each other.

minimum of 4 hours and then, if necessary, very
dry for a
abrasive garnet paper
(Item 646)
(9)
Do
visual check for
Touch
during assembly
of the
to
give
one
other
alloy parts (Repair the primer paint

operations)
with solvent cleaner
Lightly flat the surrounding primer with 360

the edge, but do not remove metal from the
area
(Item 621)
clean cloth
the surface with 320
coating.
(2)
lightly flat
for aluminum
up
or
evenness
Degrease the affected
Wipe
care
dry.
(1)
(3)
primer taking
moistened with water.
Wash off all residue and allow the part to
Method 4
uniform coat of
further thin spray coat 2 hours after the first.
(8)
AIRFRAME
400
(Item 201)
grade
in local
and clean cloths
abrasive paper
areas
damaged
(Item 621).
(Item 627), feathering
in
bare surface.
moistened with solvent cleaner
(Item 208)
to remove any
contamination.
(4)
4. C.
appropriate part by paragraph

(method 2, paragraph (8) onwards).
convenient to the
paragraph
G.
410A) brush or spray, as

(method 1, paragraph (3) onwards) or
Wash, dry and paint with epoxy primer (Items 466, 472, 474
Method 5
NOTE:
4.D.
Application
Normal
of
primer
to tubular
operating conditions
or
parts
necessary:-
Temperature
15 thru
300C, Relative Humidity 30%

the part
detailed in
(1)
Prepare
(2)
Plug
(3)
(4)
Mix the epoxy
one
Plug
paragraph
4. C.
(method 1, paragraphs (1)
and
(2)).
end of part.
thoroughly
(5)
as
shop temperature.
primer paint (Items 466, 472,

just over half full.
474
or
410A)
as
detailed in
paragraph 4.B.,
stir
and fill the part
the other end of part and invert the part several times to
part with epoxy
plug
and drain the
Remove
(7)
Removethe
(8)
Carefully using
(9)
Allowtodryfortwo
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
cover
the inside of the
primer.
(6)
one
completely
paint
into
suitable container.
otherplug.
a
brush touch in untreated
plug
contact area at tube ends with epoxy
primer.
hours.
20-10-3527
Page
208
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
H.
Application
Method 6
(1)
(2)
Prepare the part

If necessary to
brush
or
of filler and
as
detailed in
emphasis
any
spray and allowed to
primer
onto reinforced resin-fiber
paragraph
pinholes,
dry for
AIRFRAME
4.D.
parts
(method 2, paragraphs (1)
single light
coat of
primer
can
thru
be
(7)).
applied by
either
4 hours.
(3)
Mix the filler in accordance with the Manufacturers instructions.
(4)
Apply the filler to the surface with a suitable wooden/plastic spatula (Item 645) or brush (Item
676) to force the filler into any surface imperfections and holes and to remove any surplus from
the surface.
(5)
When
surface residue
dry,
Wipe with
(7)
Allow the part to
(8)
5.
tack cloths to
(6)
clean
can
be
wiped from
the surface
using
clean cloth moistened with
(Item 208).
cleaner solvent
remove
dust before the
regain shop temperature and

dry cloth (Item 621).
Apply the primer as detailed in paragraph

4.E. (method 3, paragraph (3) onwards).
4.D.
primer
then
is
applied.
remove
all traces of water condensate with
(method 2, paragraph (8) onwards)
or
Paragraph
Inspection/check
A.
Procedure
is
applied
(1)
Make
sure
that before any
(2)
Make
sure
that the finished parts have
coating
(3)
The
which has been
optimum
(4)
Make
applied
an
the initial
sound film of
pre-treatment finish has been applied.
satisfactory
appearance and
evenness
of
to the necessary areas.
primer coating should

approved thickness meter.
thickness of
measured with
NOTE:
primer
be 13 to 30 microns
(0.0005
to
0.0012in.)
when
dry weight of the primer is approximately 25-34 g/sq. m. (0. 75-1.00 oz./sq.yd.)
covering capacity is approximately 17 sq.m./l (90 sq.yd/gal).
The
sure
that, after painting,
EFFECTIVIT~
125 Series 1 -1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
no
placards
have been covered with
paint.
20-1 0-3527
Page
209
Jun.03
RayZheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
APPLICATION OF FLEXIBLE AND PERMEABLE FINISH TO AIRPLANE

INTERNAL SURFACES
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND CONDUCTIVE COATINGS MAKE SURE
THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE
FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

WARNING:
WARNING:
WHEN SPRAYING IS IN PROGRESS THE BREATHING APPARATUS WORN BY THE
OPERATORS IS TO BE OF THE CONTINUOUS FLOW, OR DEMAND, VALVE PATTERN,

COMPRESSED AIR TYPE.
WARNING:
SUPERVISORS OF THE SPRAYING PROCESS MUST WEAR SUITABLE RESPIRATORS,

E.G. SIEBE GORMAN FILTASAFE WITH FC6 CARTRIDGES.
WARNING:
WHEN SPRAYING IS IN PROGRESS, THE SPRAYING AREA IS TO BE EVACUATED BY

WARNING: THE MATERIALS ARE TOXIC. DISPOSE OF WASTE SAFELY, NOT INTO DRAINS.
WARNING:
OBEY ALL RELEVANT NATIONAL AND LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.
WARNING:
CLEANER SOLVENTS HAVE LOW FLASH POINTS. THESE ARE FLAMMABLE
MATERIALS. OBEY ALL LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3528
Page
201
Jun.02
Ral~heon Aircraft
125IHAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
MAKE SURE THAT CLEANING FLUIDS DO NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH ACRYLIC
CAUTION:
SURFACES.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
DO NOT ALLOW ANY PAINT, SPRAY OR DRIFT, TO CONTAMINATE DIELECTRIC
FAIRINGS AND PANELS; DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND FAULTY SIGNALS MAY

RESULT.
DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE TO BE PAINTED AFTER IT HAS BEEN DEGREASED
CAUTION:
OR FLATTED.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance practice describes the procedure and lists the approved materials which may be
applied for the internal protection of aircraft details and assemblies that require a flexible and
permeable finish. The areas or parts to which the finish is applied and the required color will be
specified by the manufacturer. Where practical the same manufacturers material is to be used for the
primer coat, the ground coat, (where applicable) and the finishing coat.
This maintenance
practice covers the application of the finish to be applied by conventional air spray,
airless spray or airless electrostatic spray. Where it is necessary to apply a finish but spray application
is not practicable, brush application may be used subject to the resultant finish meeting the required
standard.
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Paint activator
As
required
Paint base
As
required
Paint thinners
As
required
Cleaner
emulsion
245
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaning
solution
256
(Chapter 20-95-201)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Safety glasses
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective clothes
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Spray equipment
Local
supply
Tack rags
Local
supply
Abrasive paper
360
or
400)
cream
Protective
NOTE:
(grade 320,
gloves
Do all painting in
surface
good conditions in
reasonably dust free atmosphere.
preparation, paint mixing and application
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
The
procedures for
must be observed.
20-1 0-3528
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
2.
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
B.
technical data sheets for storage instructions
of Surfaces
Procedure
(1)
Surfaces
(2)
Furtheraction
Paint
(1)
requiring
Whether the
(b)
Whether
flatting
is not
flatting
paint
is
is
being applied before
or
If
flatting
is
required
application
of
required, lightly wet-flat
(3)
Clean the surface with water and
(4)
Apply
NOTE:
paint finish
When the
the
NOTE:
with
epoxide primer.
application
of the
primer.
as
primer
and the surfaces have been
detailed
kept
are
clean and
dry,
the
only preparation
used for this purpose make
the surface after the
after four hours, with abrasive paper
the
painted
after 48 hours of the
that is necessary is the removal of dust. If tack rags

grade is compatible with the finish.
(2)
to be
are
required.
within 48 hours of the
application
finish
permeable
isdependenton:
(a)
If
flexible and
primer
has
sure
that the
adequately dried, normally
(Item 627).
dry.
(paragraph 4).
paint is applied by spray, within
the
period of two
to 48 hours of the
application
of
primer.
When the
paint is applied by brush,
within the period four to 48 hours of the
application
of the
primer.
C.
Paint
(1)
application
after 48 hours of the
Clean the surface
area
with emulsion cleaner
volume, 1 part concentrate to 9
(2)
For
application
parts
of water.
of the
primer.
(Item 245)
Apply the
diluted with water in the ratio

cleaner
by
spray, brush
or
by
swab.
airplanes which may have been contaminated with hydraulic fluid (Item 107), clean the
areas with undiluted cleaning solution (Item 256) applied by br~sh or swab.
affected
(3)
Clean the surface
NOTE:
area
with water and
Paragraphs 2.C.(1) (2)
and
(3)
(4)
Lightly wet-flat the surface
(5)
(6)
Apply a very
or
thin coat of
dry.
may be omitted if surface is not contaminated.
with abrasive paper
(Item 627).
dry.
epoxide primer to
the
area.
Make
sure
to cover any
exposed
bare metal
fastener heads.
EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3528
Page 203
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
(7)
(8)
If
flatting, or denibbing
detailed (paragraph 4)
epoxide primer.
If
is
flatting
of the second coat of
within the
period
required, lightly wet-flat
(10)
4.
Apply the surface finish

with epoxide primer.
Application
NOTE:
required, apply
the
paint
finish
as
of two to 48 hours of reactivation of the surface with
has
primer
adequately dried, normally
(Item 627).
dry.
detailed
(paragraph 4)
within 48 hours of reactivation of the surface
of surface finish
The conditions
30"C)
A.
as
is not
the surface after the
after four hours, with abrasive paper
(9)
primer
AIRFRAME
required for painting should be a temperature
Humidity of between
and a Relative
of between 59 and 86"F (15 and
30% and 75%.
Mixing
(1)
Refer to
technical data sheets for the
Manufacturers/Supplies
instructions and pot life of
mixing
the materials.
B.
Methodl
NOTE:
Spray application
of the surface finish within two to 48 hours of the
application
of epoxide
primer.
the part
(1)
Prepare
(2)
Mask the
adjacent
painted (paragraph 3.),
to be
or area
areas
that
are
not to be
sprayed
and let it reach
with
shop temperature.
and spare
paper.
(3)
paint thoroughly
Stir the mixed
(4) Adjust nozzle
and flow valve
(5)
Spray the part
(6)
Allow to
(7)
Do
dry
in
or
clean
suitably.
taking
areas,
and fill the spray gun container.
care
to
give
"C)
64 to 70 4
or
90"F
or
1009
(38"C)
for 3 hours.
or
140"F
(60"C)
for 30 minutes.
(18
to 21
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
right angles
to each other.
for 6 hours.
for 4 hours.
visual check to make
those necessary
atmosphere:
At
(32"C)
one
sure
that
sound
!ilm of satisfactory appearance has been applied
to
areas.
20-1 0-3528
Page
204
Jun.02
Raytheon
Aircraft
C.
AIRFRAME
Method2
NOTE:
of the surface finish 48 hours
Spray application
or more
after the
application
of epoxide
primer.
and let it reach
(1)
Prepare the part
(2)
Mask the
(3)
Apply a thin (refresher) coat of the same epoxide primer

application and allow to dry for two hours.
(4)
areas
to be
or area
that
are
not to be
painted
Apply the surface finish in accordance

application of the epoxide primer.
with
shop temperature.
with Method 1.
as
used in the
Complete
the
and spare paper.
original primer
painting
within 48 hours of
the
D.
Method3
NOTE:
Brush
of the surface finish within 24 to 48 hours after the
application
application
of epoxide
primer,
(1)
Prepare
(2)
Mask the
(3)
Stir the mixed
(4)
Apply the paint within
(5)
Allow to
(6)
Do
the
part
areas
dry
in
that
are
not to be
painted
48 hours of
shop temperature.
priming, apply by brush,
and spare paper.
one
full coat of the
paint
finish.
clean atmosphere:
At
64 to 70"F
(18
or
90"F
for 4 hours
or
1009
(38"C)
for 3 hours
or
1409
(60"C)
for 30 minutes
with
and let it reach
paint thoroughly.
(32")
to 21
visual check to make
those necessary
E.
to be
or area
"C) for
sure
that
6 hours
sound film of
has been
applied
to
areas.
Method4
NOTE:
Brush
application
of the surface finish 48 hours
after the
or more
application
of epoxide
primer.
Prepare the part
(2)
Mask the
(3)
Apply a thin (refresher) coat of the same epoxide primer

application and allow to dry for two hours.
areas
EFFEGTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
or area
that
are
to be
painted (paragraph 3.), and
(1)
not to be
painted
with
let it reach
shop temperature.

as
used in the
and spare paper.
original primer
20-1 0-3528
Page
205
Jun.OP
Ral~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
(4)
5.
delay, proceed
epoxide primer.
Without
with Method 1 and
complete
within 48 hours of the
application
of the
Inspection
A.
Procedure
(1)
The finished parts

been
(2)
applied
or
components must have
sound film of
which has
to the necessary areas.
The thickness of
coating when measured with
an
approved
thickness meter shall be
approximately:
43-50 microns
(0.0015
to 0.002
in.)
for
primer/finish
68-75 microns
(0.0025
to 0.003
in.)
for
primer/groundcoat/finish
68-75 microns
(0.0025 to
in.)
for
primer/finish/further
93-100
(3)
microns(0.0035
0.003
to 0.004
in.)
for
schemes
schemes.
finish
primer/groundcoat/finish/
further finish.
Should any of the coats in the system be unacceptable the unsatisfactory coat or coats shall be
removed by wet and dry abrasion as far as possible back to the next satisfactory coat and the
system repainted.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3528
Page
206
Jun.02
Ral~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE FltUISHING ENAMEL FOR THE
OVERCOATING OF SEALANTS
1.
General
WARNING:

AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:

SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENT CLEANER
(ITEM 290)
ON POLYURETHANE COATINGS
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU
BREATHE EXCESSIVE
FUMES, REST IN
A WARM AREA WITH SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW.
WARNING:
RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. GET MEDICAL AID IF ANY IRRITATION
CONTINUES.
WARNING:
AID.
WARNING:
CAUTION:
EFFICIENT SEALING CAN ONLY BE GOT BY STRICT ATTENTION TO CLEANLINESS

AND TO THE SEQUENCE OF DRYING AND CURING TIME.
A.
Introduction
procedure for the application of a polyurethane coating to

overcoat fillet sealants which have been previously protected with a paint treatment. This is to increase
the sealants resistance to phosphate-ester hydraulic fluid. The polyurethane coating color is matched
by the use of two different colored coatings (gray or yellow).
This maintenance
B.
practice
covers
the
EquipmentlMaterials
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
290
Polyurethane, coating
415A
(Chapter 20-95-201)
416A
(Chapter 20-95-201)
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Chapter 20-95-201)
20-1 0-3534
Page
201
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Storage
(1)
3.
shield
clothing
Protective
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
data sheets for
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
Thoroughly clean the area to be overcoated to remove all swarf and

paying particular attention to the joints and corners in the structure.
(2)
Thoroughly wipe over the entire area to be treated using a clean white lint free cloth (Item 621)
dampened with solvent cleaner (Item 290). Pay particular attention to all seams, joints and
corners. Frequently change the cloth and wipe until it shows no traces of contaminates or
hydraulic fluid.
(3)
Let all of the solvent evaporate before the
(4)
Do
check for any extensive
(a) Chapter 20,
polyurethane coating
paint damage. If any damage
is
other
assembly
debris
applied.
is found refer to the
applicable topic:
APPLICATION OF COLD CURING EPOXY PRIMER TO INTERNAL AND
EXTERNAL SURFACES.
(b) Chapter 20,
APPLICATION OF FLEXIBLE AND PERMEABLE FINISH TO AIRPLANE
INTERNAL SURFACES.
4.
Mixing
(1)
Ref er to the Manuf actu rers/Suppliers data sheets for the

the
5.
mixing
instructions and the pot I if e of
polyurethane coatings.
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
Stir the
(2)
Apply
polyurethane coatings (Item
one
thick
layer of
the
415A
or
416A) thoroughly
polyurethane coating (Item

joints and corners.
415A
or
before
application.
416A) by
brush
(Item 676), work
the material into all the seams,
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3534
Page
202
Jun.03
Ray~heon Aircraft
(3)
Spread the polyurethane coating to cover all the exposed sealant and to overlap the sealant
edges by approximately one inch (25 mm), unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.
Though
NOTE:
the
preferred method of application
equipment capable
(25 mm)
(4)
(5)
6.
of applying the
is
by brush, spraying
in
may be used with
spray band of
one
inch
wide.
polyurethane coating may be used to "touch-up" rivets and bolts and to repair minor
damage in the areas being treated, provided that the surface preparation in paragraph 3.
been carried out, and that the primer coat is undamaged or has been repaired.
The
In
areas
likely to
come
into contact with
over
the treated surfaces. This is to be
time
(4
to 16
has
phosphate-ester hydraulic fluid, apply a thin second coat

applied between the initial drying time and the fully cured
hours).
dry for
16 hours.
(6)
Allow the
(7)
Only apply the polyurethane coating within

relative humidity of not more than 75
to
temperature range of 59-77"F (15-25"C) and
Curing
(1)
Let the
cure
days before there is any possibility

phosphate-ester hydraulic fluid.
for at least
contamination of the treated surface with
7.
AIRFRAME
seven
of
Inspection/Check
A.
Procedure
(1)
(2)
Make
sure
layer
of the
polyurethane coating is continuous. Where doubt exists apply one

polyurethane coating over any area of suspected flaws in the coating.
that the
further
inspection of the polyurethane coating within the time interval to let any additional
polyurethane coating be applied within four to sixteen hours of the application of the previous
polyurethane coating.
Do the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3534
Page
203
Jun.03
Rayeheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

1.
General
WARNING:
BEFORE YOU DO THIS MAINTENANCE PRACTICE MAKESURE THAT THE WARNING

AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:

SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND CONDUCTIVE COATINGS MAKE SURE
THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE
FUMES, REST IN
WARNING:
A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.

PERSISTS.
WARNING:
LENSES. FLUSH WITH PLENN OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES, HOLDING

WARNING:
DO NOT
WARNING:
WHEN SPRAYING IS IN PROGRESS THE BREATHING APPARATUS WORN BY THE

OPERATORS IS TO BE OF THE CONTINUOUS FLOW, OR DEMAND, VALVE PATTERN,
COMPRESSED AIR TYPE.
WARNING:
SUPERVISORS OF THE SPRAYING PROCESS MUST WEAR SUITABLE RESPIRATORS,

E.G. SIEBE GORMAN FILTASAFE WITH FC6 CARTRIDGES.
WARNING:
WHEN SPRAYING IS IN
PROGRESS, THE SPRAYING AREA IS TO BE EVACUATED BY
WARNING: THE MATERIALS ARE TOXIC. DISPOSE OF WASTE SAFELY, NOT INTO DRAINS.
WARNING:
OBEY ALL RELEVANT NATIONAL AND LOCAL SAFEN REGULATIONS.
WARNING:
CLEANER SOLVENTS HAVE LOW FLASH POINTS. THESE ARE FLAMMABLE

MATERIALS. OBEY ALL LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.
EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3537
Page 201
Jun.02
RPylheon Aircraft
CAUTION:
AIRFRAME
MAKE SURE THAT CLEANING FLUIDS DO NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH ACRYLIC
SURFACES.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
DO NOT ALLOW ANY PAINT, SPRAY OR DRIFT, TO CONTAMINATE DIELECTRIC

FAIRINGS AND PANELS; DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND FAULTY SIGNALS MAY
RESULT.
CAUTION:
BEFORE CONDUCTIVE COATING SPRAY IS APPLIED TO A SURFACE, MAKE SURE

THAT THE MATERIAL AND SURFACE ARE AT THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE
LOCAL ENVIRONMENT.
CAUTION:
DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE TO BE PAINTED AFTER IT HAS BEEN DEGREASED

OR FLATTED.
A.
Introduction
practices gives the materials and methods for the application of antistatic paint
(conductive coating) to composite materials, but excluding carbon fiber, to prevent the accumulation
static charge.
This maintenance
B.
EquiPmentand
materials
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner solvent
208
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Coating, conductive
493
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
632
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
646
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Gloves
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Safety glasses
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective clothes
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
500V
Local
Megger
supply
(Figure 201)
Special probe
2,
of
Storage
(1)
Refer to the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
data sheets for storage and shelf life details.
20-1 0-3537
Page
202
Jun.Oe
aayltheon Aircraft
3.
AIRFRAME
Application
A.
Surface
(1)
preparation
Use
degrease
Use abrasive paper
(3)
Use
(4)
Do
(Item 621)
coating
is to be
201
or
208)
to
applied.
to abrade the surface to
give
matt appearance.
(Items
201
or
208)
to
all swarf and dust from the surface.
check of the surface cleanliness
occurs
B.
(Item 646, grade 320)
remove
(Items
and clean the surface to which the
(2)
(Item 621)
repeat paragraph 3. (1)
Procedure Method 1, PR-934
to
(3)
by
means
until
of the water break free test. If water break
water break free surface is obtained.
(Item 493)
DO NOT OPEN THE CONTAINERS IN WHICH THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE
CAUTION:
CONDUCTIVE COATING ARE SUPPLIED UNTIL READY TO USE.
(1)
Mix the conductive
coating (Item 493)
in the
proportions specified
in Table i,
as
follows:
Table I
Material
mixing proportions
Proportion, parts by weight
Material
NOTE:
Kits
are
Part A
35
Part B
94
Part C
40
Part D
supplied
with the individual parts in the above
thoroughly.
(a)
Pour part C into part D and mix
(b)
Pour the mixture of part C and D into part B and mix
(c)
Mix
thoroughly
for
thoroughly
before
adding part A.
right up to the time of pouring into the spray

is mixed at the same time, it is not to be left
minimum of 10 minutes,
gun. If the material for further application

unstirred for longer than 5 minutes.
CAUTION:
proportions.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FILL OR COVER PIN HOLES OR OTHER BLEMISHES BY
APPLYING MULTIPLE COATS.

CAUTION:
(2)
Apply
NOTE:
DO NOT USE THE MIXTURE AFTER THE POT LIFE OF 4 HOURS HAS EXPIRED.
a
uniform very thin double track spray coat to the
Whilst spraying, blow air back down the

to
agitate
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
the
specified
paint feed tube
area.
into the container every 20 seconds
paint.
20-1 0-3537
Page
203
Jun.02
Raltheon Aircraft
(3)
Leave the conductive
conductivity
(4)
C.
coating
(18
to 25
OC)
for 48 hours before
test is done.
Do the necessary test
procedure, paragraph
Mix the two parts
4.
(Item 493)
Procedure Method 2, 528)(306
(1)
to cure at 65 to 77 "F
AIRFRAME
(528)(306
and
910)(464) of the
conductive
coating (Item 493)
in
equal parts by
volume.
(2)
Let the mixed material stand for
(4)
Apply
4.
Test
A.
uniform
of spray to minimum
layer
Leave the conductive
either 7
(5)
minimum of 30 minutes.
DO NOT USE THE MIXTURE AFTER THE POT LIFE OF 4 HOURS HAS EXPIRED.
CAUTION:
(3)
days
at 77 "F
dry
film thickness of 0.0008
0.0002 in.
~t
coating to cure at 77 "F (25 "C) for one hour (before handling), followed by
(25 "C) or 12 hours at 140 "F (60 "C) to get the full cure.
Do the necessary test
procedure, paragraph
4.
procedure
Canopy(FlgurePO1)
ACTION
(1)
RESULT
Connect
one
terminal of
to both tails of the
(Figure 20 i).
to
(2)
(4)
500V megger
special probe
Connect the other terminal
normal test connector.
Place the test connector in firm contact
with the zinc canopy
(3)
edge.
Firmly press the special probe in contact

with the conductive coating
Repeat operation (3)
positions
NOTE:
Resistance value not to exceed 20
megohms.
Resistance value not to exceed 20
megohms.
at a number of
If the resistance at any point in
operation (3)
abrade the conductive
and repeat the test.
coating
primer is just showing through;

20
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
megohms
the
component
or
(4)
exceeds 20
megohms, lightly
Abrading may continue
until the
if the resistance value continues to exceed
is to be
rejected and reprocessed
20-1 0-3537
Page
204
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
3in.
(25.4mm)r
I.Oin.
r~A
-I
liemm)
0.625in.
(16 mm)
DIA
0.50 in.
-1,
(12.7m~)
0.75
in.(19 mm)
DIA
DRILL
SLOT FOR CABLE
No. 28
,~E--
0.375 in.
(9.5 mm)
1.3 in.
OUTLET TO GRIP
SECTION
CABLES FIRMLY
A-A
(25.4 mm)
6-32 UNC
SCREW
(4)
0.125 in.
(3.2 mm)
30.5mm
-I
_COVER
6-32 UNC
STUD
(2)
THREAD
6-32 UNC
in
5.1)m
(38
O.BP5 in
n~
0.25 in.
(6.35 mm)
DEEP
(16mm)
DIA
ROD
(2)
9
0.25 in.
CONTACT
PAD
(2)
/5\
0.5 in
(6.35 mm)
(12.7 mm) DIA
NOTES:
1.
METHODS OF MANUFACTURE MAY BE CHANGED

TO PERMIT USE OF METHODS AND MATERIALS AVAILABLE
2. DO NOT MIX PARTS MANUFACTURED IN INCHES
MATERIALS:
AND MILLEMETERS
THESE DIMENSIONS AND MATERIALS ARE IMPORTANT
/3\ AND
MUST NOT BE CHANGED
COVER
LFS
BODY
LFS
CONTACT
FINE STEEL WOOL
n.
PADS
A TO MAKE A GOOD ELECTRICAL CONTACT PADS ARE TO
4\
BE A TIGHT FIT IN THE ENDS OF THE RODS
CABLES
UNIVIN 16
CABLE
AMP TAGS
ENDS
CONTACT PADS MUST NOT SIGNIFICANTLY BULGE
ROD
BRASS
~S
NUTS
BRASS
BRASS
M7016
HA008998258AA
Special probe
Figure 201
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-3537
Page
205
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
PROBE
TEST POINTS
CONNECTOR
TEST POINT
REINFORCING
STRAP(2 PLACES)
TEST POINT
LINE MID WAY
BETWEEN
CONDUCTOR
STRIPS
CONDUCTOR
STRIP(6 PLACES)
SEGMENT
(G PLACES)
M12~04
Radome
earth bond return test
Figure 201
B.
Radome(FigurePO1 andfigure202)
ACTION
(1)
RESULT
Connect the terminals of

to the tails of the
500V megger
special probe
(Figure 201).
(2) Apply the probe with firm consistent
pressure at regular intervals around the
scuffed area of the conductive coating
which will be in contact with the
reinforcing strap
(3)
Resistance value not to exceed 150 kilohm.
At the center of each segment of the

radome as marked by the lightning
strips, place
the test lead in firm contact
with the abraded
area
of the conductive
which will be in contact with the
coating
reinforcing strap.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker800,1000,800X0
20-1 0-3537
Page
206
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft
RESULT
ACTION
(4)
AIRFRAME
Placethetestconnectoratthecenterof
reinforcing strap segment between

adjacent conductor strips. Apply the
probe with firm consistent pressure at
three equally spaced points along the
line equidistant between the conductor
strips
a
Resistance at each
20
(5)
Repeat operation (4j for each of

other 5 segments
Resistance at each
If the resistance at any point in

maximum value,
lightly
may continue until the

to be excessive the
C.
not to exceed
point
not to exceed
the
20
NOTE:
point
megohms.
megohms.
operation (2), (4)
abrade the conductive
or
(5)
coating
primer is just showing through;
component is
to be
is
more
than the
and do the test
specified
again. Abrading
if the resistance value continues
rejected.
Closeup
(1)
Make
sure
that the work
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
area
is clean and clear of tools and miscellaneous
equipment.
20-1 0-3537
Page
207
Jun.02
Aircraft

1.
AIRFRAME
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING;
SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND SILICONE ADHESIVES MAKE SURE
THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE FUMES,
REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
PERSISTS.
WARNING:
MINUTES, HOLDING
WARNING:
CAUTION:
WHEN SILICONE ADHESIVES ARE CURING THEY GIVE OFF ACETIC ACID VAPORS.
KEEP IN AN AREA WITH SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW UNTIL THE ADHESIVE IS CURED.
A.
Introduction
glass and
many plastic surfaces. The adhesive is available as either a two part silicone mix adhesive (Item 341)
which has a light straw translucent color with impact characteristics which is useful for bonding larger
items, or a as a one part ready to use silicone adhesive (Items 371(a),(b),(c)) which can be used direct
from the tube. They are useful for the bonding of smaller items. The silicone adhesives cure on
This maintenance
practice
covers
exposure to air moisture and
bonding procedure
for silicone rubber to itself, metal,
withstand extremes of temperature in the range of -103"F to +482"F

hydraulic fluids and kerosene for extended periods. The
will not withstand
+250"C). They
(-75"C
length of cure time depends
to
B.
can
the
on
the amount of moisture in the air and the thickness of material.
Equipment/Materials
EquipmentlMaterial
Isopropyl
alcohol
Degreasing agent
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
ParVltem No.
206
(Chapter 20-95-201)
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
20-1 0-4005
Page
201
Jun.02
Ral~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
ParVltem No.
Equipment/Material
Silicone adhesive
(2 part mix)
341
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Silicone adhesive
(1 part cold cure)
371
(a) (Chapter 20-95-301)
Silicone adhesive
(1 part
cold
cure)
371
(b) (Chapter 20-95-301)
Silicone adhesive
(1 part
cold
cure)
371
(c) (Chapter 20-95-301)
401A
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Spatula
Protective
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
Clamps
Local
supply
Stainless steel wirebrush
Local
supply
NOTE:
Jigs
clamps
or
curing.
NOTE:
It is
If heat is
required to retain
the bonded silicone
(Item
341
or
371)
place while
in
it is
only necessary to provide light pressure.
oven
components
is
accelerate the
required
must not be
to
give
curing
of the silicone adhesive
steady temperature of212
subjected to
this
(Item
9" F:
34 1),
(100
5"
suitable air
C). Reduxed
higher temperature.
Storage
(1)
3.
are
required to
circulating
2.
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Primer, silicone adhesive
Refer to
data sheets for
Preparation
A.
Procedure for silicone rubber
(1)
Dampen
clean cloth
(Item 621)
with
Isopropyl
alcohol
(Item 206)
and
wipe
the surface of the
silicone rubber to be bonded.
a.
abrade the silicone rubber surface to be bonded with
(2)
Uniformly
(3)
Remove the abraded debris with
clean
dry cloth
and
stainless steel wirebrush.
repeat paragraph 3.A.(1).
Procedure formetal
(1)
Dampen a clean cloth with de-greasing agent (Item 230) and clean the
bonded removing all traces of grease and contamination.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
metal surface to be
20-1 0-4005
Page
202
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
NOTE:
The surface to be bonded must have its
applied unless documented by the
be
(2)
C,
treatment
applied but no paint finish
must
manufacturer.
with
Apply a thin layer of primer (Item 401A) to the metal surface

approximately 30 minutes for the primer to dry.
Procedure for
(1)
protective
soft brush
(Item 676).
Allow
perspex/glass
The surfaces of
Perspex and glass parts to be bonded

(50" C) and rinsed with warm water.
must be washed with
a warm
detergent
solution at 122" F
(2)
Make
done
4.
all surfaces
as soon as
are
quite dry before application
of the silicone adhesive which must be
this condition has been obtained.
Mixing
(1)
5.
sure
Refer to
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
Application
A.
Procedure for silicone adhesive
(1)
(two part)
Leave the mixed silicone adhesive
NOTE:
The
days
The
at
room
setting
mating
one
hour.
when in the joint it will

an
extra
setting
9" F:
(100
cure
in 48 to
time of 3 to 4
temperature.
time
can
be shortened
for 12 hours at 212
by curing
subject
to the
surfaces
by
brush
(Item 676)
or
50
C).
higher temperature.
(0.254 to 0.381 mm.)

spatula (Item 645).
A uniform film of silicone adhesive 0.010 to 0.015 in.
both
(3)
approximately
temperature. A stronger bond will result from
Reduxed components must not be
(2)
to stand for
pot life of the mixture is approximately 4 hours, and
72 hours at room
NOTE:
(Item 341)
The solvent must be allowed to evaporate for 30 minutes,
or
thick is
applied
to
until the silicone adhesive loses its
tackiness, before the joint is made.
(4)
mating surfaces together with sufficient pressure to cause the silicone adhesive to
exude slightly from around the joint and a fillet is formed around the edges. Hold the joint under
light pressure for at least the first hour of curing at room temperature.
(5)
Final
(6)
joint is to be cured
operation is complete. It
Press the
joint thickness
If the
must be 0.010 to 0.020 in.

at
is
(0.254
to 0.508
mm.).
higher temperature the clamp should remain in place until the

essential the joint is not disturbed until the silicone adhesive is fully
a
cured.
B.
Procedure for silicone
(1)
adhesive(l part, cold cure)
(Item 371 (a), (b) or (c)) is applied direct from

joint closed within a short time of application.
The adhesive epoxy
surfaces and the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
the tube to the
prepared
20-1 0-4005
Page
203
Jun.02
Ry~heon Aircraft
(2)
strength is achieved with a joint thickness of 0.020 It 0.005

fillings, thickness up to 0.125 in. (3.175 mm.) may be used.
Maximum
for gap
(3)
AIRFRAME
in.
(0.508
0.127
mm.)
but
joint can be handled in approximately 24

fully cured until 72 hours after the joint has
The silicone adhesive is cold cured and the bonded

hours at
room
temperature although
it will not be
been closed.
(4)
A uniform film of silicone adhesive about 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm.)
thick must be
applied
to both
are then pressed together with sufficient pressure to cause the silicone
slightly from around the joint and a fillet is formed around the edges. Hold the
joint under light pressure for at least the first hour of curing at room temperature.
mating
surfaces which
adhesive to exude
(5)
If the
joint is to be cured
operation is complete. It
at a
higher temperature the clamp should remain in place until

joint is not disturbed until the silicone adhesive
is essential the
the
is
fully
cured.
6.
Inspection/ check
A.
Procedure
(1)
The
hand
stressed
completed joint must be inspected for defects. Where the cured joints cannot be
a check by finger contact must be made to make sure the silicone adhesive
from between the joint faces for the entire joint length and there are no voids.
exudes
EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4005
Page
204
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
BONDING RUBBER AND P.T.F.E. fO PERSPEX OR METAL

1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE SEALING COMPOUND. PUT
(ITEM 682), THIS INCLUDES GLOVES (ITEM 675),

(ITEM 679) AND MASK. USE BARRIER CREAM (ITEM 634) ON
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
SAFETY GLASSES
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS MAKE SURE THERE rS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW
IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:
OCCURS, CHECK FOR
AND REMOVE ANY CONTACT

WARNING:
A.
Introduction
This maintenance practice
gives the procedure to bond P.T.F.E. (Polytetrafluoroethylene)

Perspex crazing has been considered when making the
to perspex or metal surfaces.
bonding
a
two
adhesive and for this
adhesive with
low solvent content is used. It is available
part mix in kit form and is colored brown when mixed. The faces
rubber manufactured items

make
reason an
NOTE:
good
must be etched before their
as
to be bonded on PTFE and
assembly,
otherwise it is difficult to
bond.
The adhesive in this maintenance

resists
NOTE:
require
and rubber
choice of
Skydrol
Silicone and
cases
practice
will withstand Kerosene, and to
lesser
degree
and other hydraulic fluids.
Nylon
cannot be bonded with this adhesive and are to be treated as
for Perspex and any other materials. Refer to
Chapter 20, BONDING
special
OF SILICONE
RUBBERS for further details.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4007
Page
201
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
8.
Equipment/Materials
Equipment/Material
ParVltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
Detergent cleaner
217(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Fabric
Wipe
287
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Sealing compound
314
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Tape
620(b) (Chapter 20-95-601)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Spatula
Safety glasses/face
Protective
2.
shield
clothing
(Chapter
20-95-201
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
Procedure
NOTE:
The surface of PTFE and rubber must be treated to present a surface which is
the
(1)
bonding
medium. This is
normally
The etched surface of PTFE will have
sympathetic
to
achieved by etching the surface.
dull brown colored appearance and of rubber will have
crazed appearance.
(2)
(3)
painted or unpainted are to be thoroughly cleaned either in a hot

cleaner solvent (Item 201) vapor bath or, where this is not practical, clean the surfaces with
new lint free cloth (Item 621) dampened with degreasing agent (Item 230).
Metal surfaces, whether
The surfaces of perspex parts that
are
to be bonded must be washed with
solution of
warm
detergent cleaner (Item 217). Dilute 2 4 fluid oz. (59 to 118 mliter) of
detergent cleaner to 1 gall (4.55 liter) of water. Rinse with warm water and drain until dry. A clean
lint free cloth may also be used to assist drying.
water at 1220F
4.
(50"C)
and
Mixing
(1)
Refer to
and
cure
data sheets for
mixing instructions
with
application, tack free,
times.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4007
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
5.
AIRFRAME
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
Apply a reasonably thick layer of sealant adhesive (Item 314) to both mating surfaces with a
spatula (Item 645) or other suitable applicator. Make sure that it is spread evenly and without
any air bubbles.
(2)
Firmly press the two components together while the sealant adhesive is still tacky (within its
application life). Apply sufficient pressure to exude adhesive slightly from around the joint.
(3)
Wipe
(4)
Maintain
light
NOTE:
PTFE does not lend itself readily to
exuded adhesive away

pressure
on
immediately
the
joint
with fabric
wipes (Item 287).
until it is cured.
bonding, therefore if the edges tend to curl up when

place it is recommended that an adhesive tape (Item 620(b~ is applied to help keep
the edges flat. The adhesive tape must be removed when the joint has cured.
in
6.
Inspection
A.
Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
to their
(2)
that the P.T.F.E. and rubber parts have been etched
over
the faces to be bonded
prior
assembly.
joint must
applied by the fingers.
The bonded
EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
be
inspected along
its whole
length
and tested with
light pressure
20-1 0-4007
Page
203
Jun.02
BoYlfboen Aircraft
AIRFRAME
BONDING WITH EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR NON STRUCTURAL PARTS
1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE ADHESIVES. PUT ON
WARNING:
(ITEM 682),
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

(ITEM 634) ON AREAS
AND MASK. USE BARRIER CREAM ON
OF EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
(ITEM 201)
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE EXCESSIVE FUMES,

REST IN A WARM AREA WITH SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
WARNING:

AID.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
practice gives the
use
of several epoxy resin adhesives which will form
an
strong, durable bond with most materials including metal, ceramic, wood, and rubber. They
part components (epoxy resin and hardener) which when mixed together will cure at room
extremely
are
two
temperature.
This maintenance
practice
contains instructions for the
use
of thin, thick and low
is intended to include most of the conditions where materials
Each adhesive has its
They
can
own
be used for the
special purpose
repair
are
and should be used
of epoxy and
polyester
viscosity adhesives.
on
airplane.
specified by the manufacturer.
as
laminated
glass
It
the Hawker
bonded
cloth and
terylene
components.
They
must not be used for
bonding
perspex,
nylon, polythene, glass, P.V.C,
silicon rubber
or
primary
structure.
They
must not be used at
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
joints
which flex
unduly
in service.
20-1 0-4011
Page
201
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
8.
Equipment/Materials
Equipment/Material
thick)
306A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive, epoxy (Viscosity
thin)
305A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive, epoxy (Filled paste)
345
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Alocrom film treatment
504
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Glass fibre cloth
663
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
shield
clothing
Brush
Localsupply
Clamps
Local
supply
Clips
Local
supply
NOTE:
All tools should be cleaned with hot water and soap before adhesive residues have had time
to
cure.
The removal of cured residues is
difficult and time
consuming operation.
Storage
(1)
3.
ParVltem No.
Adhesive, epoxy (Viscosity
Safety glasses/face
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
The faces to be bonded must be
(2)
painted finish can be bonded if there is no surface contamination. The surface gloss
by a fine abrasive paper (Item 627). Use a clean soft brush to remove all loose
particles. The surface is cleaned and the adhesive is then applied in the normal way.
thoroughly cleaned either in a hot vapour bath with solvent

cleaner (Item 201) or a new lint free cloth (Item 621) dampened with degreasing agent (Item
230). The faces to which the adhesive is to be applied must be free from grease, clean and dry.
Parts with
must be removed
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4011
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
1PSRIAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
(3)
When you woik with aluminium alloy parts make sure that the protective treatment is not
damaged over the areas that are to be bonded. Repair any damaged areas (where bare metal is
film treatment
showing) with Alocrom

EPOXIDE PRIMER).
(4)
4.
5.
(Item SOL1)(APPLICATION
OF ALACROM 1200 AND
mating surface. If it is not possible to etch the surface it must

be cleaned to remove all residual release agents used in the forming of the rubber. The surface
must also be scuffed through the outer skin to make a strong bond.
If rubber is to be bonded, etch the
Adhesive
(1)
AIRFRAME
mixing, pot
life and
cure
times
data sheets for the correct adhesive type, mixing
Refer to the Manufacturers/Suppliers

instructions, pot life and cure times.
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
Use
completely cover both the mating surfaces, of the parts to be

Apply the adhesive to a thickness of 0.002 to 0.004 in. (0.05 to
greatest lap shear strength to the joint.
spatula (Item 645)
to
bonded. with adhesive.

0.10
(2)
mm.)
to
give
the
clamped together with light even pressure as soon as the

sure that no air is trapped between the parts. An even light
applied.
clamping over the whole bond area will ensure the optimum cure (too much pressure leaves the
joint without sufficient adhesive). The clamps should remain in place until the adhesive has
The parts
are to
be assembled and
Make
adhesive has been
cured.
(3)
Any excess adhesive residue is to be

dampened with warm soapy water.
(4)
If
repair requires
mix and drained of
(5)
Apply
the
use
surplus
the adhesive to both
of
glass
cleaned from
fibre cloth
parts before it has cured using
(Item 663)
clean cloth
the cloth is to be soaked in the epoxy
adhesive.
mating surfaces. If required lay
the
impregnated
cloth
on one
of the
surfaces.
(6)
Bring
the parts
together
and make
sure
that
no
air is
trapped
between the parts
or
in the
glass
cloth.
(7)
Lightly clampthe partstogether.
NOTE:
cure at room temperature, higher temperatures even a few

temperature will increase the bond strength. Refer to manufacturers
Adhesive for bonded parts will
degrees above
room
technical data for further information about
NOTE:
It is recommended that
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
assembledjoints
cure
are
times.
supported
until the adhesive is cured.
20-1 0-4011
Page
203
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
6.
AIRFRAME
Inspection/Check
A.
Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
that the parts for
bonding
have been
correctly prepared
and have
dry
clean bond
surface.
(2)
Spot checks are to be made when the adhesive is being mixed and if necessary, representative
pieces should be made to prove the joint strength of the mating parts.
test
(3)
Make
assembled and that
sure
that the parts
sure
that the adhesive has cured before the
are
correctly
only light clamping
of the parts is
done.
(4)
Make
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
clamps
are
removed.
20-1 0-4011
Page
204
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft

1.
AIRFRAME
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS. PUT
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
IF YOU BREATHE
FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW.
GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
WARNING:

MINUTES,
OCCASIONALLY LIFTING THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS. GET IMMEDIATE

MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
INGESTIONOCCURS, WHEN THESE MATERIALS ARE USED, DO NOT INDUCE

VOMITING. KEEP THE AFFECTED PERSON AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS AND
IF
FLAMES. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
REGULATIONS.
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
rubber)
practice gives
to itself and other
adhesive with
which exhibit
the
use
materials, such
neoprene base which is
good
of adhesives for the

as
bonding
metal, leather, fabric, etc. It is
applied to both mating
resistance to water, heat,
of rubber
humidity
surfaces. It
The adhesive will not withstand severe exposure to
NOTE:
The adhesive is suitable for both flexible and
are
supplied in packages comprising
either 250 mi, I liter
EFFECTIVIN:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
or
part cold
contact
gives strong
Skydrol, Kerosene,
rigidjoints and can
temperature although the application of heat will accelerate the

Kit sets
two
silicone
cure
resilient bonds
etc.
NOTE:
NOTE:
(not including
of base
or
ester lubricants.
be cured at
cure
room
time.
compound and activator. Kit sizes are
5 liters.
20-1 0-4012
Page
201
Jun.Oe
Raltheon Aircraft
B.
Equipment/
NOTE:
Materials
shape of the parts require
Unless the
required beyond
Equipment/
supply
of clips,
jig
to
clamps
or
Material
provide pressure,
weights
Very little
sufficient to
Part/ Item No.
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Adhesive
338
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer, sealing
462
(Chapter 20-95-401)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
equipment is
apply light pressure.
229
grit
Abrasive paper, 100
shield
clothing
Storage
(1)
3.
Cleaner
Protective
2.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
data sheets for
Manufacturers/Suppiiers
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
The surfaces to be bonded must be
correctly prepared by
(a)
dry
and free from grease. Make sure that the surface is

by wiping with a clean cloth dampened with:
the removal of any grease
For metallic materials
use
cleaner
(item 229)
until all grease and surface contamination is
removed.
(b)
For
none
metallic materials
use
degreasing agent (Item 230)
until all grease and surface
contamination is removed.
(2)
The surfaces of
none metallic materials to be joined must, where practicable, be well scuffed

grit, abrasive paper (Item 627). Dust must be removed by wiping with a clean
and then with a cloth dampened with degreasing agent (Item 230).
with clean, 100

cloth
(3)
All metal
or painted surfaces which are to be bonded are to be primed with primer (Item 462).
existing paint finish need not be removed, provided it is sound (strength of the joint will be
that of the paint to metal surface).
The
(4)
It is most
(5)
Use
important
brush to
completely,
that the
apply
minimum
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
thin
primer
even
period
one
is
thoroughly
layer
on
stirred in the container before it is
applied.
to the cleaned metal surfaces and allow to
hour, before the adhesive is
dry
applied.
20-1 0-4012
Page
202
Jun.02
BevtNeee Aircraft
NOTE:
Primed surfaces may be left for periods greater than

and free from dust
NOTE:
4.
Adhesive
(1)
5.
they are kept clean
other contamination.
or
primer is being
hour provided
used
over a
lengthy period
it should be stirred
occasionally.
mixing
Refer to
Adhesive
A.
If the
one
AIRFRAME
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
application
Procedure
CAUTION:
MAKE SURE THAT THE BASE COMPOUND, CURING AGENT OR THE MIXED
UNCURED ADHESIVE ARE NOT CONTAMINATED WITH WATER OR WATER
VAPOR AS THIS COULD HAVE A DANGEROUS EFFECT ON THE BOND

STRENGTH.
(1)
Apply
brush
layer of adhesive (Item 338)

or other suitable applicator.
an even
over
the full
area
of both of the
mating
surfaces
by
dry for 5 tol 5 minutes or until they are tackfree and

can just be touched with the knuckle of the finger without any adhesive being transferred. This
technique is suitable for smooth regular surfaces and the parts may be joined at any stage.
(2)
The two films of adhesive must be allowed to
(3)
When
irregular surfaces are to be joined a thicker film of adhesive

application over the full area of both mating surfaces.
is
required
which demands
multi-coat
(a) The
and
(4)
When
since
(5)
first coats should be allowed to
allowing
strength
approximately
days. Cure rate may

approximately 2 hours.
the adhesive to
any air and to mate the parts
48 hours under normal ambient
be accelerated
positioning
(a) Preparation of the parts
(b) Apply
the final coat
accurately
temperature
reaching its maximum

158" F (70" C) for
of the adhesive bond continues to increase,
within 7
For parts where accurate
applying
for 5 to 15 minutes.
dry
cured after
conditions but the
(6)
20 to 30 minutes before
joining the two surfaces it is important not to trap

they cannot be repositioned when joined.
joint will be
The
this to
dry for
is
by heating
important,
one-way wet stick method may be used.
must be as described in
one
face
the parts to
Paragraph
3.
only and bring the parts together while
the adhesive is still
tacky.
(c) Adjust the

NOTE:
relative
positions
This method will give
as
required
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
apply
as
lower initial bond strength than
bond strength will be attained in 5 to 7
EFFECTIVIP~
and
much pressure
a
as
possible.
two-way dry stick but a maximum
days.
20-1 0-4012
Page
203
Jun.0e
Raytheon Aircraft
(7)
If the
over
edges have to be protected against the ingress of fluid the protective strip is best applied
joint when it is cured. It must be applied to surfaces which have been cleaned of grease
the
and other
6.
AIRFRAME
foreign
matter.
lrtspectsoP/Check
A.
Procedure
(1)
satisfactory bond has been made,

applied over the existing paint scheme, make sure
A visual
been
check, that
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
should be done. If the adhesive has

that the
bonding
is
adequate.
2011 0-4012
Page
204
Jun.OP
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
BONDING WITH CONfACT ADHESIVE

1.
General
WARNING:
UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE ADHESIVE. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHES (ITEM

GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENT AND ADHESIVES MAKE SURE THERE IS
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE
FUMES,
REST IN A
WARM AREA WITH A SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. IF BREATHING STOPS GIVE ARTIFICIAL
RESPIRATION. IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
RUNNING WATER, AND NON-ABRASIVE SOAP. IF IRRITATION PERSISTS GET

IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:

OCCASIONALLY LIFTING THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS. GET IMMEDIATE
MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:
IF INGESTION OCCURS, WHEN THESE MATERIALS ARE USED, DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WARNING:
REGULATIONS.
A.
Introduction
liquid air drying yellow colored adhesive which has exceptionally high
bond strength and bonds immediately and permanently upon application of contact pressure. It is therefore
necessary to ensure that the mating surfaces are aligned accurately. If this is not possible the applied part
should be made larger and the over hanging surplus cut to shape when the adhesive has cured. The
adhesive is primarily used for bonding decorative laminates to themselves, metal, wood, rubber and most
other surfaces. It is non-staining, water resistant and withstands oxidation, oils, greases and most
Fastbond 10 contact cement is
chemicals.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4014
Page
201
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
B.
Equipment/
Material
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
206
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Adhesive
304, 339
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
637
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Spatula
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
White
673
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
694
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
Barrier
(grade 240)
cream
Abrasive
pad
gloves
Protective
gloves
Brush
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
Seam roller
2.
or
362
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to the
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
The surfaces that
are
to be bonded must be
clean, dry, free from contamination and all loose
particles.
(2)
(3)
Remove any glaze from smooth surfaces that are to be bonded

abrasive paper (Item 627) or abrasive pad (Item 637).
Clean all surfaces that
cleaner solvent
are to
(Item 201).
be bonded with
Then
wipe with
by
dry clean
scuff
sanding
with 240
(Item 621) dampened
white cloth to
remove
grit
with
any solvent residue
before the solvent evaporates.
(4)
Repeat
NOTE:
the
cleaning
until
no
residue is visible
on a
dry
clean white cloth.
gloves (Item 673) while you clean and bond parts. The cleaned
they are handled with bare hands. If the cleaned surfaces
contaminated in any way they are to be cleaned again.
surfaces will be contaminated if

become
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4014
Page
202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
4,
Adhesive
mixing, pot life
Refer to the
(1)
and
times
instructions, pot life and

5,
cure
cure
AIRFRAME
data sheets for the correct adhesive type,
mixing
times.
Application
A.
Procedure for
(1)
Make
NOTE:
(2)
(3)
none
sure
porous materials
that the adhesive is well stirred before
The adhesive and both surfaces should be 64"F
Apply
with
brush
generous
even
(Item 676)
(18"C)
or
above at time of bonding.
layer of adhesive (Item 304) over the entire area of both mating
or alternatively pour and spread with a spatula (Item 645).
Let the adhesive become touch
NOTE:
application.
surfaces
dry.
humidity
of 50% the touch
dry
approximately 10 minutes, but make sure the bond is made within one hour after the
application of the adhesive. You can bond at any time after the adhesive is touch dry but the
Under normal conditions of 74"F
(24"C)
and maximum
room
time is
longer you wait the stronger the initial bond

Put the
accurately positioned (once
mated
(4)
mating surfaces together

adjustment is possible).
(5)
Apply heavy pressure by hand with a 3 in. (76 mm) seam roller (Item 694) to every part of the
bonded assembly. Work progressively from one side to the other to remove any air bubbles and
make
CAUTION:
sure
so
that
will be.
they
are
no
of full contact between both surfaces.
DO NOT POUR SOLVENT CLEANER
(ITEM 206)
ONTO THE JOINT WHEN YOU
REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE. USE ONLY CLEAN WHITE CLOTHS DAMPENED

WITH SOLVENT CLEANER.
(6)
Use
clean white cloth
adhesive from the outer

B.
Procedureforporus
(1)
Make
NOTE:
(2)
sure
dampened with solvent

(decorative) faces.
cleaner
that the adhesive is well stirred before
brush
layers
(Item 676)
two
application.
or
first thin
(b) Apply
second
125 Series 1-1000
or
above at time of bonding.
(Item 304) over the entire area of both mating surfaces

alternatively pour and spread with a spatula (Item 645).
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(18"C)
of adhesive
(a) Apply
EFFECTIVITY:
to remove all uncured
materials
The adhesive and both surfaces should be 64"F
Apply
(Item 206)
even
layer
layer to each porus surface

and allow to become touch
and allow to
with
completely dry.
dry.
20-1 0-4014
Page
203
Jun.OP
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE:
AIRFRAME
humidity of 50%
dry
approximately 10 minutes, but make sure the bond is made within one hour after the
application of the adhesive. You can bond at any time after the adhesive is touch dry but the
Under normal conditions of 74"F
(24" C)
and maximum
room
the touch
time is
longer you wait the stronger the initial bond will be.
(3)
Put the
mating surfaces together

adjustment is possible).
so
that
they
are
accurately positioned (once
mated
no
(4) Apply heavy pressure by hand with a 3 in. (76 mm) seam roller (Item 694) to every part of the
bonded assembly. Work progressively from one side to the other to remove any air bubbles and
make
sure
of full contact between both surfaces.
DO NOT POUR SOLVENT CLEANER
CAUTION:
(ITEM 206)
ONTO THE JOINT WHEN YOU
REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE. USE ONLY CLEAN WHITE CLOTHS DAMPENED

WITH SOLVENT CLEANER.
(5)
Use
clean white cloth
adhesive from the outer
6.
dampened with solvent

(decorative) faces.
cleaner
(Item 206) to
remove
all uncured
Inspection/Check
A.
Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
mating
(2)
Make
that the parts that
are
to bonded have been
correctly prepared and have dry, clean,
surfaces.
sure
that the parts
bubbles in the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
are
correctly
assembled and that there
are no
voids
or
trapped air
joint.
20-1 0-4014
Page
204
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

1.
General
WARNING:
DESCRIPTION, OF THIS MANUAL,
ARE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE ADHESIVE. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682), THIS
INCLUDES GLOVES
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND ADHESIVE MAKE SURE THERE IS
WARNING:
OCCURS, GENTLY
AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN WITH

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

WARNING:
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
strength bonds
laminates. It has
B.
practice
introduces
to a wide range of
a
gap
a one part impact type, air drying adhesive, which provides high
substrates, including nylon, polythene, metal, wood and glass cloth
filling capability
of up to 1/16 inch and withstands water, oils, greases and fuel.
Equipment/Materials
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Adhesive
383
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
637
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper
Barrier
(grade 240)
cream
Abrasive
pad
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4016
Page
201
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
White cotton
673
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective
gloves
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
2.
shield
clothing
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
Procedure
(1)
(2)
The surfaces to be bonded must be clean,

Remove any
dry,
free from contamination and all loose
glaze from smooth surfaces that are to be

(Item 627) or abrasive pad (Item 637).
bonded
by
scuff
sanding
particles.
with 240
grit
abrasive paper
(3)
Clean all surfaces that

cleaner solvent
are
(Item 201).
to be bonded with
Then
wipe
with
dry
(Item 621) dampened
clean white cloth to
remove
with
any solvent residue
before the solvent evaporates.
(4)
Repeat
the
NOTE:
cleaning procedure
until
no
residue is visible
on a
dry
clean white cloth.
gloves (Item 673) while you clean and bond parts. The
they are handled with bare hands. If the
become contaminated in any way they must be cleaned again.
cleaned surfaces will be contaminated if

cleaned surfaces
4.
Adhesive
(1)
5.
cure
Refer to
time
data sheets for adhesive
cure
times.
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
Apply a reasonably thick layer of adhesive (Item 383) to both mating surfaces with a spatula
(Item 645) or other suitable applicator. Make sure that it is spread evenly and without any air
bubbles.
(2)
Allow the
joint
to remain open for 5
The two parts shall be
NOTE:
If the adhesive is too
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
minutes, the adhesive should then be tacky
correctly positioned
dry,
one
and
or
nearly dry.
brought together.
surface may be re-treated with adhesive.
20-1 0-4016
Page
202
Jun.03
Aircraft
Rayl~heon
13)
press the two parts
Firmly
exude adhesive
NOTE:
(4) Wipe
slightly
together
while thB
from around the
Bdiiesive
is still
AIRFRAME
tacky. Apply
sufficient pressure to
joint.
Prepared parts grip immediately and cannot be adjusted readily.
exuded adhesive away
immediately
with
clean white lint free cloth
dampened with
solvent.
(5)
Maintain
(6) Any
6.
light
pressure
on
the
joint until it is
cured.
trim allowance which may have been added to facilitate part
positioning
is to be removed.
Inspection
A.
Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
mating
(2)
Make
that the parts that
are
bonded have been
correctly prepared
and have
dry, clean,
surfaces.
sure
that the
bubbles in the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
parts
are
correctly assembled and that there
are no
voids
or
trapped
air
joint.
20-10-4016
Page
203
Jun.03
Raytheon Aircraft
SHRINK FITTING OF
AIRFRAME
BOLTS, BUSHES, PINS, ETC.
i.
General
WARNING:
DO NOT HANDLE LIQUID NITROGEN OR VERY COLD OBJECTS WITHOUT

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. REFER TO HEALTH AND SAFETY STANDARDS.
WARNING:
DO NOT USE THIS METHOD UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR.
WARNING:
MAKE SURE THE CORRECT PROTECTIVE FINISH HAS BEEN COMPLETED ON THE
MATING SURFACES BEFORE PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE.
WARNING:
AN INCORRECTLY INSERTED COMPONENT IS VERY DIFFICULT TO REMOVE
WITHOUT DAMAGE. CAREFUL PREPARATION IS NECESSARY TO REDUCE THE RISK

OF JAMMING.
The
following procedures
holes with close tolerance
either
shrinking, expanding
Some materials
to which
NOTE:
are
they may
The sole
make
Tools and
or a
combination of both.
sensitive to elevated temperatures. Refer to Table 201 for the maximum temperature
be heated to obtain the necessary

reason
expansion.
for cooling
clean ent~y. The
interference
2.
define the methods to be used to insert parts, such as bolts, pins or bushes, into
or interference without scoring the mating surfaces. These methods may include
or heating is to make sure that the part is sufficiently altered in size

degree of shrinking and/or expansion required depends upon the
to
specified.
Equipment
Partlltem No.
Equipment/Material
Molybdenum Disulphide
Grease
Item 088
(Chapter 20-95-11)
Cleaner, Solvent
Item 201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Polysulphide Polymer (two-part)
Item 313
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Jointing Compound
Item 307
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Liquid Nitrogen (N2)
Item 669
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Insulated Containers
Item 678
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Protective Gloves
Item 675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Full Face Shield
Item 680
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Safety
Glasses
Item 679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Safety
Shoes
Item 681
(Chapter 20-95-601)
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-4501
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
201
Raytheon Aircraft
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Protective
Item 682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Electric Mantle
Item 683
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Hot Oil Bath
Item 684
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Refrigerator
Item 685
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Cleaning
3.
AIRFRAME
Clothing
Cloths
Temperature Relationships
A.
Minimum temperature
MANY STEELS BECOME BRITTLE AT LOW TEMPERATURE. CRACKING MAY
CAUTION:
OCCUR IF HAMMERED.
(1)
There is
critical
(2)
B.
no
limit to the minimum temperature, therefore, the temperature of
provided
Normal
operation
is not
it is lower than that calculated for the interference.
properties
are
entirely
restored at
room
temperature.
Maximum temperature
(1)
The maximum temperature to which
Maximum
material may be raised is shown in Table 201.
Temperature
Table 201
Material
Maximum
Temperatu re
Steel
120" C
Brass
150"C(302"F)
Al. bronze
150" C
(3020 Fl
100" C
(2120 Fl
(248" Fl
[DTD 197]
Wrought
aluminum
Cast aluminum
alloys
alloys
600 C
(140" Fl
[DTD 298]
Steel and aluminum
alloy castings
120" C
(248" Fl
[DTD 7351
[DTD 304]
[HSA S.07]
[AL.OGL]
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-4501
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
202
RayZheon Aircraft
C.
Expansion
AIRFRAME
and contraction per inch
Expansion
and Contraction Per Inch
Table 202
Celsius
Fahrenheit
Steel
120" C
248" F
.00123
Brass
Bronze
Aluminum
alloy
Maximum temperature for steel
.00191
and aluminum
110"C
230"F
.00110
.00171
100" C
212" F
.00098
.00153
.0017
Maximum temperature for

aluminum
900 C
1940 F
.00085
.00135
.0015
80"C
176"F
.00073
.00117
.0013
70" C
158" F
.00062
.00099
.0011
60" C
140" F
.00050
.00081
.0009
alloy castings.
alloy (wrought).
Maximum
.xutemperature
deRrof
Maximum temperature for cast

alloy DTD 298.
aluminum
NOTEr
50"C
122"F
.00038
.00063
40"C
104"F
.00027
.00045
.0005
30"C
86"F
.00016
.00027
.0003
20"C
68"F
.00005
.00009
.0001
15"C
59" F
.0007
10" C
50" F
.00005
.00008
.0001
O"C
32"F
.00016
.00027
.0003
-10"C
14"F
.00028
.00045
.0005
-20"C
-4"F
.00039
.00063
.0007
-30"C
-22"F
.00051
.00081
.0009
-400 C
-40" F
.00062
.00099
.0011
-50"C
-58"F
.00074
.00117
.0013
-600 C
-76" F
.00085
.00135
.0015
-70"C
-94"F
.00097
.001 53
.0017
.0019
-80" C
-1120 F
.00110
.00171
-1009C
-1480 F
.00130
.[]0204
.0021
-120" C
-1840 F
.00150
.00243
.0023
-1400 C
-2200 F
.00173
.00280
.0025
-1600 C
-256" F
.00194
.00316
.0027
-1800 C
-292" F
.00214
.00352
.0029
soaking
time of approximately
to achieve the values
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(prorated)
Room
Temperature
1/2 hourper inch of section thickness may be
required
quoted in Table 202.
20-1 0-4501
Page
203
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME
4.
Procedure
A.
Initial
preparation
(1)
Thoroughly
(2)
Checkthe
following:
(a)
Make
(b)
Check
sure
(c) Check
Check
(d)
clean parts to be fit and the hole with Item 201.
dimensions
correct.
seating.
for any
Prepare freezing
(4)
If bushes
are
to treatments and surfaces.
damage
and
requirements
(3)
(Item 088)
are
and/or
heating
to be fitted into
all
over
alignments
unit and
if
more
adjust
housings grooved
the bore of the
housing.
than
one
to correct
hole
or
part is involved.
temperature. (See Table 202.)
for lubrication purposes,
lightly
Sealant must not be used for this
smear
grease
application.
SEALANT IS AN IRRITANT. AVOID CONTACT WITH THE BODY. ALWAYS WASH
CAUTION:
HANDS BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING.
(5)
Thinly
coat the entire
Class
B).
(a) Sealant
(b)
is
length
supplied
Smear sealant with
in
of the hole in which the part is to be fitted, with sealant
two-part kit. Mix according
spatula
and rub
on
(Item 313,
to manufacturers recommendations.
the surface to obtain the minimum
complete coating.
Do not brush.
B.
Shrinking
(1)
and/or
To find the
of
expansion
expansion
or
column in Table 202 and
NOTE:
(EXAMPLE 1)
components
contraction of
multiply by
0.00051
0.0017x 3/4
Place the component to be fit and mandrel, if

and at the
0.00102 inch
3/4 inch diameter hole in aluminum
Expansion
(2)
component, select the value from the appropriate
2 inch diameter steel bush cooled to -3CP C.
Contraction
(EXAMPLE 2)
the diameter.
100~ C.
0.00128 inch
required,
in the
refrigerant
for the
specified
time
specified temperature.
If the interference exceeds the contraction which
(a)
alloy heated to
component may then be heated
provided
can
the upper
be obtained
permissible
by freezing,
the
mating
temperature is not
exceeded.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4501
Page
204
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20
(3)
STAN~ARD i~RACTICES
The time interval between the removal of the

short
as
possible.
The
assembly
pait
from the
AIRFRAME
refrigerant
and
assembly
must be as
should be made within 10 to 15 seconds to prevent undue frost
formation.
(a) The temperature

(b)
(4)
A mandrel
Entry
can
of the parts
can
be used to aid
be better maintained if
handling
tools
are
insulated.
alignment.
must be made on the axis of the hole.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4501
Page
205
Dec. 99
Raytheon Aircraft
AIRFRAME

1.
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:
DO NOT LET THE SKIN COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE ADHESIVES. PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675), SAFETY

EXPOSED SKIN.
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS AND ADHESIVES MAKE SURE THERE IS
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATHE
FUMES, REST IN
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

WARNING:
DO NOT
EAT,
DRINK OR SMOKE DURING WORK. SHOULD INGESTION OCCUR RINSE
WARNING:
THE PRIMERS USED IN THIS PROCEDURE CONTAIN LOW FLASH POINT
SOLVENTS,
THESE ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY ALL LOCAL SAFETY
REGULATIONS.
CAUTION:
DO NOT USE ANAEROBIC ADHESIVES NEAR TO TRANSPARENCIES. THE ADHESIVE

WILL CAUSE SEVERE CRAZING TO ACRYLIC MATERIALS.
A.
Introduction
(1)
procedure for the locking of threads with anaerobic

procedure are single component adhesives which change from
a liquid to a hard insoluble solid by the exclusion of air between close fitting metal surfaces.
When cured they prevent the loosening of threaded fasteners. They are available as either a
very low viscosity adhesive to allow penetration of the joint by capillary action or a high viscosity
adhesive where capillary action is not required.
This maintenance
practice gives
the
adhesives. The adhesives in this
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-1 0-4507
Page
201
Jun.Oe
Raltheon Aircraft
8.
Equipment/nnaterials
Equipment/Material
ParVltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
Primer N
317A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Primer T
318A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive
372
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Adhesive
374
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Protective
gloves
Brush
shield
Safety glasses/face
Protective
Spray
2.
clothing
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Local
gun
20-95-601
supply
Storage
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Refer to
Preparation
A.
Procedure
paint (STRIPPING
(1)
Remove
(2)
Degrease the
Use
(a)
area to
vapor
OF
PAINTS)
and other
which the adhesive is to be
non
metallic
applied
degreasing method, by immersing
as
coatings
as
necessary.
follows:
the parts in
hot solvent cleaner
(Item 201)
vapor bath.
NOTE:
Where this
can
not be
done, parts may be cleaned with lint free cloths (Item 621)
dampened with solvent cleaner (Item 20 1).
(b)
Use
lint free cloth to
remove
any
remaining solvent cleaner before
(3)
specified adhesive requires an activator, a primer (Item

primer should be applied immediately after degreasing.
(4)
The
If the
primers
are
supplied ready for
use
and
are
317A
or
it evaporates.
318A)
is to be used. The
applied either with a brush (Item 676) or a spray

applied. Porous surfaces may need two
onto the surface area to which the adhesive is to be
layers of primer.
NOTE:
Active surfaces
EFFEGTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
(Primer optional): Brass,
copper, bronze, iron, soft steel, nickel.
20-1 0-4507
Page 202
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE:
Inactive su/faces
AIRFRAME
Aliiminium, stainless steel, manganese, zinc, black
(Primer
oxide, cadmium, titanium, others.

NOTE:
As
in
(5)
an
alternative, where
Polythene bag
Parts that have been
primed
with
large number of small parts are to be treated, put the parts

small quantity of primer and let the parts tumble in the primer.
should be allowed to
dry under good
air flow until the surfaces
are
completely dry.
degreased and have had the primer applied, can be stored for up
(Primer N) or 7 days (Primer T). Contamination of the surface before
assembly should be prevented.
NOTE:
Parts that have been

to one month
4.
Application
A.
of adhesives
Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
that the adhesive
(Item
372
or
374)
is the correct
grade,
as
referred to
by
the
manufacturers documentation.
(2)
With
brush, direct from the bottle
compound
NOTE:
(3)
to the cleaned and/or
or, where
primed
appropriate,
threads of
one or
special applicator, apply the
both parts to be locked.
you do not apply too much adhesive to the threads. The excess adhesive
exposed at the ends of the threads will cure slowly and weaken the joint.
IWake
sure
or specified torque loading and/or

Where
screws).
possible, move surfaces in
required position (i.e. adjustment
each other for a few seconds to properly distribute the adhesive for maximum
Assemble the threaded components and
tighten
to the normal
set them to the
relation to
activation.
(4)
exceptional component assembly procedures, the adhesive (Item 374 only) may be
applied to the assembled parts by placing a small drop of the adhesive on the exposed thread
and pem7itting the compound to enter the thread by capillary action.
In certain
NOTE:
(5)
assembly cure for at least

ultimate strength is 3 hours).
Let the adhesive in the
(Time
5.
procedure (paragraph (4)) must only be used where the time required for the
adjustment or assembly of the component is longer than the curing time of the
compound, and the application as in paragraphs (2) and (3) would result in the cured
compound in the joint of the thread being disturbed.
This
to achieve
1 1/2 hours to achieve
handling strength.
Removal of uncured/cured adhesive

A.
Procedure
(1)
Uncured adhesive may be removed from the threads by wiping with solvent cleaner (Item
on a lint free cloth (Item 621). The parts should then have the primer (Item 317A or 318A)
applied again
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
as
necessary
(paragraph 3.),
and assembled
201)
(paragraph 4.).
20-10-4507
Page
203
Jun.02
Ray~heon Aircraft
(2)
Cured adhesive may be more difficult to

The methods which can be used are:
remove
Wire
brushing, scraping
NOTE:
with
tap
or
normally require
mechanical methods.
die.
care on
parts where the protective
treatment would
damaged.
then to have the
primer (Item 317A

(paragraph 3.), and assembled (paragraph 4.).
(3)
6.
cleaning
These methods must be used with

be
The parts
or
and will
AIRFRAME
are
or
318A) applied again
as
necessary
Inspection~heck
A.
Procedure
(1)
Joints assembled with the adhesives
inspected using
an
fluorescence of the
EFFECTIVIPI:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
ultraviolet
light,
(both
adhesives have fluorescent
additives) should
where the presence of the adhesive is indicated
be
by
joint.
20-1 0-4507
Page
204
Jun.02
Ral~heon Aircraft
RETENTION OF BUSHES AND
AIRFRAME
BY LIQUID SEALANT
1.
General
The retention of bushes and
bearings
advantages of low distortion
imposed
need for close tolerances
the
the careful
preparation
Surfaces to which the
bearings
or
other
on
housing.
of parts and
liquid
sealant
maximum gap of 0.003 inch
Tools and
the
housings
bearing,
The
or on
success
applied
by the
of items treated
subsequent operations
are
shafts
use
of
corrosion resistance of the
must be
liquid sealant has the
assembly,
by this process depends entirely on
of the items to be bonded
thoroughly
and the lack of
cleaned.
together.
Liquid sealant
must not enter
moving parts.
The dimensions of the bore of the
2.
in their
on
housing
(0.006
or
the diameter of the shaft must allow easy
inch clearance
on
assembly with
diameter).
Equipment
Equipment/Materials
Partlltem No.
Cleaning
Chapter 20-95-201,
Item 201
Liquid Sealant
Chapter 20-95-301,
Item 308
Lint free cloth
Chapter 20-95-601,
Item 621
solvent
White cotton
gloves

Brushes
Masking for open sides of nonshielded bearings

Metal
Self-manufacture
cover
ARS.
Polyethylene plastic tape (or)
Chapter 20-95-601,
Item 630
Polyethylene
Self-manufacture
ARS.
cover
Pressure Sensitive
Paper Masking tape
Abrasive paper
or
Chapter 20-95-601,
(or)
Item 630
Plastic scraper
3.
or
(600 grit)
Removamnstallation of Parts
A.
Removal of Parts
CAUTION:
(1)
CARE MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE PARTS.
Parts may be
separated by
normal removal methods used for interference
or
press fit
assemblies.
EFFECTIVITY:
20-1 0-4553
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
201
Aircraft
Mating
(2)
surfaces must be cleaned of cured sealant
plastic scraper,
bearings
B.
AIRFRAME
or
or
with 600
abrading
grit
wet or
by scraping with a
dry paper taking care
suitable tool, such
as a
not to contaminate the
its lubricant.
Installation of Parts
CLEAN, WHITE COTTON GLOVES SHALL BE WORN DURING AND AFTER
CAUTION:
CLEANING OPERATIONS AND UNTIL BONDING OPERATIONS HAVE BEEN
COMPLETED. CONTAMINATION OF THE CLEANED SURFACES WILL OCCUR

WHEN THEY ARE HANDLED WITH BARE HANDS. IF THE SURFACES BECOME
CONTAMINATED IN ANY WAY, THEY MUST BE RECLEANED.

must be checked before
assembly for
(1)
Bearings
(2)
Assemble the parts. Check for
(3)
Bearings
cleaning fluids and/or liquid sealant from

accidentally entering the openings. Mask by using a polyethylene plastic tape or cover, metal
cover, or paper masking tape cut to shape (Item 630).
(4)
Clean all
(5)
with
clean, lint free cloth (Item 631) dampened with degreasing
NOTE:
Any other means
Coat the
mating surfaces of the bush or bearing thinly with liquid sealant (Item 308) by brushing
application from the nozzle of the bottle. Sealant must not be applied to the housing.
by
of holding parts must also be free from contamination.
direct
NOTE:
Any surplus liquid sealant
Assemble the bush

should be
should be
NOTE:
NOTE:
or
bearing
to the
must not be returned to the bottle.
housing
or
just visible along the mating face. An
carefully
removed
by soaking
It may be necessary before
bearings
the
the shaft. A continuous line of sealant

excess
surplus
assembly to
if access to that side will not be
of sealant
into
an
remove
delays curing and,
absorbent cloth
any masking
practicable
after
Multiple bearing assemblies separated by distance pieces

the bolt
(7)
satisfactory assembly.
with open ends must be masked to prevent
mating surfaces
agent (Item 230).
or
(6)
freedom of rotation.
Retain the
tightened
to normal
or
on one
(Item 308)
if present,
tissue.
side of rolling
assembly
shall be bolted
together and
torque levels.
parts in place if necessary by
means
of temporary
jigging
or
masking tape, and
leave
undisturbed for three hours.
(8)
NOTE:
Heat must not be used to accelerate the
Remove
masking, jigging,
EFFECTIVITY:
etc. and check
cure.
rolling bearing
for freedom of rotation.
20-1 0-4553
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
202
Raytheon Aircraft
4.
AIRFRAME
Inspection
(1)
Assembled
rolling bearings
value when
specified) by rotating
or
(2)
gritty
On
(3)
the
the inner
while
EFFECTIVITY:
assemblies which
bearing, tighten
Assemblies shall be
bearing
inspected
or
for freedom of rotation
outer
races.
(to
There must be
the
no
appropriate torque
evidence of
sticking
feel to the motion.
multiple bearing
through
must be
to normal
inspected
holding
the shaft
are
spaced by
distance tube
place
bolt/nut
assembly
torque levels, and check for freedom of rotation.
for
curing
or
housing stationary.
of sealant
by applying
No
manual pressure to the bush
slippage
or
movement shall be
or
present.
20-1 0-4553
125 Series 1-1000
Page
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
Jan. 2001
203
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
ELECTRICAL BONDING
1. INFORMATION
WARNING: Before you do this maintenance practice make sure that the Warning and Caution in
GENERAL DESCRIPTION, of this manual, are read and understood.
WARNING: Do not let skin
come
on
protective
gloves (Item 675), safety glasses (Item 679)

areas of exposed skin.
and mask.
into contact with cleaner solvents
clothing (Item 682),

Use barrier cream (Item 634)
sealants, put
or
this includes
on
topic
WARNING: When you use cleaner solvents and sealants make sure there is sufficient airflow in the
work area. If you breath fumes, rest in a warm area with a sufficient airflow. Get medical
aid.
If skin contamination occurs,
WARNING:
non-abrasive soap,
get
and
gently
thoroughly
persists.
clean with
running
water and
medical aid if irritation
WARNING: If eye contamination occurs, check for and remove any contact lenses, flush with plenty of
water for at least 15 minutes, holding the upper and lower eyelids apart. Get immediate
medical aid.
WARNING: Do not eat, drink
or
smoke
during work. Should ingestion
occur

WARNING: When you work with electrical equipment,
CAUTION: Non-conductive
areas.
The
areas
coatings
must be
must be
polished
obey all local regulations.
completely
to
removed from the electrical
bonding
and earth
smooth surface finish.
CAUTION: When you use silicone compound DC.4 (Item 008) take care not to contaminate any other
surfaces. The compound can damage paint and adhesive surfaces. Paint will not bond to
surfaces from which silicone
compound
has been removed.
CAUTION: All solid material which would interfere with the establishment of a low resistance path across the
electrical bond interface or which forms a wedge or barrier to keep the electrical bond area open
to the entrance of corrosive materials
NOTE: For electrical maintenance

maintenance
or
agents
must be removed.
Ref. 201050.
and AMM Chapter 2~,
to Ref
24,
20-10-50, 201 and
practices refer VI
ELECTRICAL
A. Introduction
practice gives the electrical bonding procedures which

airplane systems function, reliably and safely and to:
This maintenance
that the
Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic

Minimize the
Provide
an
possibility
adequate
Prevent interference with the

Provide
path
for
path
operation
conveying lightning
necessary to make
sure
charges.
of electric shock from the electrical
electrical return
are
supply and distribution system.
under both normal and fault conditions.
of services.
strikes.
20-10-5016
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Electrical bonding may be achieved by either faying of bare metal surfaces, bonding leads or inherent
The term inherent bonding is used where an adequate electrical path exists between parts or
bonding.
assemblies without any special action being necessary. It may be expected that the metallic skin of an
airplane, the internal main structure and connection between components, e.g. wing-to-fuselage, are
inherently bonded by permanent fasteners or the use of close tolerance bolts. Attachments of more than
12 permanent fasteners
B.
are
considered to be
inherently
bonded.
EquipmentlMaterials
ParVltem No.
EquipmentlMaterial
008
(Ref. 20-95-11)
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Ref. 20-95-201)
Compound, sealing
312
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
314
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
Polysulfide
Sealant
Compound,
silicone paste
1315(Ref. 20-95-301)
316
(Ref. 20-95-301)
340
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
347
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
350
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Polysulfide
Sealant
351
(Ref. 20-95-301)
Sealant
Lacquer, polyurethane
414A
504
(Ref. 20-95-501)
Lint free cloth
621
(Ref. 20-95-601)
627
(Ref. 20-95-601)
Masking tape
630
(Ref. 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Ref. 20-95-601)
637
(Ref. 20-95-601)
640
(Ref. 20-95-601)
642
(Ref. 20-95-601)
cream
Abrasive
pad, Scotchbrite (fine grade)
Tinned copper
bonding strip
Tissue, soft paper
1646 (Ref. 20-95-601)
Abrasive paper, Garnet

Protective
gloves
Safety glasses/face
(Ref. 20-95-401)
shield
Protective clothing
675
(Ref. 20-95-601)
679
(Ref. 20-95-601)
682
(Ref. 20-95-601)
2.STORAGE
Refer to
data sheets for
20-10-5016
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
3. BONDING AND EARTHING SURFACE PREPARATION

A. General
(1)
bonding surfaces
The electrical
7.
paragraph
in
must be
clean, dry, conductive, free from
contamination, corrosive agents and all solid material.
(2) Remove all nonconductive materials. These materials include paints and other organic finishes;
anodizing films, oxide and sulfide films; oil, grease and other petroleum products.
(3)
Remove all corrosive agents. These include water, acids, strong alkalines and any other materials
provide conductive electrolytic paths.
which
(4)
Remove all solid materials which could hold the bond
sand, metal
dust, dirt,
B. Aluminum Surface
NOTE: The
(1)
paragraphs
filings
and the
products
that follow
Clean the surfaces to be
apply
CAUTION: Do not
to all classes of electrical bonds.
electrically
NOTE: For electrical bond
around the
areas
remove
bonded with
abrasive
(5)
When the
masking tape is
bonding area
(6) Apply
Install
than
bonding
Deep scratches, grooves
C, Steel, Titanium, Zinc,

NOTE: The
(1) Clean
paragraphs
paint
necessary
an
finer abrasive paper
(Item 504)
Cadium,
that follow
to the bared me~tal surface
Nickel
apply
or
Brass Surface
are
not
(Item
627
or
Item
646)
(Ref. 20-10-08, 201).
zinc
or
or
If the
delay
is
longer
Preparation
cleaner solvent
(Item 201).
lacquer, as necessary, from the surfaces to be

abrasive pad (Item 637) or wheel can be used.
bonding hardware
gouges
application of the bonding components, clean

moistened with solvent (Item 201).
642)
(Item
or
remove
or
(Item 621).
or
CAUTION: Do not
Install
with tissue paper
the surfaces to be bonded with
Remove
or
equipment within one hour of surface preparation.

paragraphs 3.B.(1) thru (6) again.
hardware
hour do
7.
removed and before the
one
paragraph
bond.
clean white lint free cloth
the electrical
(3)
metal.
too much
(Item 201).
to contain the effect of the abrasive paper.
grade 320
pad (Item 637) (paragraph 3.A.(2)).
Remove all dust with
(2)
cleaner solvent
Remove all nonconductive materials with
(4)
(7)
area
refer to the Methods in
acceptable for an electrical
or
These solid materials include
Preparation
(2) Apply masking tape (Item 630)
(3)
joint apart.
of corrosion.
cadium
plating
from steel
or
bonded with the related thinners. If
brass surfaces.
equipment.
20-10-5016
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
D.
Surface
Magnesium Alloy
Preparation
CAUTION:
Magnesium alloy structures
NOTE: The
paragraphs
that follow
must not be used
apply
Clean the surfaces to be bonded with
(2)
Remove
necessary
(3)
Brush
an
area
deionized
(4) Carefully
or
or
Install
than
cleaner solvent
path.
(Item 201).
lacquer, as necessary, from the surfaces to be

pad (Item 637) or wheel can be used.
with Dow#19 solution for
distilled water to
dry
NOTE: Do not
(5)
current return
bonded with the related thinners. If
abrasive
liberally
blot
as a
(1)
paint
AIRFRAME
with
remove
the surface
wipe
blot
one
minute, then rinse immediately with clean
all chemicals.
(Item 621)
and let
dry
for 3 to 5 minutes.
carefully.
bonding hardware or equipment within one hour of surface preparation.

hour do paragraphs 3.0.(1) thru ~4) again.
If the
delay
is
longer
one
E. Inherent Electrical
Bonding
bonding is where specific portions of the surface areas of the members to be joined
placed in direct contact. Electrical continuity is obtained by establishing a fused metal bridge across
the junction by welding, brazing, sweating, swaging or by maintaining a high pressure contact between
the mating surfaces with rivets. No other preparation is necessary in inherently electrically bonded
applications.
Inherent electrical
are
F Radomes
require special treatment compared to other methods of electrical bonding as the conductive
paint, that the radome mounts upon, is a crucial element of the electrical bond. The
layer
conductive layer of paint must be exposed and must make contact with the mounting screws of the
radome. The anti-static paint itself must measure 0.5 to 75 MRlsquare. A finish layer land primer) may
be applied on top of the conductive layer of paint as long as the anti-static paint is left exposed where
the mounting screws for the radome would make contact.
Radomes
of the
4. TYPES OF SEALANT
A. Sealant
(1)
Groups
The sealant in the electrical
(2) Group~
bonding methods
by
the groups that follow.
sealants:
bonding of equipment
351).
For permanent electrical
315, 316, 347, 350

1/2
NOTE: The
work life
(a)
is shown
Where
For
or
or
components to
structure
2 versions to be chosen at operators discretion
use
according
requirements.
1 sealants are necessary they will be applied

inside fuel tanks refer to (Ref. 20-10-1001, 201).
Group
use
or
20-1 0-5016
as
follows:
sealant
to
(Item 314,
application
and
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
For all other
(3) Group
applications refer
For removable installations
use
sealant
(Item 312). In areas likely to be contaminated by hydraulic

lacquer (Item 414A). Let the lacquer cure between coats.
two brushed coats of
3 sealant:
Sealant
(5) Group
(Ref. 20-10-1002, 201).
2 sealant:
fluid, overcoat with
(4) Group
to
AIRFRAME
(not
for fuel tank
interior) (Item 340).
4 sealant:
Silicone
compound (Item 008).
5. INSPECTION/CHECK
A. Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
bonding
parts for electrical bonding have been correctly prepared and have
that the
(2)
Make
sure
that the electrical
(3)
Make
sure
that the sealant has been
Make
sure
(4)
that
Make
sure
bonding
and earth
points
have been
correctly applied.
Paragraph 6.6.,
that the fasteners
are
permissible
Table 201.
correctly tightened.
6. RESISTANCE TEST
A.
Equipment/Materials
EquipmentlMaterial
10
Amp Measurements
ItemlPart No.
Raytheon
test tool TK 2146/935
(or equivalent)
Low power measurements
Milliohmeter
Keithly
model 580A
(or equivalent)
Megohm
dry clean
correctly protected.
resistance test has been done in accordance with the
values contained in
(5)
surface.
measurements
Hewlett-Packard model 1862-C
Megger
model BM403
(or equivalent)
20-10-5016
resistance
Raytheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
B. Maximum Permissible Resistance Values
Table 201
Table of Maximum Permissible Resistance Values
Item(s)
to be
Electrically Bonded
Resistance in Ohms
Method Description
Class
Antennas, grounded type
I Faying
0.0025
Arrestor, lightning
Faying
0.0005
Bearings,
I Faying
roller and ball
Cables and Rods,
flight
Faying
HIR
Cabinets, electrical/electronic
or
0.0025
Jumper
0.01
Jumper
(HF only)
I Faying
0.0025
(e.g., airplane cargo)
IFaying
0.01
Faying
or
Jumper
0.01
C/R
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Cables, coaxial
Tiedowns
or
Attachment Hardware
controls
0.01
Parts, conductive (i.e., any conductive

part greater than 3 in. (76.2 mm) on a
side that is fixed and
exposed
to the
airstream)
Conduit/trays, metal (i.e.,

wiring or cable trays)
conduit for
0.0025
Connectors, metal (i.e., metallic

connectors for wire harnesses)
)Faying
Control Surface Actuators, electrical,
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Faying
or
Jumper
0.01
LIR
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
IJumper
(e.g., servos)
Control Surface Actuators, non-electrical
Control Surface Position Transmitters
(e.g., RVDTs)
Control surfaces, metal
(e.g., ailerons,
0.01
elevators, Flaps, rudder and trim tabs)

NOTE
Control surfaces that

electrical
are
direct driven (e.g.
Dischargers electrostatic (aluminum

mounting base)
Diverters, lightning
bay,
access, avionics
equipment bay,
entrance, landing gear)
rear
metal
(i.e., rigid
without electrical
206Mar.OG
roller/track)
or
piano hinged provide inherent
I Faying
or
Riveted
Fastener
0.1
0.0025
[Jumper
0.01
escape hatch,
Doors, external (e.g., cowling, nacelles)
Ducting,
gear,
bonding.
Doors, external (e.g.,
Page
worm
and
or
flexible
provisions)
20-~ 0-5016
Fastener
Faying
or
0.01
Jumper
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Item(s)
to be
Electrically
Bonded
Class
Electrical components for circuits

50 volts, Metal Cased (e.g.,
Method Description
Resistance in Ohms
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Electrical Devices (i.e., electrical devices

attached to enclosures)
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Engine Mounts
I Faying
or
Jumper
0. 0025
Engine Supports
Faying
or
Jumper
0.01
H/R
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
H/R
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
exceeding
switches, circuit breakers potentiometers

and
rheostats)
Equipment Cases, metal (e.g., avionics,

battery, black box, CDU, CRT, electrical,
electronic, radios)
Equipment
seams,
Enclosures
(i.e.,
cabinet
drawers, panels)
(EMI)
0.1
(Safety)
Faying
\Faying
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Fittings, Lines, Pipes, Plumbing and

Tubing, composite (e.g., air, fuel,
hydraulic, oil)
Faying
or
Jumper
Contact
Fittings, Lines, Pipes, Plumbing and

Tubing, metal (e.g., bleed air, fuel,
Faying
or
Jumper
1.0
Fuel Boost Pump, electrical
1Faying
Contact
Raytheon
Fuel Boost Pump,
I Faying
Jumper
Contact
Raytheon
Fuel Flow Transmitter
Faying
Jumper
Contact
Raytheon
Fuel Nozzle Ground
Faying
0.0025
Faying
0.0025
S/L
Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
I Faying
or
Jumper
Contact
Hydraulic Pumps
Faying
or
Jumper
0.01
Indicator
I Faying
Equipment, electrical powergeneration

(e.g., alternators, starter/generators)
Filters, EMI
Fire
Extinguisher Bottles, non-portable
Jumper
or
Contact
Raytheon
0.0025
Raytheon
hydraulic, oil, oxygen, pneumatic

pressure, refrigerant)
engine driven
Receptacle
Fuel Tank Access Door
Fuel
Vents/Scoops,
Exchangers
conditioning)
Heat
air
metal
and Radiators
Heat Exchangers, Fuel
Lights
Inspection
Plates
System
(e.g.,
or
or
Fasteners
Raytheon
1
1
20-10-5016Mar.OG
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Table 201
Item(s)
to be
Electrically Bonded
Class
Landing Gear Assembly Components,

(e.g., torque knees, shock absorbers)
Method
I Faying
or
Description
Jumper
Resistance in Ohms
1
NOTE
Landing gear
down and locked.
Lighting Fixtures
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Motors, electrical
I Faying
or
Jumper
Contact
Mounts, metal (e.g., shock, vibration)
I Jumper
Strap
0.0025
Panels, metal (e.g., control, instrument)
Faying, Jumper
RailsTTracks,
seats)
Faying
Faying
H/R
Faying
Structure, aluminum (i.e., external skins)
S/L
Faying
0.0005
Structure, CFC (i.e., external CFC

panels)
S/L
Faying
0.05
Jumper
0.01
Jumper
0.01
IJumper
0.01
Tanks, oxygen
IJumper
0.01
Transformer
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Transformer, Rectifier Units
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
I Faying
or
Jumper
0.0025
Faying
or
Jumper
0.01
metal
(e.g.,
rails and tracks
or
or
or
Jumper
Strap 1
0.0025
0.1
for
Seats, flight
Shelves,
crew
metal
only
shelves for
(i.e.,
electrical/electronic
0.1
or
Jumper
0.0025
equipment)
Tanks, conductive composite (with fuel

filler provisions and no electrical
installations)
Tanks, metal (containing non-flammable
materials
Tanks, metal (with fuel filler provisions

and
no
electrical
installations)
Valves, electrically controlled
or
instrumentation
Valves, non-electrical
NOTE: The class of
Mar.OG~p"
bonding
is defined
as
follows:
CLASS A
Antenna installations
CLASS C
Current return
CLASS H
Shock hazard
CLASS L
Lightning
CLASS R
RF
CLASS S
Static
path
Protection
potential
charge
20-10-5016
Raytheon
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
7. BONDING METHODS
NOTE: Method numbers 18, 20, 25 thru 29 and 32 thru 40
A, Methods
Bridging
1, 13 and
contact
(1) Clean
are
not used.
41
bonding
via
conducting
bolt and nut, oversealed
to bare metal the two faces under the washers
remove
nonconductive materials the
area
(Figure 201).
(paragraph 3.).
Make
extends for 0.04 to 0.12 in.
(1
sure
to 3
that when you

around the
mm)
contacting faces.
(2) Clean
the bared faces and the related fasteners with solvent
(3) Apply
the correct surface treatment
(4)
Install the
(5)
Do
component
resistance test
and
tighten
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
the fasteners.
Torque tighten if necessary.
(paragraph 6.).
NOTE: This method may also be used for a tapped hole in the structure or moulding block, with
either a conducting stud with nut and washer, or a hexagon headed conducting bolt and
washer.
METHOD1
BRIDGING CONTACT BONDING VIA
CONDUCTING BOLT AND NUT
OVERSEALED
;L:
HEXAGON HEADED BOLT
(CONDUCTING
EQUIPMENT
OR
COMPONENT
STRUCTURE
WASHERS STEEL
CADMIUM PLATED
NUT
CONDUCTING
M7612
HA008986470AA
Figure 201
Electrical
Bonding
Methods
-1, 13 and 41
20-10-5016
Ray~heon
AiKraft
Company
(6) Apply
(7)
sealant to overseal the head of the bolt and the nut
(a) For
Method 1 in
(b) For
Method 13 in
paragraph4.A.(3j.
(c) For
Method 41 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
as
AIRFRAME
specified:
paragraph 4.A.(2).
Make sure that the fillet
the washer and the
overlaps
existing protective
treatment to exclude
moisture from the unprotected surfaces.
B. Methods 1A and 41A

Direct contact
(1)
(Figure 202).
oversealed
bonding,
Clean to bare metal the foot of the
(paragraph 3.).
Make
0.04 to 0.12 in.
(1
(2) Clean the

(3) Apply
to 3
sure
mm)
bared faces with solvent
(5)
Install the component and
(6)
Do
resistance test
component
or
and the structure covered
by
the foot
extends for
(paragraph 3.).
under the
tighten
area
(Item 201).
(4) Apply a line of sealant

paragraph 4.A. (2).
equipment
that when you remove nonconductive materials the

around the contacting faces.
heel
of the
the fasteners.
equipment
or
component
as
specified
Torque tighten if necessary.
(paragraph 6.).
METHOD 1A
DIRECT CONTACT BONDING
OVERSEALED
HEXAGON HEADED BOLT
EQUIPMENT
OR
COMPONENT
STRUCTURE~
WASHER STEEL
CADMIUM PLATED
;L
r
IF NUT PLATE IS
USED INSTALL WASHER
UNDER BOLT HEAD

NUT OR NUT PLATE
M7568
HAODB986424AA
Electrical
Mar.
Figure 202
Bonding Methods
20-10-5016
-1A and 41A
in
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
sealant to overseal the head of the bolt and the nut and around the foot
(7) Apply
(8)
AIRFRAME
(a)
For Method 1A in
(b)
For Method 41A in
Make
specified:
paragraph 4.A.(3).
paragraph 4.A.(4).
that the fillet around the foot
sure
moisture from the
as
unprotected
overlaps
the
existing protective
treatment to exclude
surfaces.
C. Method 2
Bridging
(1)
contact
bonding
via
bolt and nut, Silicone
conducting
Clean to bare metal the two faces under the washers

remove
area
compound sealing (Figure 203).
(paragraph 3.).
Make
(1
that when you

mm) around the
sure
to 3
contacting faces.
(2)
Clean the bared faces and the related fasteners with solvent
(3) Apply
(4) Apply a
4.A.(5).
thin
layer
of silicone
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
compound (Item 008)
to the bared surface
as
specified
in
paragraph
METHOD 2
BRIDGING CONTACT BONDING VIA CONDUCTING BOLT
AND NUT- SILICONE COMPOUND SEALING
HEXAGON HEADED BOLT
(CONDUCTING
WASHERS STEEL CADMIUM PLATED

EQUIPMENT
OR
STRUCTURE
COMPONENT
SILICONE COMPOUND
APPLIED BEFORE ASSEMBLY
M7613
NUT
Electrical
Figure 203
Bonding Method
CONDUCTING
HAOOB986471AA
20-1 0-5016
"Gf~ZMar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
(5)
Install the
component and tighten the fasteners. Torque tighten if necessary.
NOTE: When two

surface
be
(6)
Do
or more
on
applied
3,
Direct contact
thicknesses
the intermediate
are
joint
involved, it is permissible to
faces. A thin
layer
of silicone
the
nonconducting
compound (Item 008) is to
remove
to the bared areas.
resistance test
D. Methods
AIRFRAME
(paragraph 6.).
14 and 42
bonding
bonding leads, oversealed (Figure 204).
with
Table 202
Washer Material for Method 3

Method
Washer Material
Structure Material
Aluminum
Steel, cadmium plated
Alloy
3A
Plated steel, corrosion
38
Magnesium
resisting steel,
Corrosion
titanium
resisting
steel
Steel, cadmium plated
NOTE: When Method 3 is detailed for
plated steel, corrosion resistant
steel
or
titanium structure
use
Method 3A.
NOTE: When Method 3 is detailed for
(1)
For all structure
magnesium
structure
use
Method 38.
except magnesium:
Clean to bare metal at the

point of
area
bond
(paragraph 3.).
Make
(1
sure
to 3
that when you remove

around the contacting
mm)
faces.
(2) For magnesium
structure:
Clean the structure and

film the
(3)
area
Clean the bared
(4) Apply the
(6)
Do
area
and the
Bonding leads should

the bonding leads.
(1
bonding tag
to 3
be
as
mm)
sure
that when you remove the chromate

contacting faces.
around the
with solvent
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
Torque tighten
and fasteners.
resistancetest
(7) Apply
the chromate film. Make
correct surface treatment
(5) Assemble tags

NOTE:
remove
short and
the fasteners if necessary.
straight
as
possible
but without
straining.
(paragraph 6.).
sealant to overseal the head of the
(a) For
Method 3 in
(b) For
Method 14 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
(c) For
Method 42 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
paragraph 4.A.(2).
20-1 0-5016
bolt, nut, tags and washers
as
specified:
Do not coil
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
(8)
Make
sure
that the sealant
unprotected
overlaps the existing protective
AIRFRAME
treatment to exclude moisture from the
surfaces.
METHOD 3
DIRECT CONTACT BONDING USING
BONDING LEADS
HEXAGON HEADED BOLT
OVERSEALED
WASHER
INSTALL THIS WASHER
WHEN SPECIFIED
STRUCTURE
WASHER
NUT
NOTE: FOR WASHER MATERIAL

M7569
REFER TO TABLE 202
HAOOB98M25AA
Electrical
Figure 204
Bonding Methods
3, 14 and 42
E. Method 4
Direct contact
bonding
This method is the
with
same as
bonding leads.
Method 3
(paragraph
7.D.
(1)
thru
(6))but
without overseal.
F. Method 5
Pipe bonding fixed clamp block single
(1) Pipes
or
multi-storey (Figure 205).
points of bond, clean to bare metal (paragraph 3.). Make sure that the
area(s) for the pipe(s) is the width of the clamp plus 0.04 to 0.08 in. (1 to 2 mm) on either
For the clamp, the area of the foil plus 0.04 to 0.12 in. (1 to 3 mm) all round.
and structure at the
cleaned
side.
(2)
A tinned copper
pulled
down and
bonding strip (Item 640) length as required is put in position with

put under the clamp. The bonding strip is pierced to take the bolt.
NOTE: Where metal
or
metal coated
required. Any nonconducting

the pipe clamp holes.
(3)
Clean the bared faces and all
parts
the free end
clamp blocks are used, the tinned copper bonding strip is not
finish will require removing from the clamp block base and
which will be in
bonding
contact with solvent
20-1 0-5016
(Item 201).
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 5
PIPE BONDING FIXED CLAMP
BLOCK SINGLE OR MULTI
STOREY
Electrical
(4) Apply
(5) Install
the
(6)
Do
pipe(s)
to the
resistance test
(7) Repair
any
damage
Figure 205
Bonding Method
(paragraph 3.).
clamp block(s). Tighten
the fasteners and torque
tighten
if necessary.
(paragraph 6.).
to the
surrounding
area
with local finish.
G Method 6
Pipe bonding floating clamp
(1)
This method is the
(a)
The
block
same as
single
Method 5,
multi-storey (Figure 206).

except
as
follows:
bonding strip (Item 640) is assembled in the clamp as shown,

(with the bonding lead tag) under the head of one of the clamp
attached
Page
or
20-~ 0-5016
but the free end is

attachment bolts.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 6
PIPE BONDING FLOATING CLAMP
BLOCK SINGLE OR MULTI
STOREY
BONDING LEAD
TINNED COPPER STRIP
M7570
HAOOB986426AA
Electrical
Figure 206
Bonding Method
H. Methods 7, 16 and 43
Pipe
to
pipe bonding
(1) Clean
the
pipes
remove
you
contacting
(2)
clamps
(Figure 207).
to bare metal at the
area
point of
(paragraph 3.).
(1
Make
to 4
sure
that when
mm) around
the
alloy clamps apply

as specified:
(Item 201).
bonding lead tags and fasteners
as
shown. If
mating surfaces of
the bolt headl
paragraph 4.A.(2).
For method 7 in
(b)
For method 16 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
(c)
For method 43 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
unprotected
the
sealant to overseal round the
(a)
sure
(paragraph 6.).
For aluminum
tag and nut
bonding
(paragraph 3.).
clips to the pipe followed by

torque tighten the fasteners.
resistance test
Make
bond
faces.
Assemble the
(5) Do
(7)
and
oversealed
necessary
(6)
clamps,
Clean the bared faces and all parts which will be in
(3) Apply
(4)
with
that the sealant
overlaps
the
existing protective
treatment to exclude moisture from
surfaces.
20-10-5016
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 7
PIPE TO PIPE BONDING
USING CLAMPS
OVERSEALED
HEXAGON HEADED BOLT
CLAMP:
ALUMINUM ALLOY FOR
PLATED STEEL AND
ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPES.
CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL

FOR CORROSION RESISTANT
STEEL AND TITANIUM PIPES
WASHERS STEEL
CADMIUM PLATED
NUT
M7615
HA008986473AA
Electrical
(8)
For corrosion resistant steel
i, Methods
Pipe
(1)
to
pipe bonding
with
bonding lugs,
Clean the
without sealant.
bonding lugs to
(paragraph 3.).
oversealed
(Figure 208).
bare metal and make
sure
Clean the bared faces and all parts which will be in
(3) Apply
(4)
clamps, assemble
7, 16 and 43
8, 17 and 44
removed
(2)
Figure 207
Bonding Methods
Assemble the
bonding
lead
that any nonconductive material has been
bonding
(paragraph 3.).
tags and fasteners
as
shown.
fasteners.
Do
(6)
Overseal the bolt head,
resistance test
(paragraph 6.).
(5)
tag and
nut with sealant
(a)
For method 8 in
(b)
For method 17 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
(c)
For method 44 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
paragraph 4.A.(2).
20-1 0-5016
(Item 201).
as
specified:
If necessary
torque tighten the
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 8
PIPE TO PIPE BONDING
OVERSEALED
USING BONDING LUGS
i-C--
,I
L-
-I
I-
in(76mm)APPROX
in(76mm )APPROX.
M7571
HA008986427AA
Figure
208
Electrical Bonding Methods
(7)
Make
sure
that the sealant
overlaps
the
8, 17 and 44
existing protective
unprotected surfaces.
J. Methods 9 and 45
components direct contact bonding, oversealed (Figure 209).
External aerials and aerial
(1)
mating surface of the airplane structure and the both sides of the sacrificial plate (if
(paragraph 3.). Make sure that when you remove nonconductive materials
extends for 0.08 to 0.16 in. (2 to 4 mm) around the contacting faces.
Clean the
to bared metal
used),
the
area
CAUTION: Do not
peel
remove
off
cadium
protective strip (or other protective device)
(2)
Remove the
(3)
Clean the bared faces and all
(4) Apply
(5)
parts
which will be in
(paragraph 3.).
Assemble the aerial and sacrificial
tighten
(6)
plating.
Do
plate (if used)
bonding
from the aerial base.
(Item 201).
to structure. Secure with fasteners and
torque
if necessary.
resistance test
(paragraph 6.).
NOTE: Do the check of the resistance with the aerial feeder disconnected to avoid
through
parallel path
the outer braid.
(7) if the bare metal area

(Ref. 20-10-3527, 201).
is
more
than 0.24 in
(6mm) locally
swab the
area
with
20-10-5016
epoxide primer
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
125/HAWKER CMAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
METHOD 9
EXTERNAL AERIALS AND AERIAL
COMPONENTS DIRECT CONTACT
BONDING- OVERSEALED
ATTACHMENT BOLTS
AND NUTS
AERIAL
SACRIFICIAL PLATE
(IF SPECIFIED)
M7616
HAOOB966474AA
Electrical
seal all
(8) Edge
(9)
joints
and fasteners with sealant
(a)
For method 9 in
(b)
For method 45 in
Make
Figure 209
Bonding Methods
as
9 and 45
follows:
paragraph 4.A.(2).
paragraph 4.A.(4).
that the sealant overlaps any surface treated in paragraph

finish to exclude moisture from unprotected surfaces.
sure
protective
7.J.(8)
and the
existing
K. Method 10
Bonding by direct contact, oversealed (Figure 210).
(1)
Clean the contact surfaces to be

remove
contacting
(2)
(4) Immediately apply
Mar.
thin
much of the sealant
as
Do
to bare metal
area
(paragraph 3.).
Make
(3
sure
to 5
that when you

around the
mm)
faces.
Clean the bared faces with solvent
(3) Apply
(5)
joined
resistance test
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
layer of sealant (Item 314)to both joint faces

possible before the initial cure starts.
as
(paragraph 6.).
20-10-5016
and assemble.
Squeeze
out
Raytheon
nircraff Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 10
BONDING BY DIRECT CONTACT
OVERSEALED
ALTERNATIVE BOLT OR
SEALANT~
RIVET FASTENERS
~JJ
~L
M7572
HAOOB986428AA
Electrical
(6) Apply sealant to the bare edges

specified in paragraph 4.A.(2).
(7)
Make
sure
unprotected
that the sealant
Figure 210
Bonding Method -10
of the cleaned areas, bolt and rivet heads, tails and nuts
the
overlaps
existing protective finish
as
to exclude moisture from
surfaces.
L. Methods 11 and 46
Bonding by solid rivet connections, oversealed (Figure 211).
(1)
Leave undersize the holes for the electrical
bonding
rivets
as
indicated in the
drawing by
the
bonding symbol.
NOTE: All other rivets of the
that the
assembly
(2)
Drill to size the electrical
(3)
Clean the
(4) Set
the
bonding
is
assembly
completed
bonding
are
to standard
rivets and their holes with solvent
bonding rivets
in
requirement
(5)
Doa resistance test
(6)
Overseal the
assembly
rivet holes and make
position, dry
will assist with
sure
riveting procedures.
that the bore is free from sealant.
on
the
as
specified:
use
sealant. If
practicable,
face to those of the normal
opposite
subsequent identification.
(paragraph 6.).
bonding
rivets with sealant
(a)
For method 11 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
(b)
For method 46 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
It is essential
sealant is still wet.
(Item 201).
assemble. Do not
rivets should be installed with the heads

This latter
subject
whilst the wet
20-1 0-5016
the
bonding
row
of rivets.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
(7)
Make
sure
that the sealant
overlaps
the
AIRFRAME
existing protective
METHOD 11
BONDING BY SOLID RIVET
CONNECTIONS-OVERSEALED
M7617
HAOOB986475AA
Figure 211
Bonding Methods
Electrical
-11 and 46
M. Methods 11A and 46A
Bonding by conducting
(Figure 212).
(1)
screwed
or

bolted connections in aluminum
or
magnesium structure,
oversealed
point of bond (paragraph 3.). Make sure that when you remove
extends for 0.04 to 0.12 in. (1 to 3 mm) around the contacting
area
faces.
(2)
(3) Apply
(4)
Assemble the structural

fasteners
as
Figure
with
Do
(6)
Overseal the bolt heads and nut
(7)
(paragraph 3.).
interfay
212. If necessary
(5)
resistance test
parts
as
necessary, then assemble the
bonding
(paragraph 6.).
assembly
For method 11A in
paragraph 4.A.~3).
(b)
For method 46A in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
sure
sealant
torque tighten the fasteners.
(a)
Make
(Item 201).
that the sealant
20-10-5016
overlaps
with sealant
the
as
specified:
existing protective
finish to exclude moisture from
RaytPleon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 11A
BONDING BY CONDUCTING SCREWED OR BOLTED CONNECTIONS

IN ALUMINUM OR MAGNESIUM STRUCTURE
OVERSEALED
CONDUCTING
BOLT)
~L
WASHER STEEL
CADMIUM PLATES
NUT(CONDUCTING)
WASHER STEEL CADMIUM PLATED
BONDING RIVETS
t~J1
2 OFF
ONE PIECE NUT PLATE
SCREW( CONDUCTING
CONDUCTING
NON-ANODISED
Electrical
M7573
nAooes~6429nn
Figure 212
Bonding Methods
11A and 46A
N. Methods 12 and 47
Bonding
(1)
of electrical connectors direct contact, oversealed
Clean to bare metal the
(2) Clean
of structure
or
the bared area, also the face of the
and threads of the
(3) Apply
area
jam
equipment
on
as
shown in
Figure
209
olive drab and nickel
plated
(paragraph 3.).
connector which will form the bond
flanged
nut connector and the related fasteners with solvent
the correct surface treatment to the bare metal
NOTE: The finish
(Figure 213).
or
the nut
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
connectors is conductive. For other finishes refer
to the connector standard. If the finish is not conductive then it is to be removed.
(4)
(5)
Secure the connector to the structure

nut
(jam
Do
nut
or
equipment,
with the fasteners
(flanged connectors)
connectors).
resistance test
(paragraph 6.).
20-1 0-5016
or
the
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 12
BONDING OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
DIRECT CONTACT
OVERSEALED
;Y
0~
O
O
STRUCTURE OR
EQUIPMENT
CLEANED AREA IS EQUAL TO A
CLEANED AREA IS EQUAL TO
CIRCLE WHOSE DIAMETER IS
THE FLANGE PLUS 3 TO 5mm
EQUAL TO THE DIMENSION
(0.12
TO
0.24in)
ALL ROUND
ACROSS THE CORNER OF THE

JAM NUT PLUS 3 TO 5mm
(0.12
TO
0.24in)
JAM NUT CONNECTORS
FLANGED CONNECTORS
M7618
HAOOB98M76AA
Electrical
(6)
For
flanged
connectors overseal the back
the connector
(7)
Figure 213
Bonding Methods
on
the face
opposite
the
-12 and 47
face, the ends of the fasteners on both faces, and round

all bare metal, with sealant as specified:
flange, including
(a)
For method 12 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
(b)
For method 47 in
paragraph 4.A.(4).
For jam nut connectors overseal the bared metal and the jam nut,
O-ring seal) the back face, with sealant as in paragraph 4.A.(3).
and
(if
there is
no
backface
O. Method 13
Refer to Method 1.
P. Method 14
Refer to Method 3.
Q. Method 15
Direct contact
bonding
with
bonding lead: plated steel, corrosion resisting
steel and titanium structure,
oversealed.
NOTE: This method is similar to Method 3, except for difference in materials for items. Use sealant
specified in paragraph 4.A.(3) to overseal fasteners.
R. Method 16
Refer to Method 7.
20-1 0-5016
as
Raytheon
Airrraft Company
AIRFRAME
S. Method 17
Refer to Method 8.
T. Method 19
Bonding
(1)
corrosion resistant steel components to aluminum structure, oversealed
If the component is
plated
over
the surface to be
(Figure 214).
bonded, clean the component
to bare metal if
necessary (paragraph 3). Make sure that when you remove nonconductive materials the
extends for 0.04 to 0.12 in. (1 to 3 mm) around the contacting faces.
(2)
Clean the bared
(3) Apply
(4)
area
of the component with solvent
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
bonding clamp to the component, install

(Figure 207) and fasteners as in Method 1.
Assemble the stainless steel

washers
as
shown in
NOTE: If the component shows signs of collapse under the

clamp, refer to Raytheon Aircraft Company.
Do
(6)
Overseal the bolt head, nut, washers and the heel
resistance test
the cadmium
clamping pressure
plated steel
of the
bonding
(paragraph 6.).
(5)
area
(Figure 207)
with sealant
as
specified
paragraph 4.A.(3).
METHOD 19
BONDING CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL COMPONENTS
TO ALUMINUM STRUCTURE -OVERSEALED
CORROSION RESISTANT
STEEL
HEEL
COMPONENT( TYPICAL)
WASHERS
(2 OFF)
STEEL
CADMIUM PLATED
O
STAINLESS STEEL
ALUMINUM
BONDING CLAMP
STRUCTURE
M7574
HAOOB986430AA
Electrical
Figure 214
Bonding Method -19
20-10-5016
in
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
(7)
Make
that the sealant
sure
overlaps
the
AIRFRAME
existing protective finish
U. Methods 21, 48 and 49
Earth
(1)
plates, oversealed (Figure 215).

of structure to be covered
area
by

to 4 mm) around the contacting faces.
sure
(1
(2)
(3) Apply
(4)
(6)
area
plate (paragraph 3.).
Do
as
shown in
resistance test
When with
Make
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
plate, sacrificial plate (if used), bolts, tag, washers

Torque tighten the fasteners as necessary.
Figure
Assemble the earth terminal
structure,
(5)
the earth
and nuts to the
210.
(paragraph 6.).
examples 1, 2
as specified:
and 3
are
used, overseal the fasteners and edge seal the earth plate
with sealant
(7)
(a)
For method 21 in
paragraph 4.A.(2).
(b)
For method 48 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
When
example
4 is
used, overseal the exposed surface of the earth plate and the bolt heads, bolt
tails and nuts, with sealant,
(8)
as
specified:
(a)
For method 21 in
paragraph 4.A.(2).
(b)
For method 49 in
paragraph 4.A.(3).
Attach the wires to the earth
plate.
(a) Immediately before connection of the tags,

earth plate with solvent (Item 201).
(b)
Install the
clean the~
tags and the mating surfaces of the
tags and fasteners Torque tighten the fasteners if necessary.
NOTE: The nuts
on
all unused studs
20-1 0-5016
are
to be
tightened.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
METHOD 21
~L
EARTH PLATES
OVERSEALED
r-i
STRUCTURE
ALL END OPENINGS TO
EXAMPLE 1
BE COVERED IN SEALANT
EARTH TERMINAL
EARTH TERMINAL
;L\
STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE
ALL END OPENINGS TO
ALLEND OPENINGS TO
EXAMPLE 2
EXAMPLE 3
EARTH TERMINAL
STRUCTURE
EXAMPLE 4
M7575
HAOOB986431AA
Electrical
Figure 215
Bonding Methods
21, 48 and 49
20-1 0-5016
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
V. Methods 22 and 31
(Figure 216).
Earth lead installation, oversealed
(1)

remove
contact of the structure

area
(paragraph 3.).
Make
(1
sure
that when you

the
mm) around
to 4
faces.
contacting
(2)
point of
plated steel, corrosion resistant steel

remove the cadmium plating.
If the structure is of
only if specified. Do
tag(s)
(3)
Clean the
(4)
Assemble the
or
titanium, the seat washer is installed
not
and the related fasteners with solvent

and fasteners
tag(s)
as
shown in
(Item 201).
Figure
211.
Torque tighten
the fasteners
as
necessary.
Do
(6)
For method 22 overseal the
(7)
Make
resistance test
(paragraph 6.).
(5)
sure
unprotected
(8)
assembly
with sealant
as
specified
in
paragraph 4.A.(2).
overlaps the existing protective finish
that the sealant
surfaces.
For method 31
use
sealant
as
example 2 which is oversealed
specified in paragraph 4.A.(2) except

specified in paragraph 4.A.(3j.
for the rivet earth bolt in
as
NOTE: The maximum number of connections allowed at any
NOTE: The bolt is not intended
as a
one
earth
point
is 4.
conducting path.
METHOD 22
EARTH LEAD INSTALLATION
OVERSEALED
STEEL WASHERS
CADMIUM PLATED
RIVET EARTH BOLT
STRUCTURE
NUT AND WASHER
EXAMPLE 2
EXAMPLE 1
M7619
HAOOB986477AA
Electrical
20-1 0-5016
Figure 216
Bonding Methods
22 and 31
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
W. Method 23
Earth return via
(1)
(2)
Clean to
single pole fitting (Figure 217).

bare
metal
(paragraph 3.).
0.04 to 0.12 in.
(1
Clean the bared
(3) Apply
the
area
of the
areas
and the
lampholder,
Assemble the
(6)
Do
form
the
washer and locknut with solvent
(5)
will
electrical
sure
(4) Apply a thin film of silicone compound (Item 008)

point as specified in paragraph 4.A.(5).
which
structure

to 3 mm) around the contacting faces.
Make
lampholder
resistance test
as
shown in
example
earth
point
extends for
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
to the bared
or
area
area
and the
lampholder earthing
2, and tighten the locknut.
(paragraph 6.).
NOTE: When silicone
compound (Item 008)
is used, any cleaned
area
cannot be made
good
local surface finish.
METHOD 23
EARTH RETURN VIA SINGLE POLE FITTING
LAMPHOLDER
LAMPHOLDER
STRUCTURE
;L\
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
EXAMPLE 1
EXAMPLE 2
M7576
HAOOB986432AA
Electrical
Figure 217
Bonding Method -23
20-1 0-5016
with
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
X. Method 24
Earth return via
(1)
mating structure, oversealed (Figure 218).

you
points of
contact of the structure
conductive materials the
remove non
area
(paragraph 3.). Make sure that when

(1 to 4 mm) around the
contacting faces.
(2)
(3) Apply
(4) Dry
(5)
Do
assemble the
a
component
resistance test
(6) Overseal
all
(Item 201).
(paragraph 3.).
to the structure, and attach with the correct fasteners.
(paragraph 6.).
joints, edges and
(7) Make sure that the

sealant
the fasteners with sealant to
overlaps
the
paragraph 4.A.(2).
existing protective
finish to exclude moisture from
METHOD 24
EARTH RETURN VIA MATING STRUCTURE
OVERSEALED
STRUCTURE RECEIVING
EARTH RETURN LOAD
BRACKET CARRYING
EARTH RETURN LOAD
M7577
HAOOB986433AA
Figure 218
Bonding- 24
Electrical
Y. Method 30
Refer to Method 3A.
Z. Method 31
Refer to Method 22.
20-10-5016
Raytheon
niruaft Company
AIRFRAME
AA. Method 41
Refer to Method 1.
AB. Method 41A

Refer to Method 1A.
AC. Method 42
Refer to Method 3.
AD. Method 42A

Refer to Method 3A.
AE. Method 43
Refer to Method 7.
AF. Method 44
Refer to Method 8.
AG. Method 45
Refer to Method 9.
AH. Method 46
Refer to Method 11.
Al. Method 46A

Refer to Method 11A.
AJ. Method 47
Refer to Method 12.
AK. Methods 48 and 49

Refer to Method 21.
20-1 0-5016
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

i. INFORMATION
WARNING: Before you do this Maintenance Practice make sure the warning and caution in
this includes
(item 634)
on
topic
on protective clothes (Item 682),

(Item
679) and mask. Use barrier cream
gloves (Item 675), safety glasses
areas of exposed skin.
come
into contact with solvents. Put
WARNING: When you use cleaner solvents, make sure that there is sufficient airflow in the work area.
If you breathe fumes, rest in a warm area with a sufficient airflow. Get immediate medical
aid.
If skin contamination occurs,
WARNING:
gently
and
thoroughly
clean with
running water,
and
non-abrasive soap. Get immediate medical aid.

of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lift the upper and lower eyelids. Get
or
smoke
during
work. If
ingestion
occurs
rinse the mouth with water.
Get immediate medical attention.
EquipmentlMaterials
Partlltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
219
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Paraffin
267
(Chapter 20-95-201)
287
(Chapter 20-95-201)
289
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
292
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Cleaner, solvent
294
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
673
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20;95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Fabric
(Kerosene)
wipe,
moist
non woven
cream
White cotton
Protective
gloves
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
shield
clothing
Vapor degreasing
tank
Local
supply
20-1 0-9053
Ral~heMI
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
A. Introduction
practice gives the procedure for the cleaning of metal surfaces and the removal of
applied to them for protection. Cleaning is to be done by vapor
any, oil,
cold
both.
degreasing,
swabbing or
Vapor degreasing produces a clean, dry surface free of organic
contamination that is suitable without further treatment for chemical film, anodizing etc.
This maintenance
grease, etc, which has been
2. STORAGE
Refer to
data sheets for
3. VAPOR DEGREASING
A.
Preparation
(1)
Parts with too much
to be washed in
cleaner solvent
cloth
heavy greases, oils or forming materials on the surface are

(Item 219) or paraffin (Item 267) or alternatively swabbed with
(Item 621) soaked with solvent (Item 201). Do again if necessary.
NOTE: Certain thick greases or contaminates that

easily removed if wiped with a clean cloth.
(2) Completely dry

moisture
(3)
Make
the
parts
with
condensation
or
are
clean cloth, make
sure
resistant to the
that any
complex
cleaning, may
areas
be
more
which could trap
also dried.
sure
that there is
sure
that the cleaner solvent
no
are
clean lint free
swarf etc.
on
the
parts and if any is found
remove
with
compressed
air
jet.
(4)
Make
as
(5)
specified by
Make
sure
supplier
the
(Item 294)
in the vapor
degreasing
tank is to the correct level
of the tank.
that the cleaner solvent in the tank is heated to its
boiling point
of 160" F
(70" C).
B. Procedure
(1)
Place the
weight)
in
parts
for
handling
suitable basket
in such
way
or
as
attach to wires
to minimize the
(which must be sufficiently strong to carry the

entrapment of liquid solvent in hollows in the
parts.
NOTE: Mild steel baskets
(2)
Immerse the
(3)
Parts
are
parts
to be
or
wires that
are
visibly
rusted
are
not to be used.
into the vapor with the minimum disturbance of the vapor level.
kept
in the bath until vapor stops condensing on the surface. The process time
parts. The parts are then to be removed slowly from the bath as the
increases with the size of the
process will be
(4) If
the
part is
complete.
not clean after removal from the
the process. Lance
spraying
with the hot
bath, allow it to cool to
liquid
room
temperature and repeat

deposits that are not
solvent will assist with grease
easily removed.
NOTE: For titanium and titanium
20-10-9053
alloys, the total immersion
time must not exceed 10 minutes.
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
(5)
Parts shall not be handled with bare hands after
be
degreasing.
AIRFRAME
White cotton
gloves (item 673) shall
worn.
parts shall be kept clean and dry prior to further processing which should
be conducted without delay and before the onset of surface oxidation (once surface oils are
removed the metal will rust quite quickly).
(6) Following degreasing
4. COLD
SOLVENT
the
DEGREASING
NOTE: This procedure may be used where it is not
A,
practical
to clean
components by vapor degreasing.
Preparation
(1)
Do
B, Swab
paragraph
3.A.
(I)thru (3)
must be contained in
(Item 292)
(1) Completely degrease

292).
NOTE:
Parts
(Item 287)
are
to be
or
the
parts with
(Item 289)
dispenser to prevent
clean cloth
(Item 621)
may also be used for
contamination of the solvent.
moistened with cleaner solvent
NOTE: Cloths must not be
and
placed against
contaminated surfaces between
degreased area shall be dried before the solvent evaporates using

prevent redepositing grease or loose contaminates.
The
to
NOTE: Do not allow air
evaporation,
(Item
cleaning.
progressively degreased over small areas at a time with a

solvent. Replace the cloth as necessary when it becomes dirty.
thoroughly
free cloth moistened with
(3)
parts.
Degreasing
NOTE: Solvent
(2)
to prepare the
because this will
re-deposit
new
lint
degreasing operations.
dry,
lint free cloth in order
dissolved materials
on
the
surface.
(4)
Parts shall not be handled with bare hands after
be
(5)
degreasing.
White cotton
gloves (Item 673) shall
worn.
degreasing the parts must be kept clean and dry prior to further processing which should be
delay and before the onset of surface oxidation (once surface oils are removed the
metal will rust quickly).
After
done without
5. INSPECTIONICHECK
A, Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
that
parts
are
thoroughly degreased.
20-1 0-9053
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

PREPARATION OF RUBBER SURFACES FOR BONDING
i. INFORMATION
topic
into contact with sulfuric acid
(Item 502) which causes severe

on protective clothing (Item 682),
gloves (Item 675), safety
glasses (Item 679) and mask. Use barrier cream (Item 634) on areas of exposed skin.
come
this includes
burns. Put
WARNING: When you use cleaner solvents or sulfuric acid make sure that there is sufficient airflow in
the work area. If you breath the fumes, rest in a warm area with a sufficient airflow. Get
non-abrasive soap. get medical aid if irritation persists.
warm
running water,
and
medical aid.
or
smoke
during
work. Should
ingestion
occur

CAUTION: When metal containers which contain sulfuric acid
the
possibility
of hydrogen gas
CAUTION: Sulfuric acid is
are
opened use non-sparking tools,
being present.
highly reactive. Prevent accidental
contact with water.
EquipmentlMaterial
ParVltem No.
Cleaner, solvent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Aerosil
328
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Treatment Solution
Halogen Wipe
350A
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Sulfuric acid
502
(Chapter 20-95-501)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Distilled water
622
(Chapter 20-95-601)
627
(Chapter 20-95-601)
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
676
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
cream
Protective
Brush
gloves
Soft
No Metallic Parts
Safety glasses/face
Protective
clothing
Tape, vinyl
electric
Shallow
Small
plastic
shield
bath
polythene,
ceramic
or
glass
container
604A
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Local
supply
Local
supply
20-1 0-9070
because of
Ray~heon
niriraft Company
AIRFRAME
A. Introduction
performance) of a bonded joint depends on the properties of both the adhesive

joined together as well as other media influences such as water, heat, etc. This
maintenance practice gives the procedure for the preparation of natural rubber, neoprene, nitrile, butyl,
ethylene-propylene and styrene-butadiene rubber surfaces prior to their bonding, to give good affinity
with high strength adhesives. It is not be used on cellular rubber materials.
The
durability (long
term
and materials to be
Two
procedures
are
given,
the choice of which to
use
is to be decided after reference to Table 201.
(1) Cyclizing
(2) Satreat
Process
NOTE: The satreat process is less hazardous than the Cyclizing process,
prepared
with
halogen wipe
solution
as
the surface is
(Item 350A).
Table 201
Relative Effectiveness of Pretreatment Processes
Sulfuric Acid
Rubber
Satreat Solution
Effectiveness of solvent
or
solution
Butyl
Ethylene propylene
Natural
Neoprene
Nitral
Styrene-butadiene
Key:
Effective,
Recommended, E
Not Effective
2.STORAGE
Refer to
data sheets for
3. PREPARATION
A. Procedure for
Cyclizing
(1) Thoroughly clean the surface of the rubber part

(Item 621) dampened with solvent (Item 230).
(2) Allow
(3)
to air
dry
at
room
temperature for
are
NOTE: Make
that the
edges
of the
elements when the rubber is
(4)
Make
sure
are
to be
20-~0-9070
with
protective tape
cyclized.
protected with acid proof tape (Item 604A).

is
adhering
the bath contains sufficient concentrated sulfuric acid
rubber surface to be bonded.
Jun.04~n"o4"
by wiping
minimum of 5 minutes.
to be not to be bonded
All surfaces which

sure
to be bonded
to
prevent ingress of corrosive
(Item 502)
for immersion of the
ReYIfNeee
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
NOTE: A thixotropic form of acid paste can be made up by adding approximately 5% Aerosil (Item
328) to sulfuric acid (Item 502). This is the suitable for direct application to the surface of
the rubber to be bonded without the
use
of
masking tape.
B. Procedure for Satreat Process
(1)
Do
paragraph 3.A. (i)and (2).
4. MIXING
Refer to
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
5. APPLICATION
A. Procedure for
(1)
Cyclizing
exposed face of the masked rubber is immersed in the bath containing sulfuric acid
alternatively treated with the thixotropic acid paste las the NOTE in paragraph 3.A. (4)) which is
be brushed on (Item 676).
The
NOTE: A
sample
or
to
of rubber to be etched may be immersed in the etchant bath as a control, to

required to give a satisfactory etch. Generally this will be within the time
establish the time
range of 2 to 5 minutes. Table 202 below is

the different types of rubber.
(2)
Remove the rubber from the bath,

minutes.
(3)
Do
Dry
or remove
the rubber surface with
general guide
depth
of the
crazing
to the times that
can
the Aerosil acid and rinse in cold
check of the rubber surface to make

the
guide
sure
should
be necessary for
running
water for 15
(Item 621).
that it has been
uniformly
and
finely
crazed. As
approximate 10% of the rubber thickness.
Table 202
Typical Etching
Temperature
Rubber
Hardness
Dwell Time
(Polymer)
(IRHD)
(Minutes)
Natural
up to 50
50 to 70
1.5
70 and above
Polychloroprene
up to 70
(Neoprene)
70 and. above
Acrylonitrile
up to 70
(Nitriles)
70 and above
NOTE: Excessive
(4)
Times at Room
crazing is
NOT
acceptable
If the surface condition has not been achieved

unsuitable for
or
the surface condition of the rubber is still
it may be roughened with a rotary file, or similar tool until the skin of the
rubber is broken. As an alternative for thin rubber (up to 0.06 in (1.5 mm)) abrasive paper (Item
627) grade
bonding,
150/180 may be used.
20-~ 0-9070
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
(5)
Remove the masking tape if used and any traces of

(Item 621) dampened with solvent cleaner (Item 230).
AIRFRAME
adhesives etc.
using
B. Procedure for Satreat Process
(1)
Pour
enough mix of Halogen wipe solution (Item 350A) for immediate

or glass container and keep the bi~lk container sealed.
use
into
small
polythene,
ceramic
(2) Apply halogen wipe

bonded. Allow to dry
(3) Clean
(4)
treatment solution with
for 30 minutes at
the brush with solvent
(Item 230)
room
temperature.
Do
water break test, wash
room
soft clean brush
and wash with
small test
area
over
warm
the
area
soapy water. Allow brush to air
of the surface with distilled water
clean lint free cloth. If water does not break into
been carried out
(Item 676)
to be
temperature.
droplets
(Item 622)
dry
at
and
this will confirm that the treatment has
sufficiently.
NOTE: After the halogen wipe treatment has been

adhesive may be applied directly to it.
performed
and the surface allowed to
dry,
the
6. INSPECTION
A. Procedure
(1)
Make
sure
that the
bonding
bond.
20-10-9070
surface has
suitable appearance which is conductive to
good
Raytheon Aircraft
VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE

1.
AIRFRAME
SEALANi~
General
WARNING:
AND UNDERSTOOD.
WARNING:

SAFETY GLASSES
(ITEM 679)
(ITEM 682),
(ITEM 675),
(ITEM 634) ON
WARNING:
WHEN YOU USE CLEANER SOLVENTS MAKE SURE THERE IS SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW
IN THE WORK AREA. IF YOU BREATH THE FUMES, REST IN A WARM AREA WITH A
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW. GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING:

PERSISTS.
WARNING:

WARNING:
DO NOT
A.
Introduction
This maintenance
practice gives the method
compartments,
to
prevent flash fires
part Silicone
synthetic
or
spreading beyond
rubber based sealants and
the passage of air, fluids and vapors. The

withstand
The
temperature of 2000 "F
sealing compounds
used in this
Raytheon
the firewalls. The materials
are
designed
sealing compounds
(1093"C)
as
are
engine
primerless,
to seal firewall structures
in this maintenance
practice
two
against
will
for 15 minutes.
procedure will seal
wide. No attempt should be made to seal
Customer
to be used to seal gaps in areas such
larger
gaps. If
gaps of not
larger
more
than 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm.)
gaps exist refer to:
Aircraft
Company
Support Department
10511 East Central
Wichita
KS 67206
U.S.A.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-11-1040
.Page
201
Jun.Oe
Raytheon Aircraft
B.
Equipmem/Materials
Equipment/Material
Part/item No.
Cleaner, Solvent
201
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Degreasing, agent
230
(Chapter 20-95-201)
Compound, sealing
364
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Compound, sealing
366
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Compound, sealing
367
(Chapter 20-95-301)
Lint free cloth
621
(Chapter 20-95-601)
Barrier
634
(Chapter 20-95-601)
645
(Chapter 20-95-601)
675
(Chapter 20-95-601)
679
(Chapter 20-95-601)
682
(Chapter 20-95-601)
cream
Spatula
Protective
gloves
Safety glasses/face
Protective
Putty
shield
clothing
knife
Pressure gun
2.
Local
supply
Local
supply
Storage
Refer to
(1)
3.
AIRFRAME
Preparation
(1)
The relevant
thoroughly de-greased with a clean cloth (Item 621) soaked with

(Item 201), degreasing agent (Item 230) or other approved cleaner. Always pour
cloth to avoid contaminating the solvent supply.
areas
must be
cleaner solvent
solvent
(2)
Use
on
to
second clean cloth to
redeposition
4.
of contaminates
on
the cleaned surface before the solvent evaporates to prevent

the substrate.
Mixing
(1)
5.
dry
Refer to
data sheets for
mixing
instructions.
Application
A.
Procedure
(1)
Fill gaps with

knife.
(2)
Make
of the
sealing compound (Items 364,
366
or
367)
sealing compound is pushed through

assembly which is being sealed, to form a key.
sure
that the
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
with either
spatula (Item 645)
or
putty
the gap and adheres to the other side
20-11-1040
Page 202
Jun.02
Raytheon Aircraft
(3)
To make
fillet
along
the
edges
and
AIRFRAME
seams:of components a pressure gun with
1/8 to 3/16 in.
diameter nozzle may be used.

B.
Sealing compound (Item 364)

(1)
The mixed
(2)
The
sealing compound will
application
time of the mixed
cure
in 48 hours at
sealing compound
temperature of 25"C (77"F) and 50% RH.
is up to 4 hours, with
tack free time of 20
minutes.
C.
Sealing compound (Item

(1)
The mixed
Allow to
(2)
The
366 and
367)
sealing compounds
cure
cure
in 48 hours at
for at least 72 hours before
exposing
temperature of 25"C (77"6) and 50% RH.
to heat.
application time of-the mixed sealing compound is
2 hours with
tack free time not greater
than 4 hours.
6.
Inspection
(1)
Make
sure
that all gaps have been filled.
EFFECTIVITY:
125 Series 1-1000
Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP
20-11-1040
Page
203
Jun.02
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
(P-STATIC)
TEST
i. INFORMATION
WARNING:
Very high voltages
will be
present
on
both the
airplane
and test
equipment during
this
test.
WARNING:
Keep
WARNING: The
the test site and
airplane
high voltage supply
under test
Isopropyl
dry
as
possible during testing.

prevent electrocution.
Partlltem No.
diagnostic
Dayton-Granger
test set
ion flood wand

Electrostatic
clean and
current level must be limited in order to
EquipmentlMaterial
Electrostatic
as
Model 17650
DG P/N 17624
charge
Sweeney
meter
Item 206
alcohol
Model 1127E
(Ref. 20-95-201)
A. Introduction
Thismaintenance
as
P-Static)
test
practice gives
on
the
procedure for
airplanes.
general Precipitation Static (sometimes referred
to
all Hawker Series
P-Static refers to the electrostatic
charging of
an
airplane
in
flight, leading
to electrostatic noise in the
from DC up through 1 GHz. Radio frequency interference (RFI) typically occurs

between 10 KHz and 1 GHz. The electrostatic noise can disrupt not only communication and navigation
frequency spectrum
systems, but also
undesirable effects
on other airplane systems. Three types of electrostatic

generated by an isolated area situated on the airplane where, as the
airplane charges, it will reach a potential at which the spark jumps the gap from the isolated area to the
airplane structure. Corona noise occurs around wing tips, vertical and horizontal stabilizers, and other
protrusions. It occurs when the airplane accumulates sufficient charge that it will bleed current and
discharge off the trailing edge of a protrusion. Streamering noise is generated over dielectric surfaces
such as radomes, fiberglass winglets, and other composite panels positioned on frontal impact areas of
the airplane. As particles strike, they deposit an electron on the dielectric surface. As more particles
impact on this isolated pool, the voltage rises until it reaches a flash-over point. When the pool of charge
flashes over the surface of the dielectric material, it generates broadband radio frequency (RF) noise.
The location of a charged area on an airplane which causes this unwanted RF noise can be pinpointed
using an electrostatic test set. Once the source of P-Static has been identified, corrective action can be
taken to eliminate andlor quietly bleed off the electrostatic charges in flight, thereby, eliminating the
noise may
occur.
cause
Arcing
noise is
unwanted RF noise.
2. P-STATIC TEST
NOTE: The
procedure that follows applies to the Dayton-Granger Model 17650 electrostatic diagnostic test
acceptable to use other makes and models however, when an alternate test set is used,
follow the manufacturers safety precautions, guidelines and instructions provided with the
equipment.
set. it is
Rayfheon
Aircraft Company
A.
Safety
AIRFRAME
Precautions
It is very important that extreme caution be used when working on, or in the immediate
P-Static test in progress, all personnel must know the safety precautions that follow:
Obey
the
warnings given
in
vicinity of
paragraph 1.
a potential for injury if any part of the body comes

equipment, the airplane, or other equipment that is at a high voltage
level. Injury can result from involuntary muscle reactions to the shock produced by the test
equipment during the completion of this test.
Even with
current limited test set, there is
in contact with the test
The test
of the
Test
area
shall be
airplane
personnel
The
free of unnecessary
in the close
equipment, especially
must have free and unobstructed movement to and from the
need to watch for
electrostatic
kept
proximity
under test.
trip
and become
charge
voltages used
hazards.
Equipment
in these tests
near
the test
airplane
area
can
with the
collect
an
shock hazard.
can
force
current to flow
This
insulator at lower
stored
item that would be
over an
an
current flow
can actually occur across the

voltages.
unexpected
surface of an insulating material that is contaminated with dust, dirt, oil or some other foreign
substances. All test equipment and other items which will be handled near the charged
airplane or test equipment must be kept free of surface contaminants at all times. Isopropyl
alcohol (Item 206) may be used to clean surfaces. Isopropyl alcohol is flammable, therefore
the test
Do not exit
supply
shall be clear of all containers, residues
area
enter the
or
airplane after testing
is in the safe condition. Make
drained before
Safety ground
entering
for the
or
sure
has
that the
or
vapors before the test initiation.
begun, unless the high voltage power

airplane charge has been sufficiently
exiting the airplane.
airplane
and test set shall be
present and ready
To protect test personnel from shock hazards, the airplane shall

earth ground when not under high voltage charge conditions.
"HIGH VOLTAGE"
Additional
means
safety
warning signs shall be posted in the test area

by roping off the test area or isolating
available to limit access to only test personnel.
that may be
times, these
especially
test methods will
flammable
liquids
cause arcs
and
in
quality
at all times.
use
always
shall be assured
Personnel not participating in the test activity, or acting

safety representative shall be kept out of the test area.
At
to
be connected to
to
alert
the test
assurance
sparks. Materials which
and gases shall be removed from the test
area
are
personnel.
by any
area
capacity,
or
flammable,
for the duration
of the test.
The
airplane
under test must have its fuel system

test activities.
completely filled
with fuel in all tanks
topped off during all
A Ground Power Unit
battery
(GPU)
shall be available to
supply charging current for the airplane

airplane during P-Static test.
maintain the airplane battery charge to its
between tests. Do not leave the GPU connected to the
only in between
possible capacity.
Use the GPU

maximum
Jun.OS20-11-1041
test activities to
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
NOTE: In
AIRFRAME
(applicable only to P-Static test sets that utilize a charged wand to sweep the
the airplane as the test set return) where the PS busses must be energized in
order to evaluate P-Static effects on PS bus powered equipment, it is acceptable to leave the
GPU connected and powered up. In these cases the GPU must be kept as clean and dry as the
airplane under test.
some cases
airplane,
and
use
B. Procedure
(1)
Set up the electrostatic diagnostic test set (Dayton-Granger Model 17650) as directed
operators manual, and connect the ion flood wand (DG P/N 17624) to the test set.
(2)
Station
by
the
observer inside the airplane to monitor the system which has been reported to be
by P-Static. This may include but is not limited to the monitoring of any one or all of the
following systems.
an
affected
VHF COMM
HFCOMM
VHF NAV
EADI and EHSI
Audio
System
Compass System
Master
Warning System
(3)
In order to conserve battery power, engage only the required circuit breakers
operation of the system(s) being monitored.
(4)
If VHF NAV is
strength
signal.
to
just pull
(5) Fully charge

NOTE: In
one
the
of the
to establish proper
systems being monitored generate a VOR test signal of appropriate

flags and set the cockpit up to properly display the received VOR
in the NAV
airplane batteries and disconnect the GPU from the airplane
if not
required.
(applicable only to P-Static test sets that utilize a charged wand to sweep
use the airplane as the test set return) where the PS busses must be
airplane,
in
order
to evaluate P-Static effects on PS bus powered equipment, it is
energized
the
to
GPU connected and powered up. In these cases the GPU must be
leave
acceptable
and
clean
the airplane under test.
as
as
kept
dry
some cases
the
(6)
If connected,
(7) Set
(8)
and
any earth
ground
diagnostic
test set
remove
the electrostatic
and test set
ground
output from 50 KV
rod from the
airplane.
to 100 KV.
While the observer inside the
airplane monitors the appropriate system(s), sweep the skin of the

airplane with the ion flood wand at a distance of approximately 6 in. (152 mm) from the wand to the
skin. Heavily flood all areas of the airplane paying particular attention to areas or panels made of
composite materials, i.e. windows, antennas, radomel landing gear doors, access panels,
aerodynamic fairings, flap hinge covers, static wicks, etc.
NOTE: Do not touch the skin of the
airplane
with ion flood wand.
20-11-1041
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
(9)
Monitor the necessary system(s) for any evidence that the

with the ion flood wand.
AIRFRAME
system
has been affected
by
the
charge being applied

(10)
If any anomalies are observed, investigate to find the location of, and the reason for the
disturbance. (i.e. improper electrical bonding, missing conductive coating, normal noise coupled
onto
an
antenna.)
(11) While sweeping the airplane exterior with the ion flood wand, note any area that exhibits corona or
streamering. Make note of any and all observations and anomalies, investigate, and address as
necessary.
(12)
If
available,
use a
Sweeney
that remains
charge
has stopped.
Model 1127E electrostatic
individual
charge
meter
or
equivalent
to evaluate the
surfaces after ion bombardment from the ion flood wand
airplane
high level electrostatic charges are not stored on any airplane
surface. If any anomalies are observed, investigate to find the reason for the lingering charge. (i.e.
improper electrical bonding, missing conductive coating, normal noise coupled onto an antenna.)
C. Close
(1)
Jun.05~05""
Make
on
sure
that
Up
Make
sure
that the work
area
20-11-1041
is clean and clear of tools and other
equipment.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

APPROVED SUPPLIERS
i. INFORMATION
topic gives the names and addresses of the suppliers (where known) for the consumable materials
to complete tasks given in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. Each listed supplier is given a suppliers
code, for example:
This
required
The
NA.# for North American
suppliers
UK.# for United
and
suppliers
code is
Kingdom
cross
referenced
Internationalsuppliers
against
the related material in the consumable materials subsection.
supplier listed is in the Federal Manufacturers

Catalogue H4-3, refer to the relevant website for details.
Where the
The consumable materials which
following
subsections of this
are
listed in the relevant
Code
Catalogue H4-1, H4-2
topics throughout
the manual
and NATO Code
are
given
in the
Chapter:
20-95-11 Greases and lubricants
(less
oils and
hydraulic fluids)
20-95-101 Fluids and oils

20-95-201
Cleaning agents, paint strippers
20-95-301 Adhesives,
20-95-401 Enamels,
jointing
and
and release
sealing compounds
lacquers, paints, primers
20-95-501 Surface finishes
agents
and varnishes
chemical and electrochemical
20-95-601 Miscellaneous materials

are listed within brackets. Additional specifications and references under the
approved equivalents or acceptable alternatives in relation only to the specific
application. Approval is given through the Raytheon Aircraft Process and Environmental Laboratory (Dept.
037, nonmetallic section) Wichita, Kansas, USA. Seech Specifications and Process Specifications are
internal documents and are not available for general distribution.
Specifications
same
and references
item number
are
The column headed "Remarks" has been

observe
expanded to provide additional reference information. Please

approved usage. Federal codes have been removed and
which have been removed from
products
operators should refer
to the relevant website for details.
For the consumable materials necessary for the maintenance,

AMM.
servicing
and
repair of
the APU refer to
Chapter 49, SERVICING MATERIALS of the

The consumable materials for the main
engines
are
given
in the related Overhaul Manual for the
engines
concerned.
Commercially
available materials
can
be obtained from
Any Reputable Supplier (ARS).
20-95-00
M"a"ro~
Raytheon
AiKraft Company
2. ADDRESSES
AIRFRAME
NORTH AMERICAN SUPPLIERS
Suppliers
Suppliers
Code
Address
NA.1
Replaced by
NA.8
NA.2
Replaced by
NA.5
NA.3
Formerly: Allube Division Far Best

Corporation 6807 McKinley Avenue
Angeles CA 90001-1525 USA
Obsolete
NA.4
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
HellermannTyton
7930 North Faulkner Rd PO Box 245017
Los
Formerly: Wiring Accessories Corporation Ltd

Ajar Ontario L1S 3CX Canada
PO Box 220
Milwaukee WI 53224 USA

www. htamericas. com
+1
NA.5
Dow
(414)
355 7341
Coming Corporation
2200 West
Salzburg
Rd
PO Box 997
Formerly: Midland MI 48686

Alpha-Molykote Corporation
and
Auburn MI 48611-0997 USA
www.dowcorning.com
+1
(517)
496 4586
ChevronTexaco
NA.6
1111
Corporation
Bagby
Formerly:
Street Houston TX 77002
USA
Texaco Worldwide Lubricants 780
Clinton Drive PO Box 626 Galena Park TX

77547 USA
www.texaco.com
+1
(713)
Exxon Mobil
NA.7
5959
666 8000
Formerly:
Corporation
Las
Colinas
Blvd
Irving
TX
75039-2298 USA
exxonmobil.com
+1(972)444
NA.8
Shell Oil
1138
Company
1 Shell Plaza PO Box 2463 Houston TX

77002 USA
www.countonshell.com
Shell Chemical
Company
PO Box 2463 15th Floor OSP

Houston TX 77252-2463 USA
www.shellchemicals.com
Mar.OG~e,G
20-95-00
Resins
Exxon
Company
USA PO Box 2180
Houston TX 77252-2180 USA
Raytheon
nircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.9
Remarks
Suppliers Address (Mail-lnternet-Fax)

Sunbeam
Corporation
5975
Falbourne
Street
Mississauga
Ontario L5R 3V8 Canada
Formerly: Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Ltd

1040 Islington Avenue South Toronto Ontario
M8Z 4R5 Canada
www.sunbeam.com
+1(905)501
NA.10
0145
Formerly:
Replaced by NA.59
Marine Colloids Inc 2 Edison Place
PO Box 70
NA.11
Bostik
Findley
211
Formerly:
Inc
Street
Boston
Middleton
Springfield
NJ 07081-0070 USA
BE Chemical Co
MA
01949-2128 USA
www. bosti kfi n d
+1
NA.12
Bostik
(978)
ley- u s .com
750 7293
Canada Ltd
Findley
4565 Blvd
Metropolitain
East Montreal
Formerly: USM Canada

Anjou Quebec
Maritime
Ltd 7700 Rue de la

H1J 2A8 Canada
Quebec H1R 124 Canada

www.
+1
NA.13
bostikfindley-us. com
(514)
593 0413
ATOFINA Chemicals Inc

2000
Market
Street
Formerly:
Philadelphia
PA
Turco Products Inc 7300 Bolsa
Avenue Westminster CA 92684-3600 USA
19103-3222 USA
www.atofinachemicals.com
+1
NA.14
(215)419
7591
Chemetall Oakite Products Inc

50
Valley
Rd
Formerly:
Berkeley Heights
NJ 07922
Chemetall Oakite 16961 Knott
Avenue La Miranda CA 90638-6015 USA
USA
www.aerospace.chemetall.com
+1
NA.15
(908)
464 4658
GE Plastics
1
Plastics
Avenue
Pittsfield
MA
01201-3630 USA
www.geplastics.com
+1
(413)
448 7731
20-95-00
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.16
Suppliers
Address
PRC-DeSoto International
Formerly: Courtaulds Aerospace Inc,
5454 San Fernando Rd PO Box 1800

Glendale CA 91209 USA
(818)
Box
Prospect
DeSoto
Rd Des Plaines IL
60018 USA and Research 8 Chemical
Corporation
21800 Burbank Blvd PO Box
549 7627
PPG Aircraft Products

PO
Inc 1700 S M1
4226 Woodland Hills CA 91365 USA
www.ppg.com
+1
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
040004
Formerly:
NA.74
Formerly:
NA.75 Aircraft Paints and
Huntsville AL 35804
USA
www.ppg.com
+1
(256)
851 8822
PPG Industries Inc

1 PPG Place 35 N
Pittsburgh
PA 15272
PRC-DeSoto Intl
USA
www.ppg.com
+1
NA.17
3M
(412) 434 2810
Company
Product
Information
Center
Bldg
304-01-01 St Paul MN 55144-1000 USA

www.3m.com
+1
NA.18
(651)
Henkel Loctite
1001
737 7117
Formerly: 705
Corporation
Trout Brook
Crossing Rocky
Hill
CT 06067 USA
North Mountain Rd
Newington
CT 06111 USA and American Sealants
Corporation
www.loctite.com
+1(860)571
NA.19
5465
Obsolete
Formerly: Kingley 8
Keith Ltd 4444 St
Catherine Street West Montreal Canada

NA.20
Obsolete
Formerly: Roger B Coleman 24 Borden Place

Little Silver NJ 07739-1727 USA
NA.21
Exxon Mobil Corporation

3225 Gallows Rd Fairfax VA 22037 USA
Formerly: Mobil Chemical Company Chemical

Coatings Division Route 27 Vineyard Rd
Edison NJ 08818 USA
www.exxonmobil.com
+1
NA.22
(703) 849
6065
Obsolete
Formerly:
Henkel
Corporation
Business Center Suite 1

Horsham PA 19044 USA
20-95-00
Bldg
Horsham
2 300 Welsh Rd
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
Suppliers
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
NA.23
Obsolete
Remarks
Formerly:
Lake Chemical
Company Chicago
IL USA
NA.24
Obsolete
Formerly:
DuBois Chemicals Inc Industrial
Division 225 East 5th Street Suite 1200

Cincinnati OH 45202-4799 USA
NA.25
D W Davis
Company
Inc
Phillips Avenue PO
3200
Box
1497
Formerly: Canyon Industries

Tempe AZ 85282 USA
PO Box 26342
Racine WI 53401 USA

www.dwdavies.com
+1
NA.26
(262)
637 3933
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Seal
Group
11751
Ring
2360 Palumbo
Division PO Box
Drive
Lexington
KY 40509-1048 USA
www.
+1
parker.com
(859)
335 5128
NA.27
Formerly: Indosil Company PO Box 951

19547 Victory Rd Reseda CA 91335 USA
Obsolete
NA.28
Replaced by
NA.51
Formerly:
Akzo Nobel
Coatings
Inc
Aerospace
Finishes Division 434 W Meats Avenue
NA.29
E I
Dupont
De Nemours 8
Company
Orange
CA 92665 USA, www.akzonobel.com,
Fax +1
(714)
637 5174
Inc
Performance Lubricants Chemical and
Pigments Dept
Wilmington DE
1007 North Market Street

19898 USA
www.dupont.com
NA.30
Obsolete
Formerly:
Freed Transformers
Company
Corporation
Division of Electronic Transformer
460 Totowa Avenue PO Box 487 Paterson NJ

07544 USA
NA.31
Obsolete
Formerly: Simpson Electric Company Dundee

Elgin IL 60120 USA
Avenue
NA.32
Dukane Corporation
Seacom Division 2900 Dukane Drive St
Charles IL 60174-3395 USA
www.dukane.com
+1
(630) 584
5154
20-95-00
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.33
Remarks
Formerly: Rectorseal Corporation 2601

Spenwick Drive PO Box 297839 Houston
Obsolete
TX
77055 USA
NA.34
Formerly: National Colloid Corporation PO
Obsolete
Box 293 Garden Grove CA 92642 USA
NA.35
Obsolete
Formerly: Essex Chemical Corporation

Pro-Seal Division 19451 Susanna Coast Rd
Compton CA
NA.36
90221 USA
Formerly: Micro Circuits Corporation New
Obsolete
Buffalo MI USA
NA.37
US Borax Inc
26877
Tourney Drive Valencia CA 91355
Formerly: 3075 Wilshire Blvd PO

Angeles CA 90010 USA
Box 2781
Los
USA
www.borax.com
+1
NA.38
(661) 287 9182
Monogram Systems
800 West Artesia
Compton
Blvd
PO Box 9057
CA 90224-9057 USA
www.monogramsystems.com
+1
NA.39
638 8458
(310)
WD-40 Company
1061
Formerly: PO Box
Cudahy
San
Place
Diego
CA
80607
Zip Code
92138-9021
92110-3929 USA
www.wd40.com
+1
(619)
275 5823
NA.40
NA.41
Formerly: Plexiform
Obsolete
Henkel Surface
Formerly:
Technologies
32100
Stephenson
Heights
MI 48071 USA
Highway
Elmonte CA
Parker and Amchem Ltd
Madison
www.hstna.com
+1
NA.42
(248)
589 4804
Parker Hannifin
Chomerics
Formerly: Chomerics
Corporation
Division
77
Dragon
Woburn MA 01888-4014 USA

www.chomerics.com
+1
(781)
933 4318
20-95-00
Court
Inc
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
Suppliers
Address
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Formerly: First Brands Corporation 83

Heights Rd Bldg 301 Danbury
Obsolete
NA.43
Remarks
Wooster
CT
06813-1911 USA
NA.44
Enviro
Systems
Inc
PO Box 1260 Seminole OK 74868-1260

USA
www.enviro-ok.com
+1
(405)
NA.45
NA.46
382 0737
Replaced by
Winter
NA.16
Formerly:
Corporation
10560
Markinson
Rd
Dallas TX75238
Dinol US Inc 14826 NE 95th Street
Redmond WA 98052 USA
USA
+1
(214)
NA.47
NA.48
348 6961
Replaced by
NA.16
Fer-Pro Chemical Products

7450
North
McCormick Blvd
PO
Box
1205 Skokie IL 60076-8205 USA
www.federal-mogul.com
+1(847)
NA.49
674 1442
Replaced by
Formerly: Never-Seez Compound Corporation
NA.11 and UK.19
2910 South 18th Avenue Broadview IL 60153

USA
NA.50
Permabond International Corporation

480 South Dean Street
Englewood
NJ
07631-4931 USA
www.permabond.com
+1
NA.51
(201) 567 3747
Akzo Nobel Aerospace
Coatings
East Water Street
Inc
Waukegan IL 60085
Formerly:
US Paint
Corporation
Street St Louis MO 63103 USA
USA
www. a kzo
+1
NA.52
(847)
nobelaerospace .com
625 3200
Replaced by
NA.16
20-95-00
831 S 21st
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.53
Remarks
Formerly: Dexter/Crown
Corporation
Dexter
1 East Water Street
Waukegan IL 60085
USA
Metro
Aerospace
315
Echelon Rd Donaldson Center PO Box 5695

Greenville SC 29606 USA
www.dexteraero.com
+1
Dexter
(847)
623 8753
Materials Division
Aerospace
Coating Systems(Hysol
Division) 2850 Willow Pass Rd PO Box
312 Bay Point CA 94565-0031
Adhesive
Formerly: NA.69 US Adhesive 8 Coating

Systems Division for UK.99 Aero Consultants
Ltd
www.dexteraero.com
+1
NA.54
(925)
458 8030
Sherwin Williams
Formerly: Pratt and Lambert 16116 East 13th
Company
630 East 13th Street Andover KS 67002
Street PO Box 2153 Wichita KS 67201 USA
USA
www.sherwin-williams.com
+1
(316)
733 4420
NA.55
Formerly:
Obsolete
Chem-Tech 6380
Randolph
San Antonio TX USA
NA.56
Tem-Tex, Solvents Corporation

4208 South General Bruce Drive Temple
TX 76502 (PO. Box 3693, 76505) USA
www.temtexsolvents.com
+1
NA.57
(254)
Raytheon
778 3422
Aircraft
Company
PO Box 85 Wichita KS 67201-0085 USA
www.raytheonaircraft.com
+1
NA.58
(316)
676 8808
Vantico
4917
Dawn
Avenue
48823-5691 USA
www.vantico.com
+1
Page
8Mar.OG
(517)315
9003
20-95-00
East
Lansing
MI
Formerly: Ciba Speciality Chemicals

Polymers Division
Performance
Blvd
Ral~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.59
Suppliers
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
Remarks
Fisher Scientific
2000 Park
Lane
Pittsburgh
PA
15275
USA
www.fishersci.com
+1(800)926
NA.60
1166
Obsolete
Formerly: Levings Marketing
1302 E State
Street PO Box 39 Marshalltown IA 50158 USA

NA.61
Formerly: Dam
Obsolete
Review Avenue
NA.62
Met-All Industries Inc 2900
Long Island City
NY USA
Devcon
30 Endicott Street Danvers MA 01923
USA
www.devcon.com
+1
NA.63
(978)
774 0516
Cadillac Plastics
143 Indusco Court
Troy
MI 48007- 7035
USA
+1
NA.64
(810)
583 9275
Castrol Industrial North American Inc
Speciality
31st
Formerly: 5331
Products Division 1001 West
Street Downers
Grove
IL
E Slauson Avenue Commerce
CA 90040 USA
60515
USA
www.castrolindustriaI
+1(630)
NA.65
Novagard
5109
.com
2414140
Inc
Hamilton
Avenue
Cleveland
OH
44114 USA
www.foamseal-novagard.com
+1(216)881
NA.66
6977
Perrnatex Inc
10 Columbus Blvd Harfford CT 06106
Formerly: Permatex Industrial 705

Newington CT 06111
Mountain Rd
USA
www.permatex.com
+1
(860)
543 6998
20-95-00
North
USA
Raytheon
Aircraft
tompany
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.67
Suppliers
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
D Aircraft Products Inc
Hawk Circle Anaheim CA 92807
1191
USA
www.d-aircraft.com
(714)
+1
NA.68
632 7164
Octagon Process
Inc
596 River Rd
Edgewater
NJ 07020-1192
USA
www.octagonprocess.com
+1(201)945 1203
Replaced by
NA.69
NA.70
Magnolia
NA.53
Plastics Inc
5547 Peachtree Ind Blvd Chamblee GA

30341 USA
www.magnapoxy.com
+1(770)451
NA.71
5376
Click Bond Inc

2151
Way Carson City
Lockheed
NV
89706-0713 USA
www.clickbond.com
1
NA.72
Gage
883 0191
(775)
Products
821 Wanda Avenue Ferndale MI 84220
USA
www.gageproduts.com
+1(248)
NA.73
541 3824
Sterling Lacquer Manufacturing Company

3150
Brannon
Avenue
St
Louis
MO
63139 USA
+1(314)7711858
NA.74
Replaced by
NA.16
NA.75
Replaced by
NA.16
Andrew Brown Paint
Company
NA.76
Obsolete
Formerly:
NA.77
Obsolete
Formerly: Detroit Jewel Tack Cloth
NA.78
Obsolete
Formerly:
NA.79
Obsolete
Formerly: Greider Company
20-95-00
Kamen
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
Suppliers
Address
NA.80
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Replaced by
NA.81
Remarks
NA.8
Obsolete
Formerly: Smooth-On Incorporated 2000 St

John Street Easton PA 18042
USA,
www.smooth-on.com, Fax +1 (610) 252 6200
NA.82
Barton Solvents Inc
1970 NE Broadway PO Box 221
Des
Moines IA 50301 USA

www.barsol .com
+1
NA.83
(515)
265 8251
Air Products and Chemicals Inc
7201
Hamilton
Blvd
Allentown
PA
18195-1501 USA
www.airproducts.com
+1(610)481 5900
NA.84
Clariant
Corp
4000 Monroe Rd Charlotte NC 28205

USA
www.clariant.com
+1(704)
NA.85
331 7718
Lyondeil Chemical Worldwide

One
Houston
Center
Inc
1221
McKinney
Street Houston TX 77101 USA
www.lyondell.com
+1
NA.86
(713)
Union Carbide
Dow Chemical
39
652 4159
Corporation
Company
Old
Ridgebury
subsidiary of
Rd
Danbury
CT
06817-0001 USA
www.dow.com/ucc/
NA.87
HOC Industries
3511 North Ohio Wichita KS 67201-2609
USA
www.hocindustries.com
+1
(316)
838 5862
20-95-00Mar.OG
Ral~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.88
Suppliers
Inland
Address
Technologies
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Formerly: 660 Albert de Niverville Dorval
Inc
9 Commercial Street PO Box 253 Truro

Nova Scotia B2N 5C1 Canada
Quebec H4Y 1G6 Canada, Fax: +1
(514)
9990
www.inlandgroup.ca
+1
NA.89
(902)
895 6349
Uniroyal Adhesives and Sealants

Uniroyal Technology Corporation
2001
West
Division of
Street
Washington
South
Bend IN 46628 USA
www.uniroyal.com
+1
NA.90
(219)
246 5425
Mid-West Industrial Chemical

1509-11
Company
Sublette Avenue St Louis MO
63110-1978 USA
+1(314)781
NA.91
7603
Kimberly-Clark Corporation
1400 Holcomb
Bridge
Rd
Roswell GA
30076 USA
www.kimberlyclark.com
+1
NA.92
(800)
654 8270
Barton Solvents Inc

1920 NE
Broadway PO
Box 221
Des
Moines IA 50301 USA
www.barsol.com
+1
(515)
265 0259
NA.93
NA.94
Formerly: Sugar Beet Products Company

Saginaw MI 48605 USA
Obsolete
Stockhausen Inc
2401
Doyle
Street
Greensboro
NC
27406 USA
www.stockhausen.com
NA.95
Aeropia
US distributor for Elixair
Inc
8586 NW 72 Street Miami FL 33166 USA
www.aeropia.com
+1
(305)717
6578
20-95-00
422
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 2~ STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.96
Suppliers
Address
Winton Products
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Company
Remarks
Inc
PO Box 36332 2500 West Blvd Charlotte

NC 28236 USA
www.wintonproducts .com
+1
NA.97
(704)
Advanced
392 5389
Chemistry &Technology
7341 Anaconda Avenue Garden Grove

CA 92841 USA
www.actechaero.com
+1(714)373
NA.98
Cabot
Corporation
1095
200
Windward
Alpharetta
www.
Ridge Parkway Suite
GA 30005 USA
cabot-corp.com
+1(678)
NA.99
1913
297 1245
Met-All Industries
Locust Street PO Box 459 Canal
231
Fulton Ohio 44614 USA
www.met-all.com
+1(330)854
NA.100
Richwood Industries Inc

PO
Box
Huntingdon
www.
+1
NA.101
1133
E/M
1298
707
7th
Street
relyon richwood.com
(304)
525 8018
Engineered Coating
100
WV 25714 USA
Cooper
Solutions
Circle Peachtree
City
GA
30269-7969 USA
www.em-coatings.com
+1
NA.102
(770)
261 4805
Motorcars Ltd
8101
Hempstead
Rd Houston TX 77008
USA
www. motorca rsltd.com
+1
(713)
863 8238
20-95-00Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.103
Suppliers
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
Remarks
Purac
111
Barclay
Blvd Lincolnshire IL 60069
USA
www.purac.com
+1(847) 634 1992

NA.104
Enviro Tech
2525 W Le
Moyne
Avenue Melrose Park
IL 60160 USA
www.envirotech .com
+1
(708)
NA.105
NA.106
343 6641
Replaced by
Formerly: Albemarie Corporation 451 Florida

Street Baton Rouge LA70801 USA,
www.albemarle.com, Fax +1 (225) 388 7848
UK.115
LPS Laboratories
PO Box 105052 4647
Hugh
Howell Rd
Tucker GA 30085-5052 USA
www.lpslabs.com
+1(800)
NA.107
543-1563
Lear Chemical Research
PO
Box
1040
Corporation
Station
Mississauga
Ontario L4Y 3W3 Canada

www.learchem.com
+1
NA.108
(905)
564 7077
Chem-Trend Inc
1445 McPherson Park Drive Howell MI
48843 USA
www.chemtrend.com
+1
NA.109
(517)
548 6710
Rohm and Haas

100
Company
Independence
Mall W
PA 19106-2399 USA
www.rhcis.com
+1(215)592-3377
20-95-00
Philadelphia
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
STAN~ARD
PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.110
Suppliers
Address
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Remarks
Formerly: Royal
Anderol Inc
215
Merry
Lane
PO
Box
518
Lubricants Inc
East
Hanover NJ 07936 USA
www.anderol.com
+1
NA.111
(973)
887 6930
Air BP Lubricants
Division of BP Products North America
Parsippany NJ 07054-4406 USA
Inc
www.airbp.com
+1(973)
NA.112
401 4355
Cryotech Deicing Technology

6103
Fort Madison, IA 52627
Orthoway
USA
www.cryotech.com
+1
NA.113
(319) 372 2662
Armite Laboratories
1560
Superior
Avenue Suite A-4 Costa
Mesa CA 92627 USA
(By email) armite@pacbeil.net

+1
NA.114
(949)
646 8319
Aviation Laboratories
5401
Mitchelldale
#B6
Houston
Tx
77092
www.avlab.com
+1(713)864-6677
+1
NA.115
(713)
Japan Sun
Oil
864 6990
(Fax)
Company
wwwsunoco.co.jp
NA.116
BVA Oils
PO 930301 Wixcom Mi. 48393

www.bvaoils.com
+1
(248)
348 4920
20-95-00
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
NA.117
Suppliers
Address
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Lektro-Tech
4556 South Manhattan Avenue
Suite L
Tampa
Florida 33611
NA.118
CRC Industries Inc.

885 Louis Drive
Warminster PA
18974
NA.119
Dayton-Granger
3299 SW 9th Avenue
PO Box 350550
Fort Lauderdale, FL
33315
Page
16Mar.OG
20-95-00
Remarks
Ra~heon Aircraft Company

3. ADDRESSES
AIRFRAME
UK AND INTERNATIONAL SUPPLIERS
Suppliers
Code
UK.1
Remarks

Shell UK Ltd
Shell Center London SE1
7NA United
Kingdom
www.shell.com/ukl
+44
(0)20
7934 8060
Shell Oils
Formerly:
Manufacturing
8 Distribution
Delta House Wavell
Lubricants
Cobden House Station Rd Cheadle
Hulme Cheadle SK8 5AD United
Kingdom
Wythenshawe
Kingdom
Rd
Manchester M22 5SB United

www.aeroshell.com
+44
(0)161
499 4793
Shell Aviation Ltd
Formerly:
Shell Center London SE1
7NA United
Shell Mex House Strand London
WC2R ODX United
Kingdom
Kingdom
www.aeroshell.com
Fax: +44
(0)20 7257 3939
Formerly: Heronbridge
Shell Chemicals UK Ltd
Kessler
Place
Bldg
301
Cheshire
Innovation Park PO Box 1 Chester CH1

3SH United
Kingdom
House Chester
Business Park Wrexham Rd Chester Cheshire

CH4 9QA United
Kingdom
and
Carrington
Works Urmston Manchester M60 4EB United
Kingdom
www.shellchemicals.com
+44
UK.2
UK.3
(0)1244 685010
Replaced by
UK.7
ITW Rocol Ltd
Swillington
Kingdom
Leeds
LS26
8BS
United
www.rocol.com
+44
UK.4
(0)1132 322740
Fuchs Lubricants
Silkolene
(UK)
Oil
Belper Derby
Kingdom
PLC
Refinery
DE56
Derby
1WF
Road
United
Formerly: Dalton and Company Silkolene Oil

Refinery Belper Derby DE5 1WF United
Kingdom
www.fuchslubricants .com
+44
(0)1773
823659
20-95-00Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.5
Suppliers
Address
(UK)
Fuchs Lubrication
Rd
fley
United
Formerly: K.S.
Ltd
Est
fley
Kingdom
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
London
N18
Paul Products Ltd
3DB
www.kspaul.com
+44
UK.6
8884 3255
(0)20
Formerly:
HellermannTyton
Pennycress Close Pennycress Plymouth
Devon PL2 3NX United Kingdom
Hellernan Ltd Gatwick Rd
Sussex United
Crawley
Kingdom
www.hellermanntyton .co.uk
UK.7
Dow
790058
(0)1752
+44
Coming
Ltd
Buisness
Park
Copse Drive
Allesley Coventry
Kingdom
CV5
9RG
Meriden
United
Formerly: Dow Coming Ltd Kings Court

Kings Road Reading RG1 4EX United
Kingdom
185
www.dowcorning.com
+44
UK.8
(0)1676 528001
I Formerly:
TexacoLtd
Circus
Westferry
London E14 4HA United
Canary
Wharf
Knightsbridge Green
Kingdom
London
SW1X 7QT United
Kingdom
www.texaco.com
+44
UK.9
195175
(0)2077
Esso Petroleum
Exxon
Company
Mobil
Leatherhead
House
Surrey
Formerly:
Ltd
Ermyn
Way
Esso House 90 Victoria Street
London, SW1E 5JW United Kingdom
KT22 8UX United
Kingdom
www.esso.com
+44
UK.10
222556
(0)1372
PRC-DeSoto
Europe
Darlington
Ltd
Rd Shildon Co Durham DL4
2QP United
Formerly: Courtaulds Aerospace

(ICI)
and
Imperial
Chemical Industries
Kingdom
www.ppg .com
44
UK.11
(0)1388
774373
Obsolete
Formerly:
Yorkshire
UK.12
Replaced by
NA.9.
Kearsley 8 Co
United Kingdom
Ripen
Formerly: Sunbeam Anti-Corrosives Ltd

Molesey Surrey United
Kingdom
Central Avenue West
20-95-00
Ltd York Rd
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.13
Obsolete
Remarks
Formerly:
UK.14
UK.16
Replaced by
Kingdom
Formerly: United Indigo Chemical Co Ltd 22

Lord Street Manchester United Kingdom
Obsolete
UK.15
Sons Nelson Street
J Goddards
Leicester United
UK.1
Unilever PLC
Formerly:
PO Box 68 Unilever House 100 Victoria
Domestos Ltd 24 Homecraft Rd
London N22 United
Kingdom
Embankment London EC4P 4BQ United
Kingdom
www.unilever.com
+44
(0)20 78225898
UK.17
Replaced by
Formerly: Alginate
UK.94
Industries Ltd Waiter
House Bedford Street Strand London WC2

United
UK.18
UK.19
Replaced by
Bostik
Formerly: BE Chemicals
Findley Ltd
Ulverscroft
United
Kingdom
UI(.10
Rd
Leicester
LE4
Ltd
6BW
Kingdom
www.bostik.com
+44
UK.20
(0)1785
241818
Formerly: Turco Chemical Products
Turco Products Ltd
Brunel
Rd
Earlstrees
Ind
Northants NN17 2JW United
Corby Berks SL6

Kingdom
Est
Ltd
Clivemont Rd Cordwallis Ind Est Maidenhead

7BZ United
Kingdom
www.tu rcoproducts.com
+44
UK.21
(0)1536
263890
Chemetall PLC
65
Formerly:
Denbigh Rd Bletchley Milton Keynes

Kingdom
Ardrox Ltd Brent Chemical Products
Ltd and Brent Interhational
MK1 1PB United
www.aerospace.chemetall.com
+44
UK.22
UK.23
UK.24
(0)1908
373939
Replaced by
Replaced by
UK.10
NA.13 and UK.20
Obsolete
Formerly: Kearsley Aero Chemicals Ltd

Frampton Rd Hounslow Middlesex United
Kingdom
Formerly: Cleenol Products Ltd 82 Fazeley
Birmingham United Kingdom
Street
20-95-00
~arCMar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppl iers
Code
Suppliers
Address
Obsolete
UK.25
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Formerly: Imperial
Chemical Industries PLC
Mend Division Northern Sales Office PO Box

14 The Heath Runcorn Cheshire WA7 4QF
United
UK.26
Replaced by
NA.13 and UK.10
Kingdom
Formerly:
R J Richardson
Commercial Street
Sons Ltd
Birmingham United
Kingdom
UK.27
Hammerite Products Ltd

Works
Eltringham
Prudhoe
NE42
Northumberland
6LP
United
Formerly: Hermetite Products Ltd Tavistock

Road W Drayton Middlesex UB7 7RA United
Kingdom
Kingdom
www.hammerite.com
+44
(0)1661
UK.28
UK.29
835760
Replaced by
Dunlop
UK.10
Formerly: Berger
Chemicals
Aviation Ltd
Aviation
Division
Coventry
Holbrook
CV6 4AA United
Lane
Kingdom
www.dunlopaviation.com
+44
UK.30
(0)24
7666 2294
3M PLC
3M
House
Bracknell
Marketplace
Berkshire RG12 1JU United
Kingdom
www.3m.com
+44
UK.31
(0)1344
858278
Formerly: Douglas Kane
Henkel Loctite Adhesives Ltd

Watchmead
Welwyn
Garden
Hertfordshire AL7 1JB United
Ltd
Carlyon
Road
Atherstone Warwickshire CV9 ?LQ United
City
Kingdom
Kingdom
www. loctite. com
+44
(0)1707
UK.32
358900
Replaced by
Formerly: Marston Bentley Ltd 9 Naylor

Liverpool L3 6DS United Kingdom
NA.66
Obsolete
UK.33
Formerly:
Racasan Ltd Ellesmere Port
Cheshire United
UK.34
J. Hall 8 Sons Ltd

Petherton
United
UK.35
Kingdom
Rd
Hengrove
Bristol
BS14
Kingdom
Replaced by
20-95-00
UK.10
Formerly:
Docker Brothers
Street
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
Suppliers
Address
UK;36
Replaced by
Remarks
Formerly: Bakelite Ltd Consumer Products

Division Highams Park London E4 9BA United
Kingdom
Obsolete
UK.37
UK.38
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
UK.10
Atlas Products and Services Ltd

Frazer Rd Erith Kent DA8 1PN United
Kingdom
UK.39
Red Hand
Compositions
Clifford
Street
Ltd
W1
London
United
Kingdom
UK.40
Kilfrost Ltd
Albion
Haltwhistle
Works
Northumberland
NE49
OHJ
United
Kingdom
(By email)
+44
UK.41
Kilfrost.haltwhistle@virgin.net
(0)1434 321463
Formerly:
Mobile Oil Co Ltd
Wallasey Bridge Rd Birkenhead

Merseyside Cheshire CH41 1EF United
Kingdom
Mobile Oil Co Ltd Mobil International
Aviation and Marine Sales Bank House 171
Midsummer Blvd Central Milton

1EB United
Keynes
MK9
Kingdom
www.exxonmobil.com
44
UK.42
(0)151
6531239
Elsan Ltd
Bellbrook Business Park Uckfield
Sussex TN22 1QF United

+44
UK.43
(0)1825
East
Kingdom
761212
Vantico Ltd
Duxford
Cambridge Cambridgeshire
Kingdom
Formerly: Ciba Speciality Chemicals

Performance Polymers Division
CB2 4QA United
www.vantico.com
+44
UK.44
UK.45
(0)1223
493002
Replaced by
NA.57
Obsolete
Formerly: Canning Materials Ltd Great

Hampton Street Birmingham B18 6AS United
Kingdom
20-95-00
Raytheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
Suppliers
Address
Equip (Midlands)
UK.46
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Ltd
Byron Street Burton Derbyshire

Kingdom
SK17
6NT United
www.equipmidlands.co.uk
+44
UK.47
(0)1298 72097
Evode Ltd
Common Rd Stafford ST16 3EH United
Kingdom
www.evode.co.uk
+44
UK.48
(0)1785
Levermore
257236
Workshop
World
24 Endeavor
United
Way
Kingdom
London SW19 8UH
www.levermore.co.uk
+44
(0)20
8946 6259
Replaced by
UK.49
Formerly: Dubois Chemicals Ltd

House Sunleigh Road Wembley
HRO 4PT United Kingdom
NA.24
Dubois
Middlesex
Acheson Colloids Ltd
UK.50
Catterwater Road Prince Rock

Devon PL4 OSP United
Plymouth
Kingdom
www.achesonindustries.com
+44
UK.51
(0)1752 207133
Formerly:
Obsolete
Craft Chemical Products Ltd Alma
Park Ind Est Grantham Lincolnshire United
Kingdom
UK.106
UK.52
Replaced by
UK.53
Replaced by NA.102
UK.54
Bridge of Weir Leather Co
Clydesdale
Ltd
Bridge
Works
Renfrewshire PA11 3LF United
of
Weir
Kingdom
www.bowleather.co.uk
+44
UK.55
(0)1505
614964
Replaced by
UK.30
Formerly: Punch
Drayton
UK.56
Replaced by
UK.87
and Co
(Sales) Ltd
Kingdom
Formerly: Olympic
Plastics Ltd 4th
Way
Wembly Middlesex United Kingdom
20-95-00
West
Middlesex United
Ral~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.57
Suppliers
Address
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Ceetak Ltd
1
Napier
Kingdom
Rd Bedford MK41 OQR United
www.ceetak.com
+44
(0)1234
341133
Obsolete
UK.58
Formerly:
Ferro
Chirk Wrexham
(GB) Ltd Holyhead Road

Clwyd LL14 5HH United
Kingdom
UK.60
Formerly: PW Products Ltd 289-293 Ballards

Lane Finchley London N12 8NP United
Kingdom
Obsolete
UK.59
Du Pont
(UK)
Du
Ltd
Pont
House
Stevenage
United
Wedgwood
Way
SG1
4QN
Hants
SO51
Herffordshire
Formerly: Instar
Derby DE4 4EN
Ltd 3 Greenhill Wirksworth
United
Kingdom
Kingdom
www.dupont.com
+44
UK.61
(0)1438
734382
Dasic International Ltd
Winchester
7YD United
Hill
Romsey
Kingdom
www.dasic.co.uk
+44
UK.62
(0)1794
Henkel Surface
522346
Formerly:
Technologies
Featherstone
Wolverton
House
Featherstone
South
Mill
Milton
MK12
Buckinghamshire
Kingdom
Rd
Keynes
5TH
Henkel Metal Chemistries Henkel
House 292-308
Southbury Rd Enfield
Kingdom
Middlesex EN1 1TS United
United
www.henkel.co.uk
+44
UK.63
McGean
(0)1908
Rohco
Qualcast
313312
(UK)
Rd
Ltd
Lower
Wolverhampton West
2QP United Kingdom
Horseley
Midlands
Fields
WV1
I Formerly: Cee Bee Products 1 Bailey Street

Wolverhampton West Midlands WV10 ODE
United
Kingdom
www.mcgean-rohco.co.uk
+44
UK.64
(0)1902
457443
Obsolete
Formerly:
Bestobell Aviation 127-135
Slough SL1 4UY United

Kingdom, www.bestobell.com, Fax: +44
(0)1753 539126
Farnham Rd
20-95-00Mar.OG
Ray~heon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.65
Remarks

Formerly:
Arrow Chemicals Ltd
Road Swadlincote
Rawden
DE12 6DA United
Derbyshire
Kingdom
Arrow Chemicals Ltd
Stanhope
Rd
Swadlincote Burton-on-Trent Staffs DE11 9BE

United
Kingdom
www.arrowchem.com
+44
(0)1283
225731
Formerly:
Obsolete
UK.66
John Gosheron and Co Ltd Grove
House 551 London Road Isleworth Middlesex

TW7 4DS United
UK.68
Formerly:
Ind Est Bramley Road Bletchley Milton
Keynes Buckinghamshire MK1 1PT United
Kingdom
Formerly:
GE Silicones
5 Cranfield Rd Lostock Ind Est Lostock
Bolton
BL6
Lancashire
Kingdom
RW Greef and Co Ltd Mount Farm
Obsolete
UK.67
GE Silicones Old Hall Rd Sale
Cheshire M33 2HG United Kingdom
United
4QD
Kingdom
www.gebayersilicones.com
+44
UK.69
Borax
(0)1204 691494
Formerly:
Europe Ltd
1A
Surrey
Park Guildford
Buisness
Guildford
GU2 8XG United
Kingdom
Borax
Holdings
Ltd Borax House
Carlisie Place London SW1P 1HT United
Kingdom
www.borax.com
+44
UK.70
WD-40
(0)1483
242001
Brick Close
Farm
Kiln
Milton
Keynes
3LJ
United
MK11
Buckinghamshire
Kingdom
www.wd40.co.uk
+44
UK.71
(0)1908
266900
Sterling Technology
Fraser
Rd
Ltd
Trafford
M17 1DU United

www. ste rl i n
+44
UK.72
(0)161
Company PO
Keynes MK11 3LF
Buckinghamshire United Kingdom
Alternative address: WD-40
Company
Park
Kingdom
g-tech .com
8480966
Replaced by UK.62
20-95-00
Manchester
440 Kiln Farm Milton
Box
RayZheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.73
Suppliers
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
Chomerics (Europe) Ltd

Unit
Safron
Elizabeth
Way
Remarks
Formerly:
Center
Bussiness
Waldon
Saffron
Essex
Chomerics
(UK)
Ltd Park
Way
Globe Park Marlow Bucks SL7 1YB United
Kingdom
CB10 2BL United Kingdom

www.chromerics.com
+44
(0)1799
521191
Obsolete
UK.74
Formerly:
STP
(Europe) Ltd Hardie House 46

Wokingham Berkshire United
Denmark Street
Kingdom
UK.75
United
Refrigeration (UK)
16 Avonside Ind Park Feeder Rd Bristol
BS2 OUQ United Kingdom
Formerly: Nationwide Refrigerant Supplies

Unit 1 Spindus Rd Speke Hall Ind Est Speke
Hall Avenue
Liverpool
L24 1YA United
Kingdom
www.refrigerants.com
+44
(0)1179 773616
UK.76
Replaced by
UK.70
Formerly:
Cussons
(International) Ltd
Stockport
Cheshire SK3 OXN United Kingdom, Fax: +44
(0)161 4918191 and PC Products (1001) Ltd
Cussons House Bird Hall Lane
Kersal Vale Manchester N7 OGL United
Kingdom
UK.77
BDH
Formerly:
Laboratory Supplies
Poole Dorset BH15 1TD United
Kingdom
BDH
Laboratory Supplies Broom Rd

Kingdom
Poole Dorset BH12 4NN United
www.bdh.com
+44
UK.78
(0)1202
Akzo Nobel
666856
Aerospace Coatings VOF

31
Rijksstraatweg
PB
2171
Formerly:
AJ
Sassenheim Netherlands
Akzo
Aerospace Finishes Coatings
Division PO Box 3 2170BA Sassenheim

Netherlands
www.akzonobel.com
+31
(0)71 3082056
UK.79
UK.80
Replaced by
Ut<.68
Pennsalt Ltd
Chemical Division Doman Rd
Surrey
UK.81
DGB
United
Sterling
13
Camberley
Kingdom
Worldwide
Ltd
Napier
Court Barton Lane
Oxon OX14 5DH United
Abingdon
Kingdom
Headquarters address:
Dinol
International AB Box 149 SE-281 22
Haessleholm Sweden, www.dinol.com, Fax:

+46 451 880 88
www.dinol.com
+44
(0)1235
530688
20-95-00Mar.OG
Raytheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.82
Remarks
I Formerly:
BP Amoco PLC
Finsbury Circus
EC2M 7BA United Kingdom
Britannic
London
House
1-6
BP Oil Ltd BP House Victoria Street
London SW1E 5NJ United
Kingdom
www.bplubricants.com
+44
UK.83
Applied
(0)20
7496 5656
Chemicals Ltd
Applied
House
CV6 6JA United
Wilson
Lane
Kingdom
Formerly: Applied Chemicals Ltd

Salisbury Road Ind Est Uxbridge
Coventry
United Kingdom
PO Box 43
UB8 2SW
www.appliedchemicals.com
+44
UK.84
(0)24 76363210
Akzo Nobel
Unit
Meridian
West
Formerly:
Ltd
Aerospace Coatings
Meridian
Leicester LE3 2WX United
Park
Akzo
Coatings
99 Station Road
Didcot Oxon OX11 7NQ United
Kingdom
Kingdom
www.akzonobel.com
+44
(0)116
UK.85
UK.86
2234139
Replaced by UK.87
I Formerly: Pampus
Fluorocarbon Co Ltd
Carton Hill Herfford Herffordshire SG 13

7NH United
Fluorpast
Loomer Rd Newcastle United
Ltd Chesterton
Kingdom
Kingdom
www.fluorocarbon.co.uk
+44
UK.87
(0)1992 504550
PPG Industries Ltd

PO
Box
Birmingham
359
Rotten
Park
B16 OAD United
Street
Kingdom
www.ppg.com
44
UK.88
(0)121 4540848
Akzo Nobel Chemicals Ltd
Queens
1-5
Walton-on-Thames
United
Rd
Surrey
Formerly:
Akzo Chemie
Formerly:
Adhesive Solutions Ltd Batchworth
(UK)
Ltd
Hersham
KT12
5NL
Kingdom
www.akzonobel.com
+44
UK.89
(0)1932 231204
Obsolete
Island Rickmansworth Herts, WD3 1JQ United
Kingdom
Mar.OG20-95-00
RaytPleon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.90
Suppliers
Address
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Permabond Adhesives Ltd

Woodside
United
4EX
S050
Eastleigh
Rd
Kingdom
www.permabond.com
+44
(0)2380
629629
UK.91
Replaced by UK.19
Formerly: LAPS Ltd Unit 3 International House

Springhill Rd Burnley Lanes, BB11 2LQ United
Kingdom
UK.92
Obsolete
Formerly. Product Research Chemical (UK)

Ltd Portland Rd Newcastle-upon-Tyne NE2
1BL United Kingdom
UK.93
Formerly: Teepol Products Blenheim Rd Long

Epsom Surrey KT19 9A4 United
Kingdom
UK.1
Replaced by
Mead Ind Est
UK.94
Fisher Scientific UK Ltd
Bishop
Rd
Meadow
LE11
Leicestershire
Loughborough
5RG
United
Kingdom
www.fishersci.com
+44
(0)1509
UK.95
UK.96
231893
Replaced by
Formerly: Dexter Packaging Parkway Deeside

Ind Park Deeside United Kingdom
NA.53
ITW Devcon
Brunet
Wellingborough
United Kingdom
Est
Farm
Park
Close
Northants
NN8
6QX
www.itw-devcon .co.uk
+44
UK.97
(0)1933 675765
Cadillac Plastics Ltd
Rivermead
Drive
Westlea
Wiltshire SN5 7EX United
Swindon
Kingdom
www.cadillac.co.uk
+44
UK.98
(0)1793
648501
Replaced by UK.10
Formerly:DeSoto Titanine
Kingdom
and NA.16
Shildon
County
DL4
2QP United
UK.99
Aero Consultants
13114
(UK)
Clifton
Rd
PE29 7EJ United
UK.100
NA.53 US Adhesive
Ltd
Huntingdon
Kingdom
Cambs
Dexter
Corp
Systems Division for

Coating Systems
Adhesive
Replaced by UK.1
20-95-00
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.101
Suppliers
Remarks
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
Clariant International Ltd

61
Rothausstrasse
CH-4132
Muttenz
Switzerland
www.clariant.com
+41
UK.102
(61)469
6511
SPCA
9 Voie de Seine F-94290 Villeneuve Le
Roi France
+33
UK.103
(1)49 61 08
70
UK Distributor
Elixair International Ltd

Roman Hill Business Park
Dorchester DT2 8LY United
Broadmayne
Kingdom
www.elixair.co.uk
(0)1305
44
852060
European Distributor
Aero Consultants Ltd

PO Box 35 Grabenstrasse 8 CH-8606
Nanikon Switzerland
www. aeroconsultants. com
41
UK.104
Aeropia
(0) 941 3137
Formerly:
Ltd
Aeropia
House
Newton
Rd
West Sussex RH1 02Y United
Crawley
Kingdom
www.aeropia.com
+44
UK.105
Cabot
(0)1293
459600
Corporation
Lees
Lane
Ellesmere
CVH65 4HT United
Port
Cheshire
Kingdom
www.cabot-corp.com
+44
UK.106
(0)151
350 1462
Ambersil Ltd
Wylds Rd Castlefield Ind Est Bridgwater

Somerset TA6 4DD United Kingdom
www.siliconia.co.uk
+44
(0)1278
425644
20-95-00
Ciba
Geigy (UK)
Structures Division
Ltd Bonded
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.107
Suppliers
Address
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Remarks
Gibson Chemicals Ltd

350
Cheltenham
Rd
Reserve
3192
Australia
+61
UK.108
Graphite
(03)
9584 3958
Services
Unit
19/20 Stations Lane Ind Est Old

Chesterfield S41 9PX United
Whittington
Kingdom
www.em-coatings.com
+44
UK.109
260367
(0)1246
Gramos Surface Treatment Ltd
Spring
Rd
Smethwick
8166 1PT United
West
Midlands
Kingdom
www.gramos.co.uk
+44
UK.110
241303
(0)1215
Purac Biochem
Square Birmingham
Kingdom
50-54 St. Pauls
1QS United
83
www.purac.com
+44
UK.1?1
Castrol
(0)121 2361401
(UK)
Ltd
Burmah
Castrol
House
Swindon SN3 1RE United
PipersWay
Kingdom
www.castrol.com
+44
UK.112
(0)1793
513506
Dow Chemical Co Ltd

2
Heathrow
Drayton
Kingdom
Blvd
284
Middlesex
Bath
UB7
Rd
ODQ
West
United
www.dowchemical.com
+44
UK.113
(0)20 8917
5400
Croftshaw Solvents
Oldstead Rd
Bromley
BR1 5RX United
Kingdom
44
(0)20
8508 5559
20-95-00Mar.OG
Ra~heon Aircraft Company

AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Code
UK.114
Suppliers
(Mail-lnternet-Fax)
Address
Chem-Trend Ltd
Street
Bromley
West
Stourbridge
Kingdom
Midlands DY9 8HY United

www.chemtrend.com
+44
UK.115
(0)1384
423823
Med-Lab Ltd
Copeland
Kingdom
Street
Derby
DE1 2PU United
www.med-lab.demon.co.uk
+44
UK.116
(0)1332
371237
Anderol BV
PO Box 1489 6201 BL Maastricht The
Netherlands
www.anderol.nl
+31
(43)
352 4199
Mar.OG20-95-00
Remarks
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
1. INFORMATION
The materials listed
below must
only
be used
in
conjunction
with
Raytheon approved manuals
and
docu mentation.
2. GREASES AND LUBRICANTS
Suppliers
Item No.
001
002
Material
Compound,
(graphited)
anti-seize
Compound, anti-seize
(molybdenum
disulphide)
Specification
or
Reference
[Def Stan 80-80]

[MIL-T-5544]
AeroShell Compound 08 (Steel
to steel only)
Code
Remarks
Formerly [DTD.392A]
NA.8
Anti-seize thread lube.
UK.1
Refer to Item No. 002.

Anti-seize thread
[MIL-PRF-83483]
Royco 1MS Anti-seize
NA.110
Lubricant
UK.116
compound (petrolatum
molybdenum disulphide)
RECOMMENDED by
RAC Process Lab.
Alternatives:
Loctite
Moly 50 Anti-seize
NA.18
Lubricant
UK.31
AASC-M-1 MIL-PRF-83483
Anti-seize Lubricant
NA.113
[DTD.5617]
[DefStan80-81]
Shell Aviation Grease S.4768
NA.8
UK.1
Rocol MT-LM
UK.3
Molypaul
GP 109
UK.5
003
Compound,
lubricant
electrical
Formerly [DTD.900/4388]
[DTD.900AA/4877Aj
Hellerine Grade M
UK.4
Hellerine Grade M
UK.6
replaces Grade
209511
C.
Ray~heon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
Material
004
Specification
or
Reference
Grease, Advanced,
[MIL-G-81322]
general purpose
AeroShell Grease 22CF
Code
Remarks
Formerly
NA.8
UK.1
[MIL-G-81382]
[DTD.5601]
[Def Stan 91-52]
AeroShell Grease 22A
and 22C.
Advanced, general
purpose grease, wide
temperature range.
NOTE
While
MIL-G-81322
supersedes MIL-G-3545, AeroShell Grease
(Item
No.
044)
does
not
meet
MIL-G-81322
005
Formerly
[MIL-G-81 322]
Mobilgrease 28
Grease
NA.21
U1(.41
[MIL-G-7711]
[MIL-G25760]
[MIL-G-3545]
[DTD 5601]
Manufactured from
synthesized hydrocarbon
fluid and
a nonsoap
thickener. It has very
good resistance to water
washing.
NOTE
While
MIL-G-81322
supersedes MIL-G-3545, AeroShell
Grease
(Item
No.
044)
does
not
meet
MIL-G-81322
006
Obsolete:
Replaced by
Item No. 054
007
Preservative
Lanolin
ARS
008
Compound, silicone
paste
[Def Stan 68-69]

[MIL-S-8660]
NA.5
Formerly
[DTD.900/4298]
MS.4
UK.7
[MIL-I-8660]
DC 4
and
Compound
Electrical insulating
compound, moisture
barrier lube, commonly
used in O-ring
applications.
DC 4 does not contain
corrosion
inhibiting
additives, for this usage

refer to Item No. 086.
Page
2Mar.OG
20-95-11
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
009
Material
Specification
or
Reference
[Def Stan 2331/1\3

[MIL-C-16173, Grade 2]
AeroShell Compound 02
Compound,
preservative
Code
Remarks
Formerly [DTD.121D]
NA.8
UK.1
Corrosion
preventative
compound. Solvent
based, soft film. Used for
temporary protection.
010 to
Not used.
033
034
Grease, extreme low

temperature
(molybdenum
disulphate)
[DTD.900AA/4630A]
Rocol MX-33
UK.3
[Def Stan 91-56/1]

[MIL-G-46886]
Dow Coming 33 Grease,
Type II (medium)
035
Obsolete:
036
Antifret Primer. Moved to Item No. 476
037
Not used.
038
Dry
Replaced by
film lubricant
Formerly
[DTD.897B]
Molykote 33
MS 33 and DC 33.
NA.5
UK.7
Item No. 078
(Ref. 20-95-401, 001)
[MIL-L-46010, Type I]
Everlube 620C
NA.101
(Old alternatives)
Molykote X106
Molykote 3400
Formerly
[Def Stan 91-19/1]
Used for corrosion
protection, anti-wear,
fluid resistance and all
metal
039
Obsolete:
040
Grease, antifret
Replaced by
applications.
Item No. 040
[MIL-G-25537]
[Def Stan 91-51]
AeroShell Grease 14
Formerly [DTD.5609]
NA.8
UK.1
Outstanding
anti-fret and
anti-moisture corrosion
properties.
NOTE
AeroShell Grease 14
compatible with
(Item
No.
most rubber
040) is composed of a mineral oil thickened with a calcium soap. It is

compounds. It will not cause softening and swelling of rubber seals.
NOTE
AeroShell Grease 14
(Item
No.
Inner and Outer
040) is recommended to lubricate the Mollart Joint Rubber Grease Cover for
Torque Tube Assembly per RAC Process Lab Report 49564.
20-95-~1
PMaaSPO~Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
041
Material
Grease, graphited
Specification
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
[DefStan 91-54]
AeroShell Grease 8
UK.1
Formerly [DTD.806Bj
Approved British
specification only.
NA.6
Graphited grease for

airplane general use.
NA.8
Airplane Starter Grease
UK.8
042
Not used.
043
Notused.
044
Grease thigh
temperature)
AeroShell Grease 5
NA.8
UK.1
045
Replaced by
Item No. 004.
046
Replaced by
Item No. 034.
047 to
Not used.
lFormerly
[DTD.878]
[MIL-G-3545]
053
054
Grease, synthetic
[MIL-G-21164j
AeroShell Grease 17
Formerly
[DTD.5527]
/Def Stan 91-57]
[DTD. 900AA/4439]
NA.8
UK.1
Molybdenum disulphide
give
filler added to
extreme pressure,
anti-wear properties.
Used for steel-to-steel

contact
055 to
protection.
Not used.
074
075
Grease
Dow
Coming Compound
NA.5
UK. 7
076
Notused.
077
[MIL-G-27617, Type 3]
Krytox 240AC
Release agent for formed
in
The
place
seal.
military specification
NA.29
[MIL-G-27617, Type 3]
UK.60
correct and
for
use on
acceptable
oxygen
components despite
G designation.
20-95-11
its
is
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES -AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
078
Specification
Material
Reference
Royco
NA.110
UK.116
27A
Remarks
Code
[MIL-G-23827]
Grease, extreme
pressure (low
temperature)
or
Formerly
[DTD 5598]
I [DTD 866]
[Def Stan 91-53/1]
NA.8
Alternatives:
AeroShell Grease 7
(Type 2)
UK.1
NA.6
Texaco Low
079
Corrosion
preventative
Temp
[AMS 3077]
[MIL-C-16173,
EP
UK.8
Formerly
Grade
Ardrox 3302
4]
DINITROL AV 30 Aerosol
NA.46
(Worldwide availability)
UK.81
For protection of all,

commonly used
aerospace metals and
alloys, including
control
cables.
080
Preservative
Ardrox 3107
NA.14
UK.21
Dukane 810-346
081
Lubricant
082
Cancelled.
083
Lubricant
Plastilube No. 3
084
thigh temperature)
[MIL-A-907]
Never-seez-Reg. Grade
(Copper)
Never-seez-Pure (Nickel)
Special
Replaced by
item No. 077
Fel-Pro C5A
085
Silicone Lubricant
NA.32
Dow
Coming 111
ARS
NA.49 deleted.
RIA.11
UK.?9
NA.48
NA.5
Formerly Molycote 111.
UK.7
Valve
lubricant, moisture
barrier and sealant.
For
vacuum
and
pressure systems,
lubricating rubber and
plastic products.
Used for
lubricating
bearings.
control rod end
Heavy grease
consistency.
20-95-11
Raytheon
Aircraft
company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
086
Specification
Material
Silicone Lubricant
or
Code
Reference
Remarks
NA.65
Novagard Versilube G-322L
Contains ZINC
CHROMATE.
Silicone lubricant for
corrosion
protection,
bimetallic corrosion
barrier, water repellent.
Pigmented Silicone
Alternate:
Grease
[DTD900AA14766A]
UK.98
Anti-corrosion
jointing
compound. U.K. product.
LR4871
Zinc Chromate
Pigmented
Silicone Grease
087
Dry Lubricant. Moved
088
Metal
Assembly
to Item No. 476
(Ref. 20-95-401, 001)
G-n
Paste
NA.5
Multi-purpose,
heavy-duty lubricating
UK.7
paste containing a blend

molybdenum disulfide
of
8 white solid lubricants in

a
mineral oil.
Alternate:
[Def Stan 80-81]

089
Corrosion Preventive
Compound
MT-LM
UK.3
Assembly and
Running-in Paste.
LPS 3
NA.106
This material is suitable
for corrosion control for
approximately
2 years. It
works well
as a general
preventative on
non-working surfaces.
corrosion
Since it forms
soft waxy
film which will make
working surfaces harder

application
to move, its
must be controlled where
"sticky"
surfaces
undesirable.
Mar.OG~e,G"
20-95-1~
are
R;rytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
090
Material
Corrosion Preventive
Specification
or
Reference
ACF 50
Code
NA.107
Remarks
This material is suitable
for corrosion control for
Compound
approximately 2 years. It
as a general
corrosion preventative on
non-working surfaces.
works well
Since it forms
soft waxy
film which will make
working surfaces harder

to move, its application
must be controlled where
"sticky"
surfaces
undesirable.
091
Petrolatum, Lubricant
W-P-236
ARS
Vaseline
092
Corrosion Preventative
Lektro-Tech Super Corr B

(MIL-L-87177,Type 1 Grade B)
NA. 117
Preferred
Lubricant
LPS 2
CRC 3-36
ROYCO 308CA
(MIL-PRF-32033)
NA 106
NA. 118
NA. 110
20-95-~1
are
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

FLUIDS AND OILS
i. INFORMATION
NOTE: The materials listed below must
only
be used in
conjunction
with
Raytheon approved
manuals and
documentation.
2. FLUIDS AND OILS
Suppliers
Item No.
101
Material
Fluid, de-icing
Specification
[DTD
4068
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
grade AL-5]
TKSFLUID
NA.25
For Airframe
Systems.
Alternatives:
Kilfrost R.328
UK.40
TKS80
102
103(a)
Fluid, deicing
Fluid, ground de-icing/
anti-icing
AVL-TKS
NA.114
[BS 506]
Methyl alcohol
ARS
[SAE AMS 1424, Type I]

[ISO ii 075, Type I]
[MIL-A-8243]
Safewing DG 1 1937 (241266)
Safewing MP 1 1938 (available
outside the NAFTA region)
Anti-icing protection for

parked airplane, and for
the de-frosting of
NA.84
turn-around
UK.101
considered suitable for

use
in
airplane de-icing
systems.
SafeTemp
DuraGly
I-PG100
NA.87
NA.88
Kilfrost DF PLUS
UK.40
Kilfrost DF
IARCOPLUS
NA.85
ARCOPLUS DILUTE
(same as
ARCOPLUS Canadian Dilute)
Octaflo/Aerex 99
Octaflo Concentrate
airplane. Not
NA.68
SPCA DE-910
UK.102
20-95-101
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
103(a)
Cent.
Material
Specificationor Reference
UCAR ADF Concentrate

anti-icing
(PM
Remarks
NA.86
6600)
UCAR ADF 50150
UCAR ADF XL 54
103(b)
Code
(PM 6650)
(PM 6571)
[SAE AMS 1428 Type II]

[ISO 11078, Type II]
Safewing MP 11 1951 (241267)

anti-icing

the de-frosting of
turn-around airplane. Not
NA.84
UK.IO1
Kilfrost ABC-II PLUS
UK.40
in airplane de-icing
systems.
use
Kilfrost ABC-3
I Ut(.102
SPCA AD-104/N
103(c)

anti-icing
[SAE Type IV]

Safewing MP IV
(600757)
Safewing MP IV
(241224)
Formerly Type II,

1957
Hoechst 1704 and LTV
UK.101
88. Both
products are
They are
replaced by Safewing MP
1951 (241267).
2001
obsolete.
Kilfrost ABC-S
Max
NA.84
UK.40
Flight

the de-frosting of
turn-around airplane. Not
NA.68
SPCA AD-480
I UK.102

use
UCAR ADF/AAF ULTRA+,
in
airplane de-icing
NA.86
systems.
UK.40
fluid. In aerosol form.
ULTRA+
104
105
Replaced by
Item 107.
Formerly [MIL-H-83282]
Fluid, windshield
[DTD.900AA/4939A]
washing
Killfrost WWFIMod2
Windscreen
washing
Killfrost H63A
106
Replaced by
Item 619
107
Fluid, hydraulic
(Ref. 20-95-601,001)
[MIL-H-5606]
[Def Stan 91-48]
Grade
Superclean is a
hydraulic fluid
mineral
Aeroshell Fluid 41
(Grade Superclean
I
NA.8
or
Normal)
!.UK.1
manufactured to
high
a very
level of cleanliness.
Alternatives:
[MIL-H-5606]
[NATO Code H515]
Brayco Micronic 756
NA.8
Formerly Hydraulic Oil
UK.1
AA Univis J-43
[MIL-H-5606]
(Normal)
[NATO H-515]
Mobil (Aero) HF (Superclean)
Mobil Aero HFA
Jun.05~a,ge,s
20-95-101
NA.21
UK.41
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
108
Material
Oil, engine
Specification
or
Reference
AeroShell Turbine Oil 273
Code
Remarks
NA.8
UI(.1
109
Oil, engine
BP Aero Turbine Oil 35
110
Fluid, inhibiting (for

storage purposes)
[Def Stan 91-44]

[OM-13]
UK.82
Formerly [DEF 2001A]
AeroShell Fluid 1
NA.8
UK.1
111
Obsolete:
112
Oil, engine
Formerly
Caltex Sate 35
Castrol 98
NA.64
UK.111
113
Oil, turbine
[Def
Stan
91-98]
[DERD 2487]
Exxon Turbo Oil 274
(ETO
NA.6
274)
UK.8
Alternative:
114
Obsolete:
115
Oil, turbine
Formerly
AeroShell 750
NA.7
Military alternative:
[OX-38]
UK.9
Enco Turbo Oil 35
Esso extra turbo Oil 273
NA.7
Ut(.9
116
Replaced by
117
Obsolete:
Formerly
118
Obsolete:
Formerly Regent Sate 35
119
Obsolete:
Formerly
Sinclair Turbo Oil 35
120
Obsolete:
Formerly
Texaco Sate 35
121
Obsolete:
Formerly AeroShell Fluid 9
122
Oil, engine
123
124
Item No. 113.
Formerly
PWA 521
(Model
Esso Turbine Oil 35

code
Al)
Aeroshell Turbine Oil 750
Oil, engine
Synthetic
UK.1
centistokes
turbine oil
7.5
viscosity.
[MIL-PRF-7808]
Oil, engine
Exxon Turbo Oil 2389
NA.7
ESSO Turbo Oil 2389
UK.9
[MIL-PRF-7808]
i Exxon Turbo Oil 2391
125
Replaced by
126
Oil,
mineral
NA.8
Item No. 137.
light
NA.7
Formerly [MIL-PRF-23699] Castrol
[MIL-L-7870C]
Brayco 363
5050
NA.8
UK.1
Formerly
[Def Stan 91-47]
[DTD.5578]
AeroShell Fluid 3
general
purpose lubricating oil,

low freezing point.
127
Oil, engine
Enco extra turbo oil 273
20-95-101
Raytheon
Aircrafe Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
128
Material
Oil, engine
Specification
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
[MIL-PRF-7808]
AeroShell Turbine Oil 303
NA.8
UK.1
129
Oil, engine
[MIL-PRF-7808]
Castrol 399
NA.64
Formerly Brayco
880
UK.111
130
Oil, engine
[MIL-PRF-7808]
Delta Jet Lube
131
Replaced by
Item No. 137.
Formerly [MIL-PRF-23699] Delta
132
Replaced by
Item No. 113.
Formerly [Esso
133
Duplicate
134
Oil
Item.
Replaced by
(pressure testing
pipelines)
Item No. 222
Aviation Turbo Oil
Replaced by
136
Oil, lubricating
35]
(Ref. 20-95-201, 001)
Shell Donax C
NA.8
rubber
135
Jet Lube
UK.1
Item No. 113.
Formerly [OX-38]
Parker SLUBE 884-"
NA.26
UK.57
O-ring Seals
NOTE: The" represents
the container size.
137
Oil, engine
[MIL-PRF-
23699
HTS]
Mobil Jet Oil 254
NA.21
(43030 international code)

(43030-6 U.S. code)
UK.41
May
(ETO)
(217597 product code)
2197
899
be used to lubricate
cold air units, if
or
Exxon Turbo Oil
Formerly Brayco
required.
NA.7
UK.9
May
be used to lubricate
oil lubricated CAU

turbines.
[MIL-PRF- 23699 STD, 0-1]

Mobil Jet Oil II
NA.21
(43020 international code)

(43020-7 U.S. code)
U1<.41
Alternatives:
ExxonlEsso 2380 Turbo oil
NA.21
U1(.41
Castrol 5000
NA.64
Castrol 5050
Aeroshell turbine oil 500
NA.8
Aeroshell turbine oil 560
UK.1
any [MIL-PRF-23699]
approved oil.
or
138
Oil
[DEF.STAN.S1-41]
[MIL-L-6085A]
AeroShell Fluid 12
NA.8
UK.1
20-95-101
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
139
140
Material
Specification
Reference
Code
INA.44
R-12
Fluid, refrigerant
Oil, refrigerant
or
Remarks
Can be mixed with Item
Ui(.75
140.
Suniso 5GS
I\JA.115
Can be mixed with Item
BVM 100N
NA.116
[MIL-PRF-7808]
NA.21
Mobil RM.248A
UK.41
[MIL-PRF-7808]
NA.21
Mobil RM.272A
UK.41
[MIL-PRF-7808]
Royco 808
R1A.8
139.
141
142
143
Oil, engine
Oil, engine
Oil, engine
144
Replaced by
145
Oil, engine
146
Replaced by Item No.
147
Fuel, engine
Item No. 137.
U1<.1
Formerly [MIL-PRF-23699] Royco
ARS
[MIL-PRF-7808]
Turbonycoil 160
137.
899
Formerly [MIL-PRF-23699] Turbo-nycoil
[ASTM D1655]
[Def Stan 91-91]
ARS
600
AVTUR
For additional national
Jet Al
specifications
refer to
relevant AMM
Chapter
12 FUEL SYSTEM
SERVICING.
148
Fuel, engine
ARS
[ASTM D1655]
[Def Stan 91-88]
AVTAG
Jet B
specifications
refer to
relevant AMM
Chapter
12 FUEL SYSTEMSERVICING.
149
Oil,
motor
Quaker State 30W-SAE
or
ARS
Pennzoil 30W-SAE
May be used for in-line

reaming of landing gear
bushes.
150
Oil, engine
BP Turbo Oil 2197
NA.111
May
be mixed with Exxon
2197
or
Item No.
151
Oil, general purpose
AeroShell Fluid 18
Mobil 254
(Refer
137).
NA.8
UK.1
light lubricating
Alternative:
Royco
308A
NA.110
UK.116
152
Fuel, engine
[ASTM-D-1655]
Jet A
ARS
specifications
refer to
relevant AMM
Chapter
12 FUEL SYSTEM
SERVICING.
20-95-101
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

CLEANING AGENTS, PAINT STRIPPERS AND RELEASE AGENTS
i, INFORMATION
The
materials listed
below must
only
be used
in
conjunction
with
Raytheon approved
manuals
documentation.
2, CLEANING
AGENTS,
PAINT STRIPPERS AND RELEASE AGENTS
Suppliers
Item No.
201
Material
Cleaner, solvent
(Hand wipe solvent)
Specification
or
Code
Reference
Methyl-propyi-ketone (MPK)
(Commercial Grade)
ARS
Formerly:
Trichlorethylene
Refer to
Alternatives:
Item No. 230 for
[A-A-59281]
BarsolA-2904
Remarks
(ENVIRO-CLEAN)
[TT-N-95]
Naptha-Alphatic
Type I intended for use in the
manufacture of organic coatings
Type II intended for use in
cleaning acrylic plastics
NA.92
degreasing
NA.92
lor
ARS
[A-A-59281]
[TT-N-97]
Naptha, Aromatic
Type I, Grade B
202
Cleaner
203
Thinner
Evostik 253
UK.47
[BS.805]
(Toluene)
Toluoi
204
Replaced by
Item No. 201
205
Detergent, liquid
(water soluble)
206
Cleaner, solvent
207
Obsolete:
or
Formerly:
Methyl-ethylketone (MEK)
Item No. 287
ARS
[BS-1 595]
[TT-I-735]
[MIL-F-5566]
Isopropyl alcohol
IARS
Formerly:
Xylene
20-95-201
and
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRAGTICES
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
208
Specification
Material
Item No.
Cleaner,
or
CN 44
solvent
Remarks
Code
Reference
NA.16
Especially
UK.10
formulated to meet
the
particular
requirements of
airplane painting.
Can be used
as a
gun wash.
209
NA.16
T112
Cleaner
UK.10
210
NA.16
850-564
Cleaner
UK.10
211
Replaced by
Formerly:
Item No. 201
Cleaner, solvent
212
Replaced by
Formerly:
Item No. 201
Solvent, degreasing
213
Aluminum brightener
Aloclene 290
214
Polish for plastic
Goddards
panels
P-P-560
NA.9
plastic polish
ARS
Formerly:
UK.13
Alternative:
Permatex 4030
Plastic, cleaner
ARS
ARS
215
Ammonia
216
Replaced by
Formerly:
Item No. 201
Solvent
217
Detergent
cleaner
Teepol TS610
NA.8
UK.93
218
Detergent
cleaner
UK.16
Stergene
or
219
Cleaner,
solvent
(Type
220
Solution, cleaning
221
Hydrogen peroxide
222
Release agent fluid
NA.82
P-D-680
II
or
ARS
III)
Formerly:
White spirit
NA.9
Aloclene 100
ARS
Ethylene glycol
NA.SS
UK.94
or
223
Alginic Acid,
(powder)
Release agent
Sodium Salt
ARS
NA.59
Avoid contact with
UK.94
skin and eyes.
or
ARS
Formerly:
Manucol SSILH
Manucol DH
Manutex RF
224
Solution, cleaning
(oxygen
masks
etc.)
Jun.0420-45-201
Nonidet 32G
NA.8
UK.?
UK.1
was
UK.93
Ral~heMI
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
Specification
Material
225
Duplicate
226
Soap
227
Methylated spirits
228
Cleaner, carpet
Reference
or
Code
Item. Reference Item 245
flakes
Lux
ARS
Methylated spirits
ARS
1001 carpet
shampoo
with
UK.76
fibreshield.
229
Remarks
Bostik T
Cleaner
or
(6104)
Suppliers
ARS
NA.11
or
NA.12
or
code
was
UK.78
UK.19
230
Desoclean 110
Degreasing agent
NA.16
Formerly:
UK.10
Genklene
Alternatives:
Methyl-propyl-ketone (M.P.K.)
(Commercial Grade)
ARS
Solvents
approved
cleaning before
bonding.
for
or
TT-N-95
Replaced by
Naptha
No.201
Item
or
Envirosolv
(Item
No.
290)
UK.107
NOTE
Desoclean 110
replaces
Genklene
only
as a
degreasing agent.
IT WILL NOT WORK FOR PRC
SEALANT REMOVAL. Refer to Item Nos 287, 288 and 289.
231
Replaced by
Item No. 230
Formerly:
degreasing
Metal
fluid
232
Cleaning liquid
233
Petroleum, ether
I-
IARS
234
Denatured alcohol
I-
IARS
235
Paint
remover
Synperonic
UK.77
Turco 6776-LO
NA.13
Environmentally
Alternative:
UK.20
friendly and
approved by
Turco 6813E
the
RAC Process Lab.

or
Stingray
Stingray
236
Replaced by
Item No. 235
237
Replaced by
Item No. 208
853
NA.72
847B
Formerly:
Stripper,
paint
238
Replaced by
Formerly:
Stripper, epoxy resin
Item No. 235
enamel
239
Methanol
BS.506
cellulose
ARS
20-95-201
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
240
Material
Specification
Parting fluid
or
Code
Reference
Remarks
NA.15
SF96/50
UK.68
241
Replced by
Item No. 224
Formerly:
Solvent, cleaner
242
Release
Releasil No. 7
agent
(silicone compound)
243
Replaced by
244
Release
245
Emulsion cleaner
MS.7
NA.5
DC.7
UK.7
Item No. 235
DB
agent
Formerly:
Stripper, paint
UK.27
Relag
[DTD 5507]
NA.14
Ardor 6025
UK.21
Primarily intended
cleaning the
for
exterior surfaces of
Alternative:
UK.61
Areoleen C
airplanes
foaming.
without
or
Gramos Hi-Kleen i
Bupiclene
UK.109
(Ref. 4779)
246
Refer to
247
Cleaner
248
Foam cleaner
Chapter 20-95-601,
Item No. 604
I-
IARS
UK.106
Amberclens
Use any car liquid

interior cleaner.
Suppliers
code
was
code
was
UK.52
249
Leather finisher
NA.102
Hide Food
Leafood
250
Leather finisher
(Item
Suppliers
UK.53
Alternative:
No.
Leafood
250)
UK.54
Alternative material
for Item No. 249
251
Fabric protector
Scotchguard
RIA.17
UK.30
or
252
Replaced by
ARS
Formerly:
Item No. 285
Anti-static
plastic
cleaner
253
Acrylic
polish
windscreen
Novus No. 2
ARS
Formerly:
MGH 10
Psi-lite IV
MGH 17
MicroMesh
Glastercote
254
Duplicate
255
Cleaner, solvent
material. Refer to Item No. 208
C28/15
UK.84
Suppliers
UK.90
256
Cleaning
solution
20-95-201
F273-842
1 UK.10
code
was
Ralkheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
257
Specification
Material
Solvent
or
Reference
3M Solvent No. 2
Code
Remarks
NA.17
UK.30
258
Acetone
259
Obsolete:
lsS 509]
UK.10
Formerly:
NRG
260
Penetrating
fluid
261
Duplicate
262
Replaced by Item
No. 678
ARS
material. Reference Item No. 206

No. 230
Formerly:
T5 thinner
263
Replaced by
Item No. 201
Formerly:
Inhibsol
264
Scotchbrite BAER 0302
Cleaner
NA.17
Use with
pads
UK.30
265
Detergent cleaner
266
Cleaning
267
Paraffin
268
Benzol
269
Fluid
DP57D MK18
UK.65
Aerokleen CD1 TS 10281
UK.61
(Kerosene)
Replaced by
ARS
ARS
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Titanine Cleaner VV
270
Replaced by Item
No. 235
Formerly:
Turco 5092
271
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 664
272
Replaced by Item
No. 235
Formerly:
Cee Fee A214
273
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Pennsalt EZ19A
274
Replaced by Item
No. 235
Formerly:
Dubois R2134
275
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Turco 5469
276
Replaced by Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 2475
278
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 2468
279
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 2526 HV
280
Replaced by
Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 2526 HV
281
Replaced by Item No. 235
Formerly:
Ardrox 29
20-95-201
Ral~heon
Aircraft
tompany
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
282
283
Specification
Material
Item No.
Polish, abrasive
or
Reference
Code
[M I L-P-6888]
NA.30
Turco 1495
UK.20
Remarks
I Formerly:
Obsolete:
Thinners CT-66
I AH F-l 00
284
Solvent
285
Cleaner, anti-static
Prist
Acrylic,
NA.56
Plastic
Glass
Cleaner
flight
NA.16
Used to clean
UK.87
deck and cabin
windows.
286
Cleaning agent (Soap) I Turco 4215 NC-LT
NA.13
Alkaline Cleaner
UK.20
287
Fabric
Wipe,
NA.95
SkyWipes
moist
non-woven
1 UK.103
(Safe
alternate for MEK,
refer to item No.
204)
"Wipe" product
containing SkyWash
(with or without
lanolin).
Used for the
removal of wet/tacky
polysulfides. Use for

cleaning or
hand cleaning.
tool
288
Cleaner/Degreaser,
SkyWash
NA.95
UK.103
wash
Liquid agent used

SkyWipes minus
lanolin.
in
non
flammable and
solvent free.
Used
as a
neutralizing agent
for SkyRestore.
289
Solvent, thixotropic gel I SkyRestore 2000
NA.95
Used for the
UK.103
removal of
quick
fully
cured sealant.
290
Cleaner, solvent
Envirosolv
UK.107
Removal of
hydraulic
residue
and grease from

wheelwells and
hydraulic system
rear fuselage.
Not to be used
in
on
airplane windows.
291
292
Cleaner, solvent
Cleaner, solvent
Ardrox 9 PR 70
Purasolv EL
NA.14
general
cleaning.
NA.103
Use for
UK.110
293
Cleaner, solvent
20-95-201
Akzo 98066
Use for
UK.21
UK.84
general
cleaning
RayCheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
294
295
Material
Cleaner, solvent
Mold, Release, Spray
Specification
Ensolv
Monocoat E-300
or
Reference
Code
NA.104
Use for vapor
UK.113
degreasing
cleaning.
or
cold
NA.108
Use
UK.114
agent for various

molding
NA.18
applications.
Alternatives:
Frekote 770-NC
Remarks
as a
release
UK.31
or
Rocol MRS
UK.3
20-95-201Jun.04
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
ADHESIVES, JOINTING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS

i, INFORMATION
only
be used in
with
conjunction
Raytheon approved
manuals and
documentation
2,
ADHESIVES, JOINTING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS
Suppliers
Material
Item No.
301
Compound, filling
Specification
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
Fairing and smoothing

compound used to fill
[BS 201]
UK.27
HYSOL EA 960F
Hermetite Kwikfil
dents, gaps, and voids

for exterior airplane
(European availability)
surfaces.
Alternatives:
[MIL-A-23941]
[BS 201]
Scotchweld DP-460
(Duo-Pack Adhesive)
Long worklife adhesive
3M Scotch-Weld
I
NA.17
IUK.30
cartridges
are
especially
packaged
formulated and
for
use
in the EPX
applicator (20-95-601,
Item 686).
Scotchweld DP-110
Due-Pack
adhesives in Duo-Pak
Adhesive)
Fast Cure adhesive
Scotchweld 9323-2 B/A
(Longer pot time.)

(European availability
302
Adhesive, Dunlop
Araldite 2013
NA.58
Formerly:
(gray)
UK.43
Araldite AV144-2/HV997
PS-14
U1(.29
Bostik, clear
NA.11
Used to bond
NA.12
ABS type materials to

themselves and to each
solution
303
Vinyl
Adhesive
UK.19
vinyl and
other and to aluminum
painted
[BS 201]
EC-2262
(3M)
NA.17
UK.30
20-95-301
surfaces.
or
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
304
Specification
Material
Adhesive, Contact
[MIL-A-1154]
(Brush, roller)
MMM-A-121
or
Reference
(or)
Remarks
Brushable with
NA.17
10 Neutral, Fastbond Contact

Adhesive
Code
higher
coverage.
UK.30
Fastbond 10
In 1984 3M
reassigned
"10 Neutral, Fastbond

Contact Adhesive"
Alternative:
EC 1300L
(EC1403) (Item 339)
(Fastbond 10)as the new

product designator for
2210 SG Contact
Cement.
same
305
Compound, sealing
For pressure
[DTD.900AA/4058]
Bostik 1752
They
product.
are
the
sealing
NA.11
cabins, cockpits and
NA.12
integral
of
tanks.
U1<.19
306
Adhesive, perspex
bonding
[MIL-A-8576, Type III]

[BS 201]
[88-208043
Used to bond
to other
plexiglas
itself,
UK.97
acrylic and
plastics.
f\lA.16
Formerly.
[DTD.900AA14488A]
JC-5A (U.K. product)
PS-30
to
types of
NA.63
to other
[DTD.900AA141 42]
Tensol Cement No.3
(European availability)
307
Compound, jointing
CA 1000
UK.10
one-part, nonchromate
corrosion inhibitive
compound. Can be
applied to removable
fasteners
assemblies
prevent the ingress of

moisture
to provide
from
galvanic
protection
to
corrosion
308
Duplicate
309(a)
309(b)
309(c)
Item
Item. Reference Item 374.
superseded.
Reference Item 372.
Mar.OG20-95-301
Ralfheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
310
Material
Compound, jointing
(gasket material)
Specification
or
Reference
Code
[BS 201]
Remarks
Formerly:
Permatex Sealer No.2
NA.66
(Form-A-Gasket #2 Sealant,
Part No. 2C, Item
80003)
[DTD.900AA14586B]
Hylomar SQ-32M
Used as a soft pliable
gasket material, resistant
and leakproof to
gasoline, oil and water.
311
312
For
[DTD.900AA14344]
Silkolene 762
U1(.4
[MIL-S-4383]
(Red)
PR 1005CH (Yellow)
NA.16
overcoating
UK.10
in fuel tanks. Material
[MIL-S-4383]
NA.17
may be applied by brush,

spray, or fill and drain
method.
EC-776SR
U~.30
Compound, sealing
PR 1005L
Polysulfide Sealant
gases at
Good material for
Alternative:
313
prevention of leaks of
high
temperatures on Rolls
Royce turbine engines.
Compound, high
temperature jointing
I [MIL-S-8784]
and
sealing
Formerly:
PR 1428 A 1/2
NA.16
[DTD.900AA14523]
UK.10
PR-1301
Low adhesion sealant
which is suitable for
brush
application and to
place gaskets.
form in
314
Polysulfide Sealant
grade (adhesive)
fillet
Formerly:
[DTD.900/4590]
NA.16
PR 1422 B 2
UK.10
Alternative:
Class
[MIL-S-8802
This material is used
as a
faying surface fillet seal

for integral fuel tanks
cabin pressurization.
Bj
PR 1440 B 2
or
AC-236 B-2
PR.1422-2
NA.97
or
AC-238 B-2
315
Polysulfide Sealant
brush grade (adhesive)
(Item 343A)
Formerly:
[DTD.900/4590]
PR 1422 A 2
NA.16
PR 1422-BT2
UK.10
Alternative:
[MIL-S-8802 Class A]
PR 1440 A 2
or
NA.97
AC-236A-2
or
AC-238 A-2
(Item 341A)
20-95-301
PMaaSreg~Mar.OG
Ray~heon
AiKraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
316
Specification
Material
Polysulfide Sealant
rapid cure (adhesive)
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
Formerly:
[DTD.900/4590]
[MIL-S-8802 Class A]
PR 1422 A 1/2
PR 1422-BT1/2
1 NA.16
Alternative
PR 1440 A 1/2
or
NA.97
AC-236 A-1/2
or
AC-238 A-1/2
317
Polysulfide Sealant
interfay (adhesive)
(Item 340A)
[DTD.SO 0/46 1 1 i
[MIL-S-8802 Class C]
PR 1431 Typel
For U.S. alternative refer

to Item 380.
NA.16
UK.10
Alternative:
PR 1440 C 20
or
PR 1770C-12
318
Polysulfide
Sealant
constant thickness
(adhesive)
(Item 345A)
[DTD.900/4611]
[MIL-S-8802 Class C]
PR 1431 Type 1
NA.16
UK.10
item 328
Alternative:
PR 1440 C 20
Item 328
or
PR 1770-C12
(Item 345A)
Item 328
319
Polysulfide
(Brush)
Sealant
[MIL-S-8802]
PR 1440 A
NA.16
UK.10
Formerly:
[DTD.900AA/4506]
PR-5401 8 PR-1221
removed due to lead
dioxide content.
Dual purpose sealant of
brushing consistency.
Used with an approved
top sealing coat.
320
Compound, jointing
(plastic Hermetite)
[DTD.900AA141348]
Hermetite 1310
UK.27
Sealing compound
resistant to petrol
(gasoline), mineral
oil
and ester lubricant.

321
Item
superseded. Reference
Item 313
(313)
322
Item
superseded.
Reference Item 313
(313)
Mar.OG20-95-301
Formerly:
Boscoprene
2100-10
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
323
Material
Reference Item 462
Specification
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
(Chapter 20-95-401).
(462)
324
Compound, sealing
Formerly:
[DTD.900AA14574]
[MIL-S-83430]
[BS-20804]
NA.17
PR-1 750B
EC-1 605B
UK.30
A
two-part polysulfide
sealant that has excellent

adhesion to most
airplane metals.
It has
excellent resistance to
fuels, oils, alcohol, water

hydraulic fluids.
325
Compound, sealing
[MIL-S-8802]
Type II: Manganese
INACTIVE:
cured
Class B: Suitable for
NA.17
[DTD.90014486]
UK.30
EC-801 Class B
application by extrusion-gun
and spatula
326
Compound, sealing
[DTD.900/4572]
Hermetal double bond
(putty or
UK.27
cream)
Alternative:
NA.62
Devcon F
UK.96
or
Hysol
EA960F
(Item 301)
or
Metalset A-4
327
Paste anti-oxident
(Item 345)
Mix
[DTD.5503]
50% zinc oxide
as
needed.
ARS
[BS 254]
petroleum jelly
white
328
Aerosil
DT-075
NA.95
Used
U1<.104
agent
as a
Alternative:
Cab-O-Sil M-5
NA.98
(Cabot Corporation)
329
Adhesive
Bostik 1787
NA.11
NA.12
UK.19
20-95-301
thickening
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
330
Specification
Material
Item No.
Polysulfide Sealant
or
Reference
Remarks
Code
For
[FMS 3065]
PR 1425 81/2
sealing airplane
NA.16
windshields, side
UK.10
windows and
applications where
acrylic to aluminum
are
used and for weather
sealing.
be used
Also
can
spot
weld
and
as an
as a
through
sealer
adhesive
replacement
for Item 381
331
Repair Compound
Bowes Seal Fast
UK.29
NA.23 deleted.
332
Leak stopper
Oyltite-stik
UK.48
UK Product
-Fuel tank leaks
333
Item
superseded.
Formerly:
Reference Item 332.
R4540 Mk-ll
(332)
334
Adhesive
Evostik 5007/3
UK.47
UK Product
335
Adhesive
Evostik SH 105
UK.47
UK Product
336
Adhesive,
[MMM-A-121]
(Spray/Brush)
1300-L
Scotch-Grip
Gasket Adhesive
Formerly:
Rubber 8
NA.17
[DTD.900AA/4564]
UK.30
Evostik 528
Lower
viscosity version
of 1300 Adhesive for
spray application.
Used primarily for
bonding Neoprene, SBR

and other types of rubber
to themselves, to metal,
wood and most other
surfaces, especially
adaptable
to installation
ofdeicerboots.
337
Page
6Mar.OG
Adhesive
20-95-301
Evostik 253
UK.47
UK Product
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
338
Material
Specification
Code
Reference
or
For
[DTD.900/4679A]
Adhesive
Remarks
Bostik 2402
UK.19
Curing agent Bostikure

with Primer(ltem 462)
use
in the
manufacture and
repair
of aircrew and survival
clothing and infiatable

equipment
Alternative:
Bostik 1009A
(Adhesive)
NA.11
NA.12
with
Bostik 1008B
(Hardener)
or
Combi-Bond Cold
Bonding
NA.100
Adhesive
with
Combi Bond Hardener
339
NA.17
EC1300L
Adhesive
(EC1403)
UK.30
Impact adhesive.Suitable
bonding decorative
for
laminates to metal wood,

rubber and most other
materials.
340
Jointing compound,
[DTD.900AA14549A]
[MIL-S-8660C]
Sealant
as a
Celloseal QH
used
substitute for DTD
NA.16
369B where resistance to
UK.10
ester
lubricants,
kerosene and heat
are
required.
341
(368)
Adhesive, silicone
Silpak
A-400
NA.15
J(two-part)
UK.68
Alternative materials for

Item 368.
Alternative:
Primer for Item 341
Dapcotac 3300 (Item 323A)
Reference Item 401A
(368)
(Chapter 20-95-401)
342
Duplicate
Item. Reference Item 338.
(338)
343
Adhesive, epoxy, paste
Araldite 2011
(Viscosity thick)
(Two part
NA.58
mix 2011
A/B)
UK.43
Formerly Araldite AV 100

by supplier in
withdrawn
October 1994.
Alternative:
EA 9309 NA
(Item 306A)
Suitable for
bonding
wide
variety of metals,
ceramics, glass, rubber,
rigid plastics
and most
other materials in
common use.
20-95-301
.06
Ra~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Specification
Material
Item No.
Adhesive, epoxy, liquid
344
(Viscosity -thin)
or
Remarks
Code
Reference
Araldite
1VA.58
Suitable for bonding
AY 103
Ut(.43
of materials,
HY 991
(Resin) with
(Hardener)
variety
including metal, ceramic,
wood, glass, rubber, rigid
plastic and most other
Alternative:
or
EPON Resin 828
Adhesive,
345
epoxy(Filled
I
NA.58
Metal Set A4
use.
to
(Item 308A)
UK.43
paste)
(382)
(392)
materials in
(Item 305A)
EC2216
Alternative:
Araldite
It is
apply
common
particularly easy
over
Suitable for
Item
346
superseded.
(Resin) with
(Hardener)
Formerly:
[DTD.900/45901
NA.16
PR 1422 B 1/2
UK.10
Alternative:
PR 1440 B 1/2
NA.97
AC-236 8-1/2
(Item 342A)
AC238 B-112
Polysulfide Sealant
348
[DTD.900/4611]
PR 1431
RIA.16
Type 2
UK.10
Item
349
superseded.
Reference Item 317.
(317)
Polysulfide
350
Sealant
[MIL-S-8802]
NA.26
PR 7442 112
UK.10
Alternative:
AC-238 A-2
Polysulfide Sealant
351
(Item 340A)
[MIL-S-8802]
NA.16
PR 7442 2
UK.?O
Alternative:
AC-238 A-2
Items
352 to
superseded.
356
(317)
(380)
(Item 341A)
Reference Item 317
or
Mar.OG20-95-301
or
380.
variety
including metal, ceramic,
wood, glass and rubber.
Reference Item 315.
Polysulfide Sealant
areas.
bonding
(315)
347
large
of materials,
AV 12?N
HY 951
PR.1422-1/2
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
357
Material
Polysulfide Sealant
inhibiting
corrosion
-Specification
Reference
or
Code
[MIL-S-81733]
Remarks
Formerly:
PS 870 A-1/2
NA.16
PR 1422 GA 1/2
UK.10
358
Polysulfide Sealant
corrosion inhibiting
[MIL-S-81733]
Formerly:
PS 870 A-2
NA.16
PR 1422 GA 2
UK.10
359
Polysulfide Sealant
[MIL-A-8784]
PR1428 A 2
I Formerly:
NA.16
UI<.10
PR.1301-2
brush
application and to
place gaskets.
form in
360
Item
Item 359
Formerly:
(359)
361
PR.1301-4
Sealant
RTV 731
Ut<.7
Alternative:
Rn/ 732 (Item 371
(a))
or
Rn/ 3145
362
High Performance
Contact Adhesive
(Item 331A)
[MIL-A-21366]
Scotch-Grip 1357
Formerly:
1VA.17
1357-L (sprayable version)

1357 Neutral (neutral color)
Ut(.30
High strength
materials to themselves
reference Item 315A.

Adhesive
I Dunlop upholstery
solution
adhesives
used to bond many

rubber and gasket
Alternative for 1357 Neutral,
363
52-100-900
and to other substrates.

UK.29
L107
364
Compound, sealing
(Very high temperature)
Dapco 2100
NA.67
Formerly:
Coming 2 Part
Dow
Alternative:
93-004
P/S 700
93-004
(Item 366)
(Base)
(Catalyst)
or
PR 812
(Item 367)
Primerless Firewall
Sealant.
365
Primer, sealing
compound
[AFS 1234]
1200 Rn/ (Red)
NA.5
1200 Rn/
UK.7
(Clear)
Alternative:
Silcoset OP
(Item 369)
20-95-301
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
366
Material
Specification
Part B
(Curing agent)
(Base)
Compound, sealing
[MIL-S-38249, Type I]
(Very high temperature) I PR-812
Part A (Curing agent)
Part B
368
Reference
[MIL-S-38249, Type I]
Compound, sealing
(Very high temperature) P/S 700
Part A
367
or
Alternative material for

NA.16
Item 364.
UK.10

r\lA.16
Item 364.
UI<.10
(Base)
SR 529
Adhesive, silicone
SRC18
(391)
Remarks
Code
(Adhesive)
(Catalyst)
NA.15
Reference Item 341 for
UK.68
alternative materials.
Primer for Item 368
reference Item 401A
(Chapter20-95-401).
Used to bond silicone
rubber to itself and
variety of other materials

including glass and
metal.
369
Primer, adhesive
[AFS 1127]
Silcoset OP
(403A)
370(a)/
(b)
Reference Item 402A
371(a)
Silicone Adhesive
[MIL-A-46106]
RTV 732
371(b)
371(c)
part cold
UK.106
(Chapter 20-95-401).
cure
Multi-purpose sealant,
NA.5
available in white, black,
UK.7
clear, bronze, colors.
Silicone Adhesive
[M IL-A-46146A]
Electrical sealant
RTV 738
(Equivalent product RTV

162 may also be used)
part cold
cure
Silicon Adhesive
[AFS 1235]
Silcoset 153
part cold
cure
Can be used for gap

UK.106
filling.
Primer for Item
371(a)(b)(c)
Reference Item 401A
(Chapter 20-95-401).
20-95-301
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
372
Material
Specification
Adhesive
or
Grade
[DTD.5633
Reference
Code
Remarks
Suitable to prevent
3]
Loctite 270
NA.18
or
Ut(.31
loosening through
vibration and leakage
of
threaded fasteners.
Loctite 271
Suitable for
locking
bushings and sleeves
into housings and on
shafts.
PRIMER:
Reference Item 317A
or
318A
373
Superseded
374
Adhesive
Item. Reference 366 and 367.
[DTD.5633
(308)
Grade
1]
NA.18
Loctite 290
UK.31
Penetrating adhesive for

locking pre-assembled
parts/sealing porous
castings and welds.
PRIMER:
Reference Item 317A
or
318A.
375
Duplicate item. Reference
376
Adhesive
Item 361.
NA.11
Bostik 1768
NA.12
UK.19
377
or
Items
Item 372.
378
379
380
PR-1764 8-2
Sealant, conductive
Polysulfide Sealant
interfay (adhesive
NA.16
Electrically conductive
UK.10
sealant
U.S. alternative to Item
[MIL-S-81733]
NA.?6
PS-870C
(cure
381
Reference Item 330
or
times
317. Joint
edge must be
a layer of
covered with
Available in class C-12/24/48
fuel
vary)
337A
proof
sealant
Formerly:
Adhesive EP601
(330 or
337A)
Adhesive EP711
382
Duplicate item.
383
Adhesive
Reference Item 345.
Bostik Axiom 100
NA.12
Formerly:
(SA)
UK.19
AS100B
Activator L
Alternative:
NA.17
Scotch Seal 2084
UK.30
20-95-301
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
384
Specification
Material
or
Reference
Code
Formerly:
[BS-20804]
Adhesive perspex
Remarks
NA.16
PS-30
Tersol 50
UK.10
Used to bond
itself,
acrylic and
plastics.
385
Adhesive,
[MMM-A-189]
Scotch-Grip
(Spray/Brush)
847-L
Gasket Adhesive
types of
to other
In 1984 3M
Rubber 8
plexiglas to
to other
reassigned
NA.17
"847-L"
UK.30
product designator for
as
the
new
1022 SG Industrial
same
They
product.
Lower
viscosity
Adhesive.
are
the
version
of the 847 Adhesive for

spray
386
Formerly:
[S27-8009]
Adhesive
application.
HYSOL EA 9330.1
Part A
Cream
Part B
Blue
Epoxy paste
liquid curing
NA.53
NA 69 and UK.44
Ut<.99
agent
Scotch-Weld 2216 BIA
Reference Item 305A.
EA 9309 NA
or
EA 9320 NA
EA 934 NA, EA 9394

or
Magnobond 6398
387
Sealant
Dow
Coming
93-006
NA.70
NA.5
UK.7
388
Reference Item 462
389
Sealant, Fluorosilicone
(Chapter 20-95-401).
NA.16
RTV 730
+PrimerP1200
390
Duplicate
392
Duplicate material.
393
Filler
Alternative for Item 336A.
[M IL-S-83318]
P/S 860
391
UK.10
NA.16
Use with adhesion
UK.10
promoter (Item 335A).
material. Reference Item 368.

Reference Item 345.
Stag
DB
putty
UK.62
Filler
Stag
DB
cream
UK.62
395
Filler
Polystop
396
Smoothing Sealant
[MIL-S-38228]
394
L.P
PIS 895 B 1/2
Mar.OG20-95-301
ARS
Formerly:
NA.16
PR 340 B 1/2
UK.10
(Discontinued Product).
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
Suppliers
Item No.
Material
397
Smoothing
Sealant
Specification
or
Reference
Remarks
I [MIL-S-38228]
Formerly:
P/S 895 B 2
398
Code
NA.16
PR 340 B 2
UK.10
(Discontinued Product)
I Reference Item 396.
Formerly:
(396)
PR 1436 GB 1/2
399
(397)
Reference Item 397.
Formerly:
PR 1436 GB 2
301A
I Formerly:
Obsolete.
PR 1436 GB 4
302A
Obsolete.
Formerly:
PR 1400
303A
Sealant
Loctite 29
NA.18
UK.31
304A
Adhesive
Permabond 910
NA.50
UK.90
305A
Epoxy Adhesive
(Viscosity thin)
Scotch-Weld EC 2216 B/A
NA.17
Uf<.30
Alternative:
Epon 828 (Item 308A)

Araldite AY 103
306A
Epoxy Adhesive
(Viscosity- thick)
NA.8
UI<.1
or
(Item 344)
EA 9309 NA
Suitable for bonding a

variety of materials
including, metal, wood,
most plastics and
fiberglass
UK.43
NA.53
Formerly: NA.69
U1<.99
Alternative:
Used to bond aluminum,
EA 9320 NA
steel, wood, most
or
Araldite 201 (Item
343)
UK.43
plastics, fiberglass and

glass to themselves and
each other where
resistance to
moisture,
salt spray and most

common fluids is needed
307A
Adhesive, epoxy resin
EA 934 NA
NA.53
Formerly:
NA.69
Ut(.99
Alternative:
Used to bond
EA 9394 NA
or
Magnobond 6398
aluminum,
plastics,
rubber (except silicone),
fiberglass and wood to
steel,
NA.70
most
themselves and each

other where resistance to
moisture, JP-4 and other
hydrocarbon fluids
required.
are
20-95-301Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
125IHAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
308A
Specification
Material
Adhesive, epoxy resin
or
Reference
Code
EPON Resin 828 with
NA.58
(EPI-CURE 9552)
UK.43
Alternative:
Araldite AY 105
materials in
HY 953 F
Adhesive, epoxy
Suitable for bonding a

variety of materials,
including glass, ceramic,
rigid plastic, rubber,
metal and most other
(Resin)
with
309A
Remarks
(Hardener)
Araldite 2012 A/B
common
use.
NA.58
UK.43
Multi-purpose viscous
liquid with a fast work life.
Pale yellow in color.
NOTE WORK LIFE.
310A
Adhesive, epoxy
Araldite 2014
heat/
NA.58
It is
UK.43
chemical-resistant
with
Gray
paste
medium work life.
in color. NOTE
WORK LIFE.
311A
Quick Repair,
Windscreen Sealant
IMIL-S-83430]
PR-1829 (Class B)
Reference also: B-1/2

NA.16
UK.10
(Item 346A), B-2 (Item

347A) and PR 187 (Item
348A).
Item 311A
346A
or
347A and 348A
or
are
used
together per
manufacturers
instructions
312A
Acrylic
adhesives
NA.17
DP-805
UK.30
Alternative:
DP-820
313A
Adhesive
Super
74 Foam Fast
ARS
For
bonding
urethane
314A
Adhesive, polyurethane
NA.89
Silaprene M6587
Plastic
or
flexible
latex foam.
fabricating
adhesive.
Does not adhere well to

bare metals and
fiberglass
315A
I Contact Adhesive,
NA.90
14-31 Adhesive
High Performance
Exceptionally high
strength adhesives.
Alternative:
Used to bond
Scotch-Grip 1357 Neutral
light-colored
(Reference
Item
362).
leathers to
metal and to leather

where
quick setting
adhesives
20-95-301
laminates.
are
necessary.
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
316A
317A
Material
Plastic Adhesive
Specification
or
Reference
Scotch-Grip 1099
1099L sprayable version
NA.17
1099L
UK.30
EC1359.
formerly
known
as
Alternative:
Excellent resistance to
Reference Item 362.
migratory plasticizers in
vinyls and nitrile rubbers.
Loctite 7649 N
Primer N
Remarks
Code
NA.18
A solvent based
UK.31
speeds
cure
primer
of all Loctite
anaerobic adhesives and

sealants
318A
Loctite 7471 T
Primer T
NA.18
A solvent based
UK.31
speeds
cure
primer
of all Loctite
anaerobic adhesives and

sealants
319A
Retaining Compound
NSF/ANSIG1
680
Retaining Compound
NA.18
Ut<.31
High strength/high
viscosity.
A retaining compound for
joining fitted cylindrical
parts. Cures in 10
minutes and provides a
shear strength of 4,000
psi on steel after 24
hours. Fills diametral gap
distances up to 0.015
inch. (green).
PRIMER:
Reference Item 318A

320A
321A
322A
Sealant, electrically
MMS-327
NA.16
conductive
PR-2200B-1
UK.10
Electrically conductive
rapid cure sealant.
Adhesion Promoter
PR-182
NA.16
Available
UK.10
or
Sealant, sprayable
as
either
pink
clear
[MIL-S-81733 Type III]

PR1436 GS
NA.16
UK.10
323A
Adhesive
324A
Polysulfide
Dapcotac 3300
Sealant
Polysulfide
Sealant
Alternative for Item 341.
NA.16
UK.10
application by extrusion
gun or spatula.
NA.16
UK.10
application by extrusion
gun or spatula.
[MIL-S-8784]
PR 1428 8-1/2
325A
NA.67
[MIL-S-8784]
PR 1428 B-2
20-95-301Mar.OG
RaylheM1
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
326A
Material
Specification
Adhesive Sealant
or
Reference
Code
[AFS 1980]
Remarks
A
Silcoset 101 RTV
UK.106
pourable
two
can
be used in
temperature
327A
Adhesive Sealant
1
328A
part cold
cure
[AFS 1540]
(Si(cosef 152 Rn/
Thixotropic compound.
[MIL-S-46106]
GE Silicones RTV 108
cure
high
areas.
UK. 106
Silicane Adhesive
part cold
part
silicone mix rubber which

NA.15
Item
371(a).
UK.68
329A
Silicone Adhesive
[MIL-S-46106]
GE Silicones RTV 109
part cold
cure
NA.15
Item
371(a).
UK.68
330A
Silicone Adhesive
part cold
[M\L-A-46146A]
GE Si\icones RTV 162
cure
\NA.?5
Item
371(b).
UK.68
331A
Siricone Adhesive
1
part cold
[MIL-A-46146]
Corning 3145
Dow
cure

RTV
NA.5
Item
371(b).
UK.7
Alternative:
R~V 732
332A
IAdhesive
Sealant
Dow
(\tem 371(a))
Coming 93-076 Rn/
INA.5
UK.7
I Two component silicone

material with
high
strength bond. It can

used as a high
temperature sealant.
333A
Primer
Dow
Coming 1204
INA.5
UK.7
j Improves
be
adhesion of
silicone rubbers to
various substrates.
334A
BJ00930
NA.95
Filler used for
U1(.104
sealant for
thickening
filling of gaps
and cavities.
335A
Adhesion Promoter
PR-148
NA.16
UK.?O
Used to
improve the
bonding characteristics
of polysulfide compounds
to a wide variety of
substrates.
336A
I[MIL-S-83318]
PR 1435
Use with adhesion
NA.16
promoter (Item 335A).
UK.10
Alternative:
P/S 860
337A
Polysulfide Sealant
(Item 390)
[FMS 30651
PR 1425 B 2
Can be used
INA.16
UK.10
Page
16Mar;OG
20-95301
as an
adhesive replacement for

Item 381.
Raytheon
Aircraft
Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
338A
Material
Polysulfide
Sealant
Specification
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
Corrosion inhibitive
[MIL-S-81733]
P/S 870 B-112
NA.16
UK.10
sealant. The uncured

material is low sag,
thixotropic paste suitable

for application by
extrusion gun or spatula.
339A
Polysulfide
Sealant
Corrosion inhibitive
[MIL-S81733]
P/S 870 B-2
NA.16
UK.10
sealant. The uncured

material is low sag,
thixotropic paste suitable

for application by
extrusion gun or spatula.
340A
Polysulfide
Sealant
This material
[MIL-S-8802]
Naftoseal AC-238 A-1/2
gives
NA.14
excellent fuel tank and
Ut<.21
fuselage
seals.

Items 316 and 350.
341A
Polysulfide Sealant
This material
[MIL-S-8802]
Naftoseal AC-238 A-2
gives
NA.14
Ut(.21
fuselage seals.
Items 315 and 351.

342A
Polysulfide
Sealant
This material
IMIL-S-8802]
Naftoseal AC-238 B-1/2
gives
NA.14
UK.21
fuselage
seals.

Item 347.
343A
Polysulfide
Sealant
This material
[MIL-S-8802]
Naftoseal AC-238 B-2
gives
NA.14
U1(.21
fuselage
seals.

Item 314.
344A
Adhesion Promoter
Naftoseal AC-110
NA.14
UK.21
Used to improve the

bonding characteristics
of polysulfide compounds
to a wide variety of
su bstrates.
Use with Items 340A,

341A, 342A and 343A.
345A
Polysulfide
Sealant
[MIL-S-8802
Class
PR 1770 C-l 2
High temperature
C]
NA.16
resistant
UK.10
sealant. Suitable for
faying
application by
surface
brush
or
roller.
Item 317.
20-95-301Mar.OG
I~ytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
346A
Specification
Material
Quick Repair,
Windscreen Sealant
or
Reference
Remarks
Code
Item 346A and Item 348A
[MIL-S-83430
PR 1829 8-1/2
used
together
NA.16
are
UK.10
manufacturers
as
per
instructions.
347A
Quick Repair,
[MIL-S-83430]
Windscreen Sealant
PR 1829 8-2
Item 347A and Item 348A
used
together
NA.16
are
UK.10
manufacturers
as
per
instructions.
348A
Adhesion Promoter
PR 187
NA.16
Used with Items 311A,
UK.10
346A
or
347A
as
per
manufacturers
instructions.
349A
350A
Dow
Sealant
Coming 736
RN
(Red)
High temperature sealant
UK.7
up to 600"F
NA.11
300 Primer
Halogen Wipe
Thinner E
Treatment Solution
NA.5
(6316)
UK.19
(315"C).
be used to
augment
May
or replace abrading of
rubber surfaces prior to
their
351A
Hi-Tack 76
Adhesive
Spray Adhesive
30026
NA.17
UK.30
bonding
be used to bond
May
winglet light
352A
Silver Loaded
Epoxy
610-1016
NA.119
part epoxy filled with

particles, used for
bonds that require
electrical continuity.
Two
silver
Part No. 16307
Mar.
20-95-301
gasket
flange.
lens
to attachment
Raytheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
ENAMELS, LACQUERS, PAINTS, PRIMERS AND VARNISHES

i. INFORMATION
only
be used in
conjunction
with
Raytheon approved
manuals and
documentation
2.
ENAMELS, LACQUERS, PAINTS, PRIMERS AND VARNISHES
Specification
Material
Item No.
401
Enamel, grey, touch-up
402
Replaced by
403
Lacquer
Epoxy primer
Suppliers
Remarks
Code
UK.34
J22/255 Def Stan 80-129
UK.61
Item 466
515
910
405
Reference
Hall No. 559/273
Type
404
or
350
Catalyst
solution
UK.10
(CAt-A-LAC)
R1A.53
Curing
Base 463-12-8
Epoxy primer
NA.16
333 Base coat
Grumman
Spec.
GM5002
CA-116
Reduce TL-52
406
Epoxy primer
NA.53
Base 454-4-1
Boeing
Mat.
Spec.
EMS 10-20C
Catalyst CA-109
Reduce TL-102
407
Epoxy primer
NA.54
Base 483-660
Curing Agent 120-880

Thinner 110-665
408
Epoxy primer
Base 463-6-3
NA.53
Boeing
Mat.
EMS 10-11
Catalyst CA-306
Spec.
Type 1
Class A
Reduce TL-52
409
Epoxy primer
Base 10 P4-2
Cure EC-117
NA.53
Boeing
Mat.
EMS 10-11
Spec.
Type 1
Class A
Reduce TR-19
410
Not used
420
20-95-401
M"a~"o:Mar.OG
RByfheOn
Aircraft Company
PRACTICES
125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD
Item No.
421
Material
Lacquer, epoxy finish (slate
color)
Specification
or
Suppliers
activator 65, 66, 67, 68
or
UK.10
Requires color
number and finish
applicable
Lacquer, sealing
edges
fiberglass
010-1302
UK.71
Lacquer, clear
F.190-127
NA.16
raw
Remarks
Code
NA.16
EC.75
69 whichever is
422
Reference
AIRFRAME
of Bakelite and
423
UK.10
424
Lacquer, pigmented
F153
NA.16
UK.10
Suppliers
was
Suppliers
was
code
Ut(.22
code
UK.22
Requires
color
number and finish
425
Thinners
851-732
NA.16
UK.10
426
Strip lacquer
Blue
F152-142
NA.16
UK.10
427
Suppliers
was
Suppliers
was
code
UK.22
code
UK.22
Not used
430
431
Paint, acid resistant
(Polyamide cured, air drying

epoxide, white finish)
EC.75/802
activator ACT143
NA.16
UK.10
thinners T17
432
Paint, aluminum
F.S.E.66 OR 66/2
accelerator AC.1
433
EC.75
Paint, epoxy
activator 65
NA.16
UK.10
RIA.16
UK.10
Requires color
number.
Requires color
number.
thinners 17
434
Paint, epoxy finish
EC.75
activator 65
NA.?6
UK.10
Requires color
number.
thinners 17
435
Paint, epoxy finish
EC.751627
activator 65
NA.16
UK.10
thinners 17
436
Replaced by
JFormerly:
Item 465
[DTD.5555]
PR.213
437
Paint, finish aluminum
TT1OB to spec. BS2X27
NA.16
UI<.10
20195-401
Requires color
number.
Ray~heOR
Aircraft Company
Item No.
438
439
Specification
Material
Paint, grey green
or
light
grey
Paint, red(coatingforsealing
or
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Reference
NA.16
EC.75
activator 69
UK.10
[DTD.900/4493]
NA. 1 6
compound
440
441
Remarks
Code
Requires
color
number.
UK.10
Paint, black (torque loaded
Fed-std-595, color
bolts)
no.27038
NA.16
UK.10
Formerly: Paint,
signal red.
Formerly:
Paint, aluminum (heat resistant)
DTD.900/41 24
No.2845
(nonexistent
product number)
442
Not used
460
Formerly: PR-94
(nonexistent PRC
product number).
461
OBSOLETE
462
Primer, sealing
NA.11
[DTD900AA/4254]
Bostik Primer 9252
Adhesive
use
with
NA.12
(Item 338)
UK.19
Formerly:
20-95-301, Item
323.
Primer for
use on
external surfaces
of radomes
specified
as
in
DTD926B.
463
Primer, chrometch
464
Replaced by
465
Primer, epoxy
PP59B
(base)
NA.16
PP59C
(catalyst)
UK.10
Item 497
[BS
33A]
Base PR-213
NA.16
UK.10
activator ACT213
thinners T17
Formerly:
thinners
702
20-95-401
PMBaSreg~Mar.OG
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
Item No.
466
Material
Primer, epoxy
Specification
or
Reference
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
NA.16
[BSX33B]
UK.10
Base PR-143
Remarks
Code
Primer
replaces
9169-P-3000
+activator 143
thinners T187
or
[BSX33B]
Base PR 205
Act 205
NOTE
It is recommended that
completed
primer (Item 466)
be
applied
as soon as
possible
after chemical
pretreatment is
to reduce risk of contamination.
NOTE
Where chemical
pretreatment cannot be used, apply PR-30B (Item 497) as a pretreatment primer before
applying (Item 466). Allow PR-30B to air-dry minimum 1 hour before overcoating. The use of PR-30B will
increase chemical resistance, e.g. resistance to Skydrol.
467
NA.16
F273-5076
Activator
UK.10
468
Replaced by
469
OBSOLETE
Item 497
Formerly:
Base
463-07-0048
470
Finish, paint semi matt
NA.28
Base 67273
U1(.84
activator S66122R
thinners C25/90S
471
Finish, paint semi
matt
NA.16
Base GB FE122/627
UK.10
activator GB ACT12?
thinners GB T74
472
Primer, epoxy
1 NA.28
Base 37035A
UK.84
activator 92140
thinners C25/90S, 98064
Air
or
airless
spraying
or
96184
473
OBSOLETE
Formerly: Base
37068
Mar.OGt~e,6"
20-951401
RaytheMI
Aircraft
Company
Item No.
474
Material
Specification
Primer, epoxy
(low volatile organic

compound)
or
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Reference
Remarks
Code
[DTD 5599A3
NA.16
Base F580-2080
UK.10
Apply primer by
spraying
activator F275-160
thinners T701
or
Primer, epoxy, polyamide
Apply primer by
Base F580-2080
Grace blue box.

activator F275-176
Base F 580-2080
Apply primer by
activator F275-175
thinners 850-1241
I brush.
or
850-1264
475
Finish, gloss
Base FE93
activator No.93
476
Antifret primer
(087)
NA.~6
Requires
UK.?O
[MIL-L-23398]
NA.101
[MIL-L-46147]
UK. 708
color
number.
Formerly:
20-95-11, (Item
036)
Perma-Silk G
Molybdenum
disulphide LR
Used
on
8723
800XP
Dee Howard
Dry Lubricant
Thrust Reverser,
Engine- Exhaust
Link Arm
Assembly.
All other models,
refer to specific
vendor information.
477
Epoxy primer
Base 463-6-27
UK.84
hardener X-337
or
thinner TL52-66
UK.78
NA.28
478
Paint, finish aluminum
Formerly:
BS-X-29
(nonexistent
product number)
479
Not used
20-95-401
~Mar.OG
Ral~heon
Material
Item No.
480
Aircraft Company
STANDARb PRACTICES
Specification
or
Reference
ACT 143
Activator
(466)
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Remarks
Code
NA.16
Formerly:
UK.10
Activator
3000-7-0160
481
NA.28
Aerodur 42228
Sealer
UK.84
482
Polyurethane topcoat
NA.28
C211100
UK.84
483
Polyurethane
C21/67
UK.84
484
Hardener
S66/22R
NA.28
UK.84
485
use
with Filler
Item 411A
NA.16
Titanine No.85
Activator
For
UI<.10
486
Formerly:
Thinners
Titanine TH.188
(nonexistent
product number)
487
RIA.16
ICI 851-808
Thinners
Formerly: UK.22
UK.?O
488
NA.16
ICI 850-928
Thinners
Formerly: UK.22
UK.10
489
Finish, matt base
490/
Not used
9147-COLOR-3
UK.87
[DTD.900/4053]
UK.39
491
492
Varnish, restoration of
cadmium
493
plating
Conductive
coating (3 part)
(AFS 275)
Anaco B
PR-934
NA.16
Alternative:
UK.10
Resin solution,
graphite and
hardener
EBAEP 3537]
Base 528
306
activator 910
494
OBSOLETE
464
Formerly:
Anti-static additive
RA 2
495
OBSOLETE
Formerly:
Base TT.16
Page
6Mar.OG
20-95-401
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
496
Specification
Material
Item No.
Base SL 5459
Paint, finish epoxide
or
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Reference
(Color
Remarks
Code
NA.16
as
required)
UK.10
Requires
color
number and finish.
activator CSH 5538

thinners TSL 5373
497
[BS2
Primer, etch
NA.16
32]
UK.10
[DTD.90016064]
pack,
waterproof
chromate
containing etching
primer for general
PR30B
catalyst thinner
Two
TH34B
Contains zinc
use.
chromate.
anti-chill thinner T105
Formerly: PR-105
498
Paint, stove enamel (Low
NA.16
[DTD.332]
temperature)
499
Chromeric
Ut<.lO
NA.42
Cho-shield 2001
paint
UK.73
401A
Primer, silicone adhesive
S-2260
NA.5
(Dow Coming)
UK.7
Used
on
as a
primer
metal to
facilitate
when
bonding
bonding with
silicone adhesives
Duplicate
material. Refer to 20-95-301 Items 370
403A
Duplicate
material. Refer to 20-95-301 Item 369.
404A
Primer
402A
~a)
(bj.
NA.11
Bostik 1007 M
NA.12
Used when
metal
bonding
surfaces
U1(.19
405A
NA.5
[AFS 1234]
Primer, sealing
(365)
U1<.7
P1200
(Red)
P1200
(Clear)
Improves adhesion
of 1
part
part
Rn/ silicone
rubbers
especially
to metal
substrates; air dry,
wipe
406A
(Regular
407A
MA.54
Jet Glo
Polyurethane, exterior
and
High Solid)
Application
per
manufacturers
instructions.
NA.54
Jet Glo Retarder
Retarder
on.
110-830
408A
Polyurethane,
Solid)
exterior
(High
Sterling Paint,
96
or
97 series
NA.73
Application per
manufacturers
instructions.
20-95-401
PRaSreO~Mar.OG
RayZheon
Aircraft
Company
Item No.
409A
IVlaterial
Urethane Enamel, exterior
Sp.cification
or
Rekrence
Suppliers
Application per
manufacturers
Solids)
AA-92-G series
Remarks
Code
INA.51
Alumigrip
Kseries (High
AIRFRAME
instructions.
(Regular
Solids)
410A
Primer, epoxy polyamide
[MIL-P-233771
NA.16
Base513X390
UK.10
Suitable forinternal
and external
protection
Activator 910>(942
Thinner 010X311
411A
Filler
Aerodur
brushing
filler
Hardener S 66/22 R (Item
NA.28
UK.84
484)
Brushing filler.
to fill pin holes
Use
in
fibre reinforced
plastics.
or
Hardener S 66114 (Item
412A)
412A
Hardener
S66/14
RIA.28
UK.14
413A
Primer
Carbozinc 858
For
use
with Filler
Item 411A
UK.?13
Alternative
Carbozine 859
414A
Lacquer, polyurethane
Zinc clad IV B69A8
NA.54
CV 117
NA.16
U1<.10
415A
FE50/6HV
activator 34
NA.16
UK.10
thinners T127
416A
FV50 54 HV
activator 34
NA.16
UK.10
thinners T127
417A
High Solid Chromate Primer
S4800
catalyst S3800
Mar.OG~"06"
20-95-401
NA.51
For
with
paint
give
protection against
hydraulic fluid.
use
and sealant to
For
use over
fillet
sealants coated
with
polyurethane.
(color gray)
For
use over
fillet
sealants coated
with epoxide
primer. (color
yellow)
Anti-Corrosive
Coating
Ral~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME

CHEMICAL AND ELECTRO/CHEMICAL SURFACE FINISHES

i. INFORMATION
The materials listed below must
only be
in
used
conjunction
Raytheon approved manuals
with
and
docu mentation.
2. CHEMICAL AND ELECTRO/CHEMICAL SURFACE FINISHES
Suppliers
Item No.
Material
Specification
501
Nitric acid
HNO,
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
ARS
Commercial
or
Technical Grade
502
Sulfuric acid
H2S04
NA.59
Commercial
UK.94
Technical Grade
or
503
or
ARS
Formerly:
Obsolete
Strontium chromate
(SrCr04)
Agent,
anti-corrosion
fuselage
504
I [MiI-C-81706]
NA.44
Alocrom 1200
UK.62
keel
Formerly:
[DTD.900/4413]
Alodine 600/1200511200
Repair of anodized
surfaces.
505
Anodic treatment
[MIL-M-3171)
Magnesium (Mg)
ARS
Formerly:
[DTD.S1OC]
ARS
Protection of
for
[MIL-A-8625]
for aluminum
506
Selenious acid
(Al)
H2Se03
magnesium alloy
castings.
(Crystals)
507
508
Chromic acid
[MIL-M-3171]
(brush on)
Dow 19
Chromate treatment
[DTD.S11]
[MIL-M-3171]
(Type VI)
NA.5
Formerly:
anhydride
(Cr03)
UK.7
Chromic
ARS
Note
Dunlop
equipment
509
or
Normalair
Refer to Item No. 508
20-95-501
installed.
RayMheon
AiKraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
Material
Specification
510
Boric acid
H3B03
or
Code
Reference
NA.59
or
511
NA.59
Oleic acid
or
512
Sodium
ARS
ARS
NA.59
hypochlorite
or
ARS
Remarks
Commercial
or
Technical Grade
Commercial
or
Technical Grade
Commercial
or
Technical Grade
Light
sensitive
store below 4" C
(39" Fl.
513
NA.59
Oxalic acid
or
514
Hydrochloric
NA.59
acid
or
515
Bleaching powder
Chloride of lime
(Ajax)
Jun.04~4""
20-95-501
ARS
ARS
ARS
Recommend the
use
of non-chlorine.
Ray~heon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
i. INFORMATION
The materials listed
below must
only
be used
in
conjunction
with
Raytheon approved
manuals and
documentation.
2. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Suppliers
Item No.
Material
601
Chalk, French
602
Desiccantand
Specification
Code
Reference
I-
ARS
Desiccantand
[BS6-22]
ARS
indicator for
Sorbsil
humidity
safety and
Remarks
IARS
[BS 3523]
Silica gel
humidity
indicator for windows

603
or
inward relief valve

604
NA.96
Fluid, leak testing and
[MIL-L-25567, Type 1]
fuel tank
Sherlock Leak detector,
Item No. 246
Type 1,
20-95-201, 001)
cleaning
Formerly:
(Ref.
or
U.S. Alternative:
Neodol 91-6
(38194)
NA.8
Formerly:
Nonidet LE
or
Dobanol
91-6
European Alternative:
Neodol 91-6E
605
Toilet fluid
UK.1
(V2278)
UK.42
Elsanol
(Chemical toilet)
606
Toilet fluid
(Flushing toilet)
607
Metal cleaner and
ARS
Racasan
I
ARS
Phase I
Formerly:
UK.33
Formerly:
Lustre, buffing
polish
composition
For Aluminum and
Magnesium.
ARS
Alternative:
Met-Al I
608
609
610
Finishing composition
Desiccant for storage
Learock Britelea 312
UK.46
[BS 2540]
gel.
ARS
purposes
Silica
Tire
Dunlop Vulcafix
patch
VP3
UK.29
20-95-601
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Specification
Material
Item No.
patch
material
611
Tire
612
Bleaching powder for

drinking water tanks
Dunlop
or
Reference
UK.29
Vulcafix VPS/1
Calcium
Remarks
Code
ARS
hypochlorite
or
613
Sterlizing solution
Domestos industrial
Fuel tank cleaner
Biobor JF
grade
U1<.16
NA.37
UK.69
614
ARS
I [QQ-S-571]
Solder
SB5
or
[BSS 2191
Multicore solder
grade
95A
615
Flux
Kestor 1544
ARS
616
Deodorant, germicidal
Monogram DG-19
NA.38
Alternative:
NA.?4
Toilet
sanitizing powder.
toilet
Ardrox 1809
or
any
[AMS-1476A] approved
material
617
Fluid, water dispersal
NA.39
WD-40
UK.70
618
Aluminum foil
reinforced tape
(glass
[FAR 25.853 tall
NA.17
3M 363
UK.30
Highest temperature
metal tape
cloth/silicone)
Formerly:
Flexifirm EZ-25
(adhesivelnon-adhesive).
619
Prestone advanced formula
Fluid, anti-icing toilets
ARS
Ethylene glycol
base.
anti-freezelcoolant
Kilfrost TAF-2
UK.40
Monopropylene glycol
base.
620(a)
Tape
ARS
PTFE
0.5 X 0.005 in.
(12.7
X 0.13
mm)
PTFE
620(b)
0.625 X 0.005 in.
(15.9
Page
2Mar.OG
20-95-601
X 0.13
mm)
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
621
Specification
Material
or
Reference
[AMS 3819, Type I or II Grade

A]
[CCC-C-440]
Type I: Virgin cloth, composed
Lint-free cloth
Code
Remarks
in
NA.91
Grade A: For
ARS
cleaning operations
use
where low residual
surface contamination
of 100% cotton fibers
levels
are
exceptionally
critical.
II:
Virgin cloth, composed

synthetic or blended
synthetic/natural fibers
Type
of 100%
Mutton cloth, cheese cloth,

cotton
Kimwipes Steel
Blue
I-
IARS
622
Distilled water
623
Cleaner
624
Liquid detergent
(household)
I-
IARS
625
De-ionized water
I-
IARS
626
Activated charcoal
I-
IARS
627
Abrasivepaper,
4-42
silicone
carbide
Grade100
UK.83
ARS
Grade 200
Abrasive
grade
as
necessary for the task.
Grade 240
Grade 320
Grade 360
Grade 400
Grade 600A
628
Aluminum foil
tape
(aluminum/acrylic)
[MIL-T-23397B II], [UL 723,

Class L, File R 7311], [FAR
25.853(a)1
NA.17
Most versatile aluminum
UK.30
tape.
ARS
Also refer to Item
425
[FAR 25.853(a)1
438
629
PVC
masking tape
Transoseal to DEF-1313
thickness 0.0025in.
No. 630
(0.0635mm)
20-95-601
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
630
Specification
Material
Masking tape
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
[BS 4J-11]
NA.?7
(Formerly:
215
UK.30
BSJ-10
2309M
2310M
Consideration should be
2364
given
2367
needed. Tapes vary in

both temperature and
2394
to the
performance
(adhesion.
2396
2836
7120
I [A-A-883, Type i)
(Paper tape)
3M 231
3M 5425 UHMW-PE
(Polyethylene plastic
tape)
Refer to manufacturer
information.
631
Replaced by
Item No. 627
632
Replaced by
Item No. 627
633
General adhesive tape
3M 810
NA.17
(Scotch Brand Magic Tape)
UK.30
SBS-46 protective hand cream
ARS
634
Barrier
635
Aluminum wool
636
Abrasive paper,
aluminum oxide
Grade 80
ARS
637
Abrasive pad
Scotch-Brite, Type A, Very
NA.17
Abrasive used for surface
Fine
UK.30
cleaning.
cream
I-
IARS
3M offers many products

under the "Scotch-Brite"
line. Refer to the
application
and
manufacturers
recommendations before
selecting specific
product.
638
Hypodermic syringe
639
Replaced by
640
Tinned copper
strip (BS 2870
I-
IARS
Item No. 627
bonding
C101)
641
Wadding,
642
Tissue, soft paper
0.004
0.5 in.
(0.1x12.7 mm)
soft cellulose
ARS
Part No. for item is:
NA.42
CCK-18-101-0050
IARS
)ARS
643
Wire, copper
0.028 in.
644
Waxed thread
No. 18
(0.71 mm)
dia.
ARS
(22 swg)
Page
4Mar.OG
20-95-601
ARS
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
Specification
Material
645
646
Abrasivepaper, Garnet
or
Reference
Code
Remarks
IARS
ARS
Grade0108
Gradel80
Grade 320
647
Penetration fluid
648
Dye penetrant
649
kit
Dumbell tape
I-
IARS
I-
IARS
I-
IARS
650
Steel wool
Grade 00
ARS
651
Wire, corrosion
[NASM20995]
ARS
resistant 0.032 in.
C32
(0.8 mm)
652
(21 swg)
Sheet, adhesive PVC

0.007 in.
653
dia.
NA.17
No. 471
UK.30
(0.17 mm)
Fablon, clear, adhesive J-
JARS
paper backed
654
Duplicated
655
Soft cloth duster
656
Tape, adhesive double
Item
(sodium hypochlorite). Replaced by
Item No. 512
I-
(Ref. 20-95-501, 001)
JARS
Lassotape No. 60
ARS
[BS 131855]
NA.57
SJ-2053, Type 1005
NA.17
sided
657
Constrained
layer
damper tape
UK.30
Sound dampener tape.

Optimum damping temp.
range
to
-40 to 68 OF
200C)
15 mils
(-40
(0.38
mm)
Aluminum
blend
foillacrylic
NA.17
3M 435
UK.30
tape
NOTE: The difference between
these two
products are:
(l)temperature range
(2)thickness
658
Polish, abrasive
659
Replaced by Item
660
Fluoroglide
661
Preservative, base
13.5 mils
NA.17
Turco 1495
UK.30
I
DINITROL AV 5
UK.86
NA.46
UK.81
Preservative, base
DINITROL AV 50
NA.46
UK.81
metal
663
Glass fiber cloth
664
Compound,
antiseize
I-
(-60
to
200C)
(0.34 mm)
[MIL-P-6888 Type II]
(Ref. 20-95-11, 001)
metal
662
-76 to 680F
[MIL-P-6888],
No. 008
Low temp. vibration

damping. Optimum
damping temp, range
JARS
(MIL-L-25681]
20-95-601
Ral~heon
Aireraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
665
666
Specification
Material
Fluid, inhibiting fuel
[MIL-L-6081C]
tanks
Grade 1010
Tape, PTfE
glass cloth/silicone
5451/Brown
or
Code
Reference
Amendment 2
Remarks
ARS
Heat seal
Ut<.30
4000F (-73 to
Tape, PTfE
glass cloth/silicone
5453/Brown
NA.17
Heat seal tape, -100 to
U1(.30
4000F (-73 to
8.3 mil
668
Dry ice
(CNS)K1022
669
Liquid Nitrogen (N2)
[BB-N411, Type II]

[AMS 3015]
[DSTAN 68-94]
(GOST) 9293-74
670
2040C),
(0.21 mm)
ARS
NA.83
or
ARS
May
be used for
installation of
landing
gear bushes in torque

links.
NA.71
Click-Patch
to
2040C),
(0.134 mm)
5.3 mil
667
tape, -100
NA.17
May be used for

temporary repair of fuel
leaks on the lower wing
su rface.
671
Milk filter
ARS
672
Cone strainer
ARS
673
White cotton
ARS
674
Rubber
675
Protective
gloves
ARS
gloves
ARS
gloves
Loose
fitting
insulated
or
676
ARS
Brush
or
thermal
leather
chemical resistant.
recommendations for
correct
677
Sandpaper
Grade 240
type and usage.
ARS
Reinstated.
ARS
Insulated container for
Grade 320
Grade 400
678
Insulated container
handling of liquid
nitrogen.
679
Safety glasses/face
ARS
shield
680
Full face shield
ARS
681
Safety
ARS
682
Protective
683
Electric mantle
shoes
clothing
Mar.OG20-95-601
ARS
Long sleeve shirt and

pants without cuffs.
ARS
Means of
heating
components to a required
temperature.
Raytheon
Aircraft Company
AIRFRAME
Suppliers
Item No.
684
Specification
Material
or
Reference
Code
ARS
Hot oil bath
Remarks
Means of
heating
a required
components to
temperature.
685
686
Refrigerator
ARS
Means of cooling
components to a required
temperature.
3M Scotch-Weld EPX
NA.17
Applicator
UK.30
Applicators
simultaneously meter,
mix
apply 3M
Scotch-Weld Duo-Pak
adhesive
687
Duplicated
688
Polyester/Silicone tape
material
(isopropyl alcohol). Replaced by
Item 206
(Ref. 20-95-201, 001)
NA.17
3M 8901
cartridges.
UK.30
Single-coated,
coating.
Powder
Alternative:
3M 8902
689
Squeeze
690
Duplicated
691
Hand Cleaner
bottle
material.
Polyethylene
(20 ounce).
Replaced by
squeeze bottle
Item No. 627
ARS
May be used for

degreasing fluid.
NA.94
grade 320
Cupran Special
special hand cleaner

extremely stubborn
dirt caused by oil, paints,
lacquers, resins,
for
adhesives,
692
Obsolete:
693
Aluminum/stainless
Formerly Impact stripping tape (Rubber/acrylic
polish
etc.
paper).
NA.99
[MIL-P6888C, Type II]

[AMS 1650]
Met-All
694
Seam roller.
I-
IARS
recommendations for
correct
695
Chamois leather
I-
IARS
type and usage.
May
be used for
and
drying
cleaning
transparencies.
698
Fabric refresher
I-
IARS
May
be used to
remove
unpleasant smells on
furnishing materials.
697
Polish, hardwood
I-
IARS
698
Sponge
I-
IARS
699
Abrasive
pad (fine
Scotch-Brite, Non-woven
nylon
NA.17
UK.30
grade)
601A
Litmus paper
I-
IARS
602A
Sodium carbonate
I-
IARS
solution
20-95-601
Raytheon
AiKraft
Company
Suppliers
Item No.
603A
Material
Specification
or
Clamca Wax
Reference
Remarks
Code
UK.??5
May
be used to
surfaces which
be bonded
protect
are not
to
during
cyclising (etching in
sulphuric acid).
604A
Vinyl
electrical
tape
Scotch
Super 33+
RJA.17
UK.30
605A
Biocide for fuel tank
Kathon FP 1.5
606A
Silver
31-1194-1
Masking of wing
lamps.
strobe
607A
Safety
MS20995 C41
0.041 in. dia. for
use on
masking tape
lock wire
NA.109
Primary Turnbuckles and

large fasteners.
Page
8Mar.OG
20-951601

Aircraft Maintenance Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Aircraft Maintenance Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ATP

COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK

that the material in this manual does not

follow the ATA code

standards, ATP has

GREASE AND LUBRICANTS

FLUIDS AND OILS

Aircraft Technical Publishers

6AM-5PM PST M-F

101 South Hill Drive

ATP Grid Index to Manufacturers Publications:

125 Series 1-1000, Hawker 800,1000,800XP

S Retaining Rings-Maint Practices

Self-Locking Nuts-Maintenance Practices

Countersunk Head Bolts-Maintenance Practices

Control Cables (Corrosion Protection)

Vacu-Blasting with Dry Alumina Grit

Aircraft Technical Publishers

Leak Testing Fluid

Flexible Seal Applications

Polish Aircraft Skins (External)

Sealing Intgrl Fuel Tnks with Polysulfide Cmpnds

Shrink Fitting of Bolts. Bushes,

Locking of Threads with Anaerobic Adhesive

Consumable Materials-Grease and Lubricants

Consumable Materials-Fluids and Oils

Chemical and Electro-Chemical Surface Finishes

Aircraft Technical Publishers

Aircraft Technical Publishers

Hawker 800, 1000, 800XP

Aircraft Maintenance Manual

Company. All rights

RAYTH EON AIRCRAFT COMPANY

commodities, technology or software are subject to the US Export

RECORD OP REVISIONS (NORMAL)

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES

(P/N: AMM 125/H-20)

TEMPORARY REVISION TR 20-3

due to incorrect installation.

Holders of Printed Manuals

the RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

sheet at the front of the manual.

this Letter of Transmittal and file

Facing Chapter 20-10-50,

of 20-10-50 page block 201 read this TR.

to be removed from the manual when

Letter of Transmittal issued with

Facing Chapter 20-10-50, page block 201

Issued with Transmittal No.

125/HAWKER CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES

Raytheon Aircraft Company

125 Series 1-1000

Hawker 800, 800XP, 850XP

P/N: AMM 125/H-20

HOLDERS OF PRINTED MANUALS

Revisions detailed for removal at

cancel any entries for these temporary revisions

4 of this transmittal and

the RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

sheet at the front of this manual.

incorporation of this revision

the RECORD OF REVISION

front of this manual.